,,endless ,,amusement3                  
,a ,,collection ,,of                    
,,nearly #djj ,,entertaining            
,,experiments                     ,,in  
,,various ,,branches ,,of ,,science2    
,,including                             
,,acoustics1   ,,electricity1           
,,magnetism1                            
,,arithmetic1  ,,hydraulics1            
,,mechanics1                            
,,chemistry1   ,,hydrostatics1          
,,optics2                               
,,wonders ,,of ,,the ,,air-,,pump2      
,,all ,,the                ,,popular    
,,tricks ,,and ,,changes ,,of ,,the     
,,cards1                                
c41 c4                            ,,to  
,,which ,,is ,,added1                   
,a ,,complete ,,system ,,of             
,,pyrotechny2                           
,,or1                     ,,the ,,art   
,,of ,,making ,,fire-,,works4           
,,the ,,whole ,,so ,,clearly ,,explained
 ,,as ,,to ,,be ,,within ,,the          
,,reach ,,of ,,the ,,most ,,limited     

,,capacity4                             
,with ,illustrations4                   
,,from ,,the ,,seventh ,,london         
,,edition4                              
,,philadelphia3                         
,,lea ,,and ,,blanchard4                
#ahdg4     ,,contents4                  
,page   ,aces1 the convertible          
#aag   olipiles                         
#fj   ,aigrettes                        
#ahe   ,air-pump                        
#gg     bottles broken by               
#gg     glass broken by                 
#gg     hand fixed by                   
#gg     water boiled by                 
#gh     bubbles1 vegetable              
#gh     electrified                     
#ih   ,alarum                           
#adg   ,alphabet1 changes of1 in square 
,yards                           #ei    
,apparition1 armed                      
#abf   ,atmosphere1 to show the         
,pressure of                            
#acg   ,aurora ,borealis1 electric      
#ia    ,bacchus1 animated               

#ha   ,ball1 electrified                
#ig         electric                    
#ii   ,balloon1 artificial              
#ha            electric                 
#if            ,cases in ,fire-works    
#ahd   ,balloons1 ,paper1 to construct  
#db             in ,fire-works1 to load 
with ,stars1 ,serpents1 c4     #ahd     
,balls1 dancing                         
#ic   ,barley1 the ,awn of1 an          
,hydrometer                             
#aeg   ,bell1 magic                     
#gi   ,bladder1 exploded                
#hj            cemented                 
#ha   ,blue1 to change to ,white        
#ce   ,bodies1 two inodorous1 become    
pungent by ,mixture               #ade  
,body1 combustible1 to ignite by        
reflection                      #eg     
,bottle1 magic                          
#dh           enchanted                 
#ei   ,bronzing1 the ,art of            
#acc   ,bubble1 exploding               
#ac   ,bubbles1 arial                   
#gh   ,burning-glasses1 account of two  

#cb   ,busts1 talking                   
#fa   ,butterflies1 to take ,impressions
 of on ,paper                   #acd    
,cameleon ,spirit                       
#bc   ,camera ,obscura1 to construct    
#af   ,camphor1 electrified             
#ajj   ,candle lighted by electricity   
#hd          ,bombs                     
#hd   ,card1 divining                   
#ajg         numerical                  
#ajh         hit upon by guess          
#aji         found by the ,point of a   
,sword                            #aji  
changed by ,word of ,command            
#aji         in the ,ring               
#aab         in the ,mirror             
#aac         in the ,opera-glass        
#aac         discovered by the throw of 
a ,die                         #aae     
under the ,handkerchief                 
#aag         to tell that a person has  
touched                        #aag     
in the ,pocket-book                     
#aah         in the ,egg                
#aah         discovered by the ,touch or

 ,smell                         #aai    
,cards1 magnetic                        
#ga          ,amusements with           
#aja          ,points on three1 to name1
 c4                           #aja      
to tell how many taken from a ,pack     
#ajb          to name several fixed on  
#ajd          to name the ,rank of1     
drawn from a ,piquet ,pack              
#ajd          to tell the ,numbers of   
any two                          #aje   
three                        #ajf       
four confederate                        
#ajh          to separate the two       
,colours of a ,pack of1 at one ,cut     
#aad          metamorphosed             
#aad          ,number of1 told by their 
,weight                         #aaf    
to change1 that several persons have    
drawn from the            ,pack         
#aaf          inverted                  
#aai          transmutable              
#aai          convertible               
#abj   ,cascade1 magical                
#ej            musical                  

#adh            of fire1 to represent   
#aea   ,cement1 never-yielding          
#cg   ,changes on twelve ,bells         
#eh   ,charcoal for ,fire-works         
#afd   ,chase1 magic                    
#hh   ,coins1 to take impressions of    
#dd   ,compositions for ,fire-works1    
method of mixing                  #afh  
,concerto1 solar                        
#fb   ,cork heavier than ,lead          
#ha   ,correspondence1 secret           
#ah1 #be                          by    
music                                   
#bj   ,coruscations1 artificial         
#acf   ,cotton electrified              
#ib   ,crackers1 to make                
#afi   ,cylinder1 illuminated           
#ia    ,dance1 magic                    
#hf   ,dancer1 hydraulic                
#di   ,detonating works                 
#aij              ,girdle               
#aij              ,balls                
#aia              ,tape                 
#aia              ,cards                
#aia   ,dial1 magnetic                  

#ga   ,dodecahedron in ,fire-works      
#ahg   ,duplicates1 ten                 
#ajb    ,earthquake1 artificial         
#bb1 #hf1 #ahg   ,eclipse of the ,sun1  
to observe                              
#abi   ,egg1 to form ,figures on1 in    
,relief                              #ce
   ,eggs1 white of1 contains an ,alkali 
#add   ,electric effects of a ,russian  
climate                           #cj   
,electricity1 experiments in            
#hc                ,resin lighted by    
#ie                ,spirits ignited by  
#ie   ,eolian ,harp1 to make            
#acg   ,exhalations1 subaqueous         
#acg   ,explosion1 brilliant1 under     
,water                               #ed
   ,explosion1 magical                  
#hf              electric               
#ih    ,feather1 animated               
#hc   ,feathers heavier than ,lead      
#gi   ,figures1 two1 one blows out1 and 
the other re-lights a ,candle   #ci     
,fire produced by the mixture of two    
cold ,liquids                #ac        

from ,cane                              
#acf   ,fire-pumps in ,fire-works       
#ahf   ,fire-works in miniature         
#bg              imitative              
#adi              ,art of making        
#afc              aquatic               
#aib   ,flash of ,lightning1 to resemble
 on entering a ,room              #cg   
,flower1 to produce the ,appearance of1 
from its ,ashes           #adi          
,flowers1 restored                      
#bf            to diversify the ,colours
 of                           #ada      
,fountain1 fiery                        
#dd             globular                
#dh             illuminated             
#ea             which acts by the ,heat 
of the ,sun                     #eb     
magic                                   
#hj             electrical              
#hg   ,fountains1 ,chinese1 in          
,fire-works                             
#ahg   ,fruit1 withered1 restored       
#gh   ,fulminating ,powders             
#cc                       more powerful 

#cd               ,gold                 
#dj               ,mercury              
#ed    ,gas ,bubbles1 exploding         
#afj   ,ghastly ,appearance1 to give to 
,persons in a ,room                #ce  
,glass1 so to fill with ,water that it  
cannot be removed without     spilling  
the whole                               
#ch   ,gold ,chain1 old1 to make look   
like new                          #dc   
to give ,silver the ,colour of          
#dc   ,guinea1 penetrative              
#acb   ,gunpowder                       
#afe             exploded by reflection 
#abe             ,brimstone and         
,charcoal1 to meal for ,fire-works      
#afe    ,halo1 artificial               
#hj   ,horn1 to make ,moulds of         
#acd         to soften                  
#acd   ,hour of the ,day or ,night told 
by a suspended ,shilling          #aeb  
,hydrogen ,gas1 to procure              
#aei                 to fill a ,bladder 
with                           #aei     
,illuminations1 artificial              

#bb                  chemical           
#cf   ,illusion1 alternate              
#adf   ,incendiary1 unconscious         
#hh   ,indromacus                       
#ajc   ,ink1 invisible                  
#bc                  ,gold1 ,silver1    
,yellow1 ,red1 ,green1 ,violet1         
and ,grey                               
#bd1 #be                  secret        
,correspondence by ,means of            
#be        golden                       
#da        white                        
#db   ,iron1 transformed into ,copper   
#cf                          ,silver    
#cf         melted in a ,moment and run 
into ,drops                     #cg     
or ,steel1 to soften                    
#ace   ,ivory1 to cast ,figures in      
,imitation of                           
#acd    ,kings1 the four inseparable    
#aaf   ,kite1 electric                  
#hg    ,lamp to burn twelve ,months     
without replenishing                 #bi
        ,chronometer                    
#df   ,landscape1 artificial            

#ff              to draw correctly      
#fg   ,lead1 metallic1 produced from the
 ,powder                       #ada     
,leech1 a ,prognosticator of ,weather   
#aeg   ,leyden ,phial                   
#id   ,light1 rays of                   
#adc          refraction of             
#add          travelling of             
#ade   ,lightning1 artificial           
#ad              its wonderful ,nature  
#add              to guard against      
#aec   ,liquor that shines in the ,dark 
#dj          luminous                   
#da   ,luminaries1 miraculous           
#hi    ,magic ,lantern1 ,experiment with
 the                              #fb   
,glasses to paint                       
#fc                  solar              
#fj   ,magnetism1 ,experiments in       
#gj   ,memory1 artificial               
#aeh   ,microscope1 ,experiment for the 
#ade   ,mirror1 ,magician's             
#abd           perspective              
#abd           distorting               
#abf           oracular                 

#aeb   ,mirrors1 magical                
#ec            deforming                
#abc            igniting                
#abe   ,money augmented by optical      
,illusion                               
#ae         melted in a ,walnut-shell   
#dj   ,mortars1 in ,fire-works          
#ahd    ,neptune in his ,chariot        
#aih   ,number1 to tell any1 privately  
fixed on                         #de    
without asking questions   #de          
divisible by #i1 c4                     
#ee   ,numbers1 to find the difference  
of two1 c4                     #ef      
,objects1 three1 discernible only with  
both ,eyes                 #ae   ,oil   
upon ,water1 and ,water upon ,oil1      
curious ,effects of         #afa        
and ,water1 ,experiments with           
#afa   ,opaque ,bodies1 seemingly       
transparent                             
#aba          ,box made transparent     
#acj   ,opera-glass1 diagonal           
#abi   ,oracle1 inanimate               
#fa   ,orrery1 magnetic                 

#gb           electrical                
#ib1 #ii    ,palace1 enchanted          
#abj   ,parties1 three magical          
#aaj   ,paradox1 dioptrical             
#abg   ,pass1 how to make the           
#ajg   ,perspective-glass1 divining     
#aaa   ,phantom                         
#abf   ,phial of the four ,elements     
#dh   ,philosophical ,candle            
#cg   ,phosphorus ,match ,bottles       
#cd              inflammable            
#ec   ,phosphorus1 illuminated          
#ig   ,picture1 magic                   
#ac   ,pictures of ,birds1 to make1 with
 their natural ,feathers        #acb    
,pieces1 transposable                   
#aca   ,plants1 remarkable ,properties  
in                               #ach   
,plaster of ,paris cast1 to take from a 
,person's ,face            #ace         
,pomatum1 to make1 with ,wax and ,water 
#cf   ,portrait1 miraculous             
#he   ,powder1 which catches ,fire when 
exposed to the ,air              #ci    
,prints1 to remove ,stains from         

#ch   ,prospect1 boundless              
#eg   ,prospects1 illuminated           
#fh   ,pyrotechny1 a complete system of 
#afc    ,rain and ,hail1 artificial     
#bh        ,gauge1 to make              
#adb   ,rainbow1 artificial             
#fj   ,reflector1 magnifying            
#af   ,ring1 to suspend by a ,thread    
after the ,thread has been burnt    #ce 
on the ,finger1 to name1 c4             
#di   ,roman ,candles1 in ,fire-works   
#ahf   ,rocket ,stars                   
#agc          to fix one on the ,top of 
another                        #agd     
,rockets                                
#agj           ,method of rolling       
#agj           ,composition for         
#aga           to drive                 
#aga           ,decorations for         
#agb           ,caduceous               
#age           ,honorary                
#age           which form an arch in    
rising                           #agf   
to make several rise together           
#agf           to fix several on the    

same ,stick                       #agg  
to fire without ,sticks                 
#agh           ,scrolls for             
#agi           ,stands for              
#agi           ,table                   
#agi           ,water                   
#aib   ,rose1 changeable                
#da   ,resin lighted by ,electricity    
#ie    ,salt1 exploding                 
#abg   ,saltpetre for ,fire-works       
#afd   ,saltpetre1 to pulverize for     
,fire-works                         #afd
   ,sealing-wax spun into ,threads by   
,electricity                   #ajj     
,sea-fight1 c4 in ,aquatic ,fire-works  
#aif   ,serpents1 for ,fire-works1 to   
make                              #afi  
,shillings1 a ,person having an even    
number of in one ,hand1 and           an
 odd ,number in the other1 to tell in   
which ,hand the           odd or even   
,number is                              
#ag   ,shock1 inconceivable             
#hh   ,shower1 mercurial                
#hj           fiery                     

#ij   ,silver-plate1 to give a ,lustre  
to                               #dd    
extracted from a gilded ,ring           
#ace   ,sky-rockets                     
#agj               to fire under ,water 
#aih   ,sound1 travelling of            
#ada1 #adb   ,sparks1 electric          
#ic           in choked ,cases          
#afg   ,sparrows1 ,experiments with     
#hb   ,spectre on the ,table            
#fd   ,spider1 artificial               
#hd   ,spirit1 ,cameleon                
#bc   ,spots in the ,sun's ,disk1 to    
show                               #abh 
,spur-fire                              
#aff   ,square ,yards1 to contain the   
,changes of the ,alphabet            #ei
   ,squares1 ,magic                     
#ee   ,squibs1 to make                  
#afi   ,stars1 with ,points1 in         
,fire-works                             
#ahh   ,steam1 ,power of                
#ca   ,steel or ,iron1 to soften        
#ace   ,stone1 floating                 
#gh   ,storm at ,sea1 to represent by   

the ,magic ,lantern                 #fc 
,sulphur for ,fire-works                
#afc   ,sun1 fixed1 with a transparent  
,face                            #ahi   
,sun's ,rays1 ,effects of1 on different 
coloured ,cloths           #adf   ,swans
 and ,ducks in ,aquatic ,fire-works     
#aii    ,tantalus1 ,cup of              
#he   ,thunder1 artificial              
#ad1 #ae   ,touch-paper1 to make        
#afg   ,transcolorations1 curious       
#bi1 #cj   ,transmutations1 magical     
#ce   ,travelling of ,sound             
#ada1 #adb                 ,light       
#ade   ,tree1 ,silver                   
#bg   ,tree1 ,lead                      
#bg         ,iron                       
#ee         sublimated                  
#aci   ,tube1 ,magic                    
#abc   ,tulip1 ,experiment with         
#adj    ,vacuum1 illuminated            
#ij   ,vase1 ,magic                     
#aaj   ,vessel1 ,magic                  
#ba           that lets ,water out of   
the ,bottom as soon as the              

,mouth is uncorked                      
#ci   ,verse1 ,magic                    
#gd   ,viper1 ,experiment with          
#hb   ,visual ,nerves1 singular         
,impression on1 by a luminous ,object   
#afj                                    
by looking through                      
differently-coloured ,glasses           
#afa   ,volcano1 artificial             
#bb    ,wand1 magnetic                  
#gj         mercurial                   
#gi   ,watch ,dial1 to tell by one the  
,hour when a ,person intends         to 
rise                                    
#ag         mysterious                  
#gj         ,lamp                       
#adj   ,water gilding on ,silver        
#dc         which gives ,silver a ,gold 
,colour                          #dc    
to give any ,metal a ,gold ,colour      
#dc1 #dd         ,sun                   
#ej         illuminated                 
#if         colder than ,ice            
#abg         ,experiment with a ,glass  
of                               #ace   

beautifully transparent                 
#adb         ,power of                  
#adc               in ,steam            
#aeh         ,pressure of               
#adc         ,mass of1 contained in the 
,sea                            #ade    
,rockets                                
#aib         ,wheels1 horizontal        
#aic         ,pipes in ,fire-works      
#aic         ,mines                     
#aid         ,fire ,globes              
#aid         ,balloons1 odoriferous     
#aie         ,fire ,fountains           
#bjj   ,weather1 to foretel             
#adj            ,table                  
#afb   ,wheels1 self-moving             
#gi1 #id           in ,fire-works       
#ahj           single vertical          
#ahj           horizontal               
#aha           plural                   
#ahb           spiral                   
#ahb           ,balloon                 
#ahc           double spiral            
#ahc           illuminated spiral       
#ahc   ,winter1 changed to ,spring      

#bf   ,writing1 mysterious              
#bf            illuminated              
#bh            burnt1 restored          
#abi            in the ,dark1 to make   
luminous                         #aci   
on ,glass by the ,rays of the ,sun      
#adh     ,,endless ,,amusement4   ,to   
produce ,fire by the ,mixture of two    
cold ,liquids4  ,take half a pound of   
pure dry nitrate1 in powder2 put it into
 a retort that is quite dry2 add an     
equal quantity of highly rectified oil  
of vitriol1 and1 distilling the mixture 
in a moderate sand heat1 it will produce
 a liquor like a yellowish fume2 this1  
when caught in a dry receiver1 is       
,glauber's ,spirits of ,nitre2 probably 
the preparation1 under that name1 may be
 obtained of the chemists1 which will of
 course save much time and trouble4     
,you then put a drachm of distilled oil 
of cloves1 turpentine1 or carraways1 in 
a glass vessel2 and if you add an equal 
quantity1 or rather more1 of the above  
spirit1 though both are in themselves   

perfectly cold1 yet1 on mixing them     
together1 a great flame will arise and  
destroy them both1 leaving only a little
 resinous matter at the bottom4   ,the  
,exploding ,bubble4  ,if you take up a  
small quantity of melted glass with a   
tube1 7the bowl of a common tobacco-pipe
 will do17 and let a drop fall into a   
vessel of water1 it will chill and      
condense with a fine spiral tail1 which 
being broken1 the whole substance will  
burst with a loud explosion1 without    
injury either to the party that holds   
it1 or him that breaks it2 but if the   
thick end be struck1 even with a hammer1
 it will not break4   ,the ,magic       
,picture4  ,take two level pieces of    
glass1 7plate glass is the best17 about 
three inches long and four wide1 exactly
 of the same size2 lay one on the other1
 and leave a space between them by      
pasting a piece of card1 or two or three
 small pieces of thick paper1 at each   
corner4  ,join these glasses together at
 the edges by a composition of lime     

slaked by exposure to the air1 and white
 of an egg4 ,cover all the edges of     
these glasses with parchment or bladder1
 except at one end1 which is to be left 
open to admit the following composition4
  ,dissolve1 by a slow fire1 six ounces 
of hogs'-lard1 with half an ounce of    
white wax2 to which you may add an ounce
 of clear linseed oil4  ,this must be   
poured in a liquid state1 and before a  
fire1 between the glasses1 by the space 
left in the sides1 and which you are    
then to close up4 ,wipe the glasses     
clean1 and hold them before the fire1 to
 see that the composition will not run  
out at any part4  ,then fasten with gum 
a picture or print1 painted on very thin
 paper1 with its face to one of the     
glasses1 and1 if you like1 you may fix  
the whole in a frame4  ,while the       
mixture between the glasses is cold1 the
 picture will be quite concealed1 but   
become transparent when held to the     
fire2 and1 as the composition cools1 it 
will gradually disappear4   ,artificial 

,lightning4  ,provide a tin tube that is
 larger at one end than it is at the    
other1 and in which there are several   
holes4 ,fill this tube with powdered    
resin2 and when it is shook over the    
flame of a torch1 the reflection will   
produce the exact appearance of         
lightning4   ,artificial ,thunder4  ,mix
 two drachms of the filings of iron1    
with one ounce of concentrated spirit of
 vitriol1 in a strong bottle that holds 
about a quarter of a pint2 stop it      
close1 and in a few minutes shake the   
bottle2 then taking out the cork1 put a 
lighted candle near its mouth1 which    
should be a little inclined1 and you    
will soon observe an inflammation arise 
from the bottle1 attended with a loud   
explosion4  ,to guard against the danger
 of the bottle bursting1 the best way   
would be to bury it in the ground1 and  
apply the light to the mouth by means of
 a taper fastened to the end of a long  
stick4   ,another way4  ,mix three      
ounces of saltpetre1 two ounces of salt 

of tartar1 and two ounces of sulphur2   
roll the mixture up into a ball1 of     
which take a quantity1 about the size of
 a hazel-nut1 and1 placing it in a ladle
 or shovel over the fire1 the explosion 
will resemble a loud clap of thunder4   
,you will produce a much more violent   
commotion if you double or treble the   
quantity of the last experiment2 suppose
 you put two or three ounces of the     
mixture into the shovel4 ,for fear of   
accidents1 it should not be done in the 
house1 but by placing the shovel over a 
chafing-dish of very hot coals1 in the  
open air1 standing a great distance off4
  ,common prudence will dictate the     
necessity of using great care in the    
above experiments1 as an accident will  
soon happen if a person does not get out
 of the way before the composition      
explodes4   ,money augmented by an      
,optical ,illusion4  ,in a large        
drinking-glass of a conical shape1      
7small at the bottom and wide at the    
top17 put a shilling1 and let the glass 

be half full of water2 then place a     
plate on the top of it1 and turn it     
quickly over1 that the water may not    
escape4 ,you will see on the plate a    
piece of coin of the size of            
half-a-crown2 and a little higher up    
another the size of a shilling4  ,it    
will add to the amusement this          
experiment affords1 by giving the glass 
to any one in company1 7but who1 of     
course1 has not witnessed your          
operations17 and1 desiring him to throw 
away the water1 but save the pieces1 he 
will not be a little surprised at       
finding only one4   ,three objects      
discernible only with both ,eyes4  ,if  
you fix three pieces of paper against   
the wall of a room at equal distances1  
at the height of your eye1 placing      
yourself directly before them1 at a few 
yards' distance1 and close your right   
eye1 and look at them with your left1   
you will see only two of them1 suppose  
the first and second2 alter the position
 of your eye1 and you will see the first

 and third3 alter your position a second
 time1 you will see the second and      
third1 but never the whole three        
together2 by which it appears1 that a   
person who has only one eye can never   
see three objects placed in this        
position1 nor all the parts of one      
object of the same extent1 without      
altering his situation4   ,to construct 
the ,camera ,obscura4  ,make a circular 
hole in the shutter of a window1 from   
whence there is a prospect of some      
distance2 in this hole place a          
magnifying glass1 either double or      
single1 whose focus is at the distance  
of five or six feet2 no light must enter
 the room but through this glass4 ,at a 
distance from it1 equal to its focus1   
place a very white pasteboard1 7what is 
called a ,bristol board1 if you can     
procure one large enough1 will answer   
extremely well27 this board must be two 
feet and a half long1 and eighteen or   
twenty inches high1 with a black border 
round it3 bend the length of it inward  

to the form of part of a circle1 whose  
diameter is equal to double the focal   
distance of the glass4 ,fix it on a     
frame of the same figure1 and put it on 
a moveable foot1 that it may be easily  
placed at that distance from the glass1 
where the objects appear to the greatest
 perfection4 ,when it is thus placed1   
all the objects in front of the window  
will be painted on the paper in an      
inverted position1 with the greatest    
regularity1 and in the most natural     
colours4 ,if you place a swing          
looking-glass outside the window1 by    
turning it more or less1 you will have  
on the paper all the objects on each    
side the window4  ,if1 instead of       
placing the looking-glass outside the   
window1 you place it in the room above  
the hole1 7which must then be made near 
the top of the shutter17 you may have   
the representation on a paper placed    
horizontally on a table1 and draw at    
your leisure all the objects reflected4 
,observe1 the best situation is directly

 north2 and the best time of the day is 
noon4   ,the ,magnifying ,reflector4    
,let the rays of light that pass through
 the magnifying glass in the shutter be 
thrown on a large concave mirror1       
properly fixed in a frame4 ,then take a 
third strip of glass1 and stick any     
small object on it2 hold it in the      
intervening rays at a little more than  
the focal distance from the mirror1 and 
you will see on the opposite wall1      
amidst the reflected rays1 the image of 
that object1 very large1 and beautifully
 clear and bright4   ,to tell by a      
,watch ,dial the ,hour when a ,person   
intends to rise4  ,the person is told to
 set the hand of his watch at any hour  
he pleases1 which hour he tells you2 and
 you add in your mind #ab to it4 ,you   
then desire him to count privately the  
number of that addition on the dial1    
commencing at the next hour to that at  
which he intends to rise1 and including 
the hour at which he has placed the     
hand1 which will give the answer3 for   

example4  ,a intends to rise at #f1     
7this he conceals to himself27 he places
 the hand at #h1 which he tells ,b1 who1
 in his own mind1 adds #ab to #h1 which 
makes twenty4 ,b then tells ,a to count 
twenty on the dial1 beginning at the    
next hour to that at which he proposes  
to rise1 which will be #e1 and counting 
backwards1 reckoning each hour as one1  
and including in his addition the number
 of the hour the hand is placed at1 the 
addition will end at #f1 which is the   
hour proposed2 thus1    ,the hour the   
hand is placed at is                    
#h   ,the next hour to that which ,a    
intends to rise at is #e1 which         
counts for                              
#a   ,count back the hours from #e1 and 
reckon them at #a each1 there     will  
be #aa hours1 viz41 #d1 #c1 #b1 #a1 #ab1
 #aa1 #aj1 #i1 #h1 #g1 #f    #aa        
----                                    
,making         #bj   ,a person having  
an even ,number of ,shillings in one    
,hand1 and an odd ,number in the other1 

to tell in which hand the odd or even   
,number is4  ,you desire the person to  
multiply the number in his right hand by
 an odd figure1 and the number in his   
left by an even one2 and tell you if the
 products1 added together1 be odd or    
even4 ,if even1 the even number is in   
the right hand2 if odd1 the even number 
is in the left4 ,for instance1    ,i4   
,number in the right           ,in the  
left hand odd    #g           hand is   
even  #ah       ,multiply by            
#b      ,multiply by           #c       
----                          ----      
,product  #ad                  ,product 
#ed                               ----  
,add the ,product of           the left 
hand   #ad                          ----
      ,which produces a           total 
of        #fh     ,,ii4 ,number in the  
right          ,in the left hand even   
#ah           hand is odd    #g         
,multiply by            #b              
,multiply by           #c               
----                          ----      

,product  #cf                  ,product 
#ba      ,add the ,product of           
the left hand   #cf                     
----      ,which produces a             
total of        #eg   ,secret           
,correspondence4  ,illustration3 ,fig4  
#a4  ,to carry on a correspondence      
without the possibility of the meaning  
of the letter being detected1 in case it
 should be opened by any other person1  
has employed the ingenuity of many4 ,no 
method will be found more effectual for 
this purpose1 or more easy1 than the    
following4  ,provide a piece of square  
card or pasteboard1 and draw a circle on
 it1 which circle is to be divided into 
#bg equal parts1 in each of which parts 
must be written one of the capital      
letters of the alphabet1 and the 1 as in
 the figure4 ,let the centre of this    
circle be blank4 ,then draw another     
circle1 also divided into #bg equal     
parts1 in each of which write one of the
 small letters of the alphabet1 and the 
4 ,this circle must be cut round1 and   

made exactly to fit the blank space in  
the centre of the large circle1 and must
 run round a pivot or pin4 ,the person  
with whom you correspond must have a    
similar dial1 and at the beginning of   
your letter you must put the capital    
letter1 and at the end the small letter1
 which answer to each other when you    
have fixed your dial4  ,suppose what you
 wish to communicate is as follows3     
,i am so watched ,i cannot see you as ,i
 promised2 but ,i will     meet you     
to-morrow in the park1 with the letters1
 c4  ,you begin with the letter ,t1 and 
end with the letter m1 which shows how  
you have fixed the dial1 and how your   
correspondent must fix his1 that he may 
decipher your letter4  ,then1 for ,i am1
 you write b uf1 and so of the rest1 as 
follows4      ,t b uf lh pumrvayx b     
rvugghm lyy rhn ul b ikhfblyx vnm b     
pbee fyym rhn mh-fhkkhp bg may iukd pbma
 may eymmykl1 tw4     m4   ,another     
,way4  ,take two pieces of card1        
pasteboard1 or stiff paper1 through     

which you cut long squares at different 
distances4 ,one of these you keep       
yourself1 and the other you give to your
 correspondent4 ,you lay the pasteboard 
on a paper1 and1 in the spaces cut out1 
write what you would have understood by 
him only2 then fill the intermediate    
spaces with any words that will connect 
the whole together1 and make a different
 sense4 ,when he receives it1 he lays   
his pasteboard over the whole1 and those
 words which are between crotchets      
form the intelligence you wish to       
communicate4 ,for example3 suppose you  
want to express these word1      ,don't 
trust ,robert3 ,i have found him a      
villain4  ,don't fail to send my books4 
,i trust they will be ready when ,robert
 calls on you4 ,i have heard that you   
have found your dog4 ,i call him a      
villain who stole him4 ,you may place a 
pasteboard of this kind three other     
ways--the bottom at top--the top at     
bottom1 or by turning it over2 but in   
this case you must previously apprize   

your correspondent1 or he may not be    
able to decipher your meaning4   ,secret
 ,correspondence by ,music4  ,form a    
circle like ,fig4 #b1 divided into      
twenty-six parts1 with a letter of the  
alphabet written in each4 ,the interior 
of the circle is moveable1 like that in 
,fig4 #a1 and the circumference is to be
 ruled like music-paper4 ,place in each 
division a note different in figure or  
position4  ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b4     
,illustration3 ,music ,piece  ,within   
the musical lines place the three keys1 
and on the outer circle the figures to  
denote time4 ,then get a ruled paper1   
and place one of the keys 7suppose      
ge-re-sol7 against the time #b-dths1 at 
the beginning of the paper1 which will  
inform your correspondent how to place  
his circle4 ,you then copy the notes    
that answer to the letters of the words 
you intend to write1 in the manner      
expressed above4   ,the ,magic ,vessel4 
,on the bottom of a vessel1 lay three   
pieces of money1 the first at ,a1 the   

second at ,b1 and the third at ,c1 ,fig4
 #c4 ,then place a person at ,d1 where  
he can see no farther into the vessel   
than ,e4 ,you tell him1 that by pouring 
water in the vessel you will make him   
see three different pieces of money2 and
 bid him observe1 that you do not convey
 any money in with the water4 ,but be   
careful that you pour the water in very 
gently1 or the pieces will move out of  
their places1 and thereby destroy the   
experiment4  ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c4   
,when the water rises up to ,f1 the     
piece at ,a will be visible2 when it    
reaches ,g1 both ,a and ,b will be      
visible2 and when it comes up to ,h1 all
 three pieces will be visible4          
,artificial ,earthquake and ,volcano4   
,grind an equal quantity of fresh iron  
filings with pure sulphur1 till the     
whole be reduced to a fine powder4 ,be  
careful not to let any wet come near it4
 ,then bury about thirty pounds of it a 
foot deep in the earth1 and in about six
 or eight hours the ground will heave   

and swell1 and shortly after send forth 
smoke and flames like a burning         
mountain4 ,if the earth is raised in a  
conical shape1 it will be no bad        
miniature resemblance of one of the     
burning mountains4   ,artificial        
,illuminations4  ,a very pleasing       
exhibition may be made with very little 
trouble or expense1 in the following    
manner3 ,provide a box1 which you fit up
 with architectural designs cut out on  
pasteboard2 prick small holes in those  
parts of the building where you wish the
 illuminations to appear1 observing1    
that in proportion to the perspective1  
the holes are to be made smaller2 and on
 the near objects the holes are to be   
made larger4 ,behind these designs thus 
perforated1 you fix a lamp or candle1   
but in such a manner that the reflection
 of the light shall only shine through  
the holes2 then placing a light of just 
sufficient brilliance to show the design
 of the buildings before it1 and making 
a hole for the sight at the front end of

 the box1 you will have a very tolerable
 representation of illuminated          
buildings4  ,the best way of throwing   
the light in front1 is to place an oiled
 paper before it1 which will cast a     
mellow gleam over the scenery1 and not  
diminish the effect of the illumination4
 ,this can be very easily planned1 both 
not to obstruct the sight1 nor be seen  
to disadvantage4 ,the lights behind the 
picture should be very strong2 and if a 
magnifying glass were placed in the     
sight hole1 it would tend greatly to    
increase the effect4 ,the box must be   
covered in1 leaving an aperture for the 
smoke of the lights to pass through4    
,the above exhibition can only be shown 
at candle-light2 but there is another   
way1 by fixing small pieces of gold on  
the building1 instead of drilling the   
holes2 which gives something like the   
appearance of illumination1 but by no   
means equal to the foregoing experiment4
  ,n4,b4 ,it would be an improvement1 if
 paper of various colours1 rendered     

transparent by oil1 were placed between 
the lights behind and the aperture in   
the buildings1 as they would then       
resemble lamps of different colours4    
,the ,cameleon ,spirit4  ,put into a    
decanter volatile spirit1 in which you  
have dissolved copper filings1 and it   
will produce a fine blue4 ,if the bottle
 be stopped1 the colour will disappear2 
but when unstopped1 it will return4     
,this experiment may be often repeated4 
,invisible ,ink4  ,put litharge of lead 
into very strong vinegar1 and let it    
stand twenty-four hours4 ,strain it off1
 and let it remain till quite settled2  
then put the liquor in a bottle4  ,you  
next dissolve orpiment in quick lime    
water1 by setting the water in the sun  
for two or three days1 turning it five  
or six times a-day4 ,keep the bottle    
containing this liquor well corked1 as  
the vapour is highly pernicious if      
received into the mouth4  ,write what   
you wish with a pen dipped in the first 
liquor2 and1 to make it visible1 expose 

it to the vapour of the second liquor4  
,if you wish them to disappear again1   
draw a sponge or pencil1 dipped in aqua 
fortis1 or spirit of nitre1 over the    
paper2 and if you wish them to          
re-appear1 let the paper be quite dry1  
and then pass the solution of orpiment  
over it4   ,another4  ,dissolve bismuth 
in nitrous acid4 ,when the writing with 
this fluid is exposed to the vapour of  
liver of sulphur1 it will become quite  
black4   ,another4  ,dissolve green     
vitriol and a little nitrous acid in    
common water4 ,write your characters    
with a new pen4  ,next infuse small     
,aleppo galls1 slightly bruised in      
water4 ,in two or three days1 pour the  
liquor off4  ,by drawing a pencil dipped
 in this second solution over the       
characters written with the first1 they 
will appear a beautiful black4          
,invisible ,gold ,ink4  ,put as much    
gold in as small a quantity of aqua     
regia as will dissolve it1 and dilute it
 with two or three times the quantity of

 distilled water4  ,next dissolve1 in a 
separate vessel1 fine pewter in aqua    
regia1 and when it is well impregnated1 
add an equal quantity of distilled      
water4  ,write your characters with the 
first solution3 let it dry in the shade4
 ,to make them visible1 draw a pencil or
 sponge1 dipped in the second solution1 
over the paper1 and the characters will 
appear of a purple colour4   ,invisible 
,silver ,ink4  ,dissolve fine silver in 
aqua fortis2 and after the dissolution1 
add some distilled water in the same    
manner as in the gold ink4  ,what is    
written with the above ink will remain  
invisible for three or four months1 if  
kept from the air2 but may be easily    
read in an hour1 if exposed to the fire1
 air1 or sun4   ,invisible ,yellow ,ink4
  ,steep marigold flowers seven or eight
 days in clear distilled vinegar4 ,press
 the flowers and strain the liquor1     
which is to be kept in a bottle well    
corked4 ,if you would have it still more
 clear1 add1 when you use it1 some pure 

water4  ,to make the characters visible1
 which you write with this ink1 pass a  
sponge over the paper1 dipped in the    
following solution3  ,take a quantity of
 flowers of pansy1 or the common violet1
 bruise them in a mortar with water1    
strain the liquor in a cloth1 and keep  
it in a bottle4   ,invisible ,red ,ink4 
,to the pure spirit of vitriol or nitre1
 add eight times as much water4  ,use   
the above solution of violets to make   
visible the characters written with this
 ink4   ,invisible ,green ,ink4         
,dissolve salt of tartar1 clean and dry1
 in a sufficient quantity of river      
water4 ,use the violet solution to      
render it visible4   ,another ,invisible
 ,green ,ink4  ,dissolve zaffre1 in     
powder1 in aqua regia1 for twenty-four  
hours4 ,pour the liquor off1 and the    
same quantity of common water1 and keep 
it in a bottle well corked4  ,this ink  
will not be visible till exposed to the 
fire or the sun2 and will again be      
invisible when it becomes cold4         

,invisible ,violet ,ink4  ,express the  
juice of lemons1 and keep it in a bottle
 well corked4 ,use the violet infusion  
to make the writing visible4            
,invisible ,grey ,ink4  ,mix alum with  
lemon-juice4 ,the letters written with  
this ink will be invisible till dipped  
in water4         99       99       99  
99       99  ,we now present our readers
 with a variety of amusing experiments1 
which may be performed by the foregoing 
inks2 and they will1 probably1 suggest  
others equally amusing and useful4   ,a 
,secret ,correspondence by means of     
,invisible ,ink4  ,a person wishing to  
carry on a correspondence with another1 
and who is fearful of having his letter 
opened1 or intercepted1 can adopt the   
following plan3  ,write any unimportant 
matter with common ink1 and let the     
lines be very wide apart3 then between  
these lines write the communication you 
wish to make1 with any of the above     
invisible inks you can most readily     
procure4  ,your correspondent is to be  

previously apprized of the method of    
making the characters visible3 and      
writing in common ink will serve to lull
 the suspicions of those who might      
intercept the letter1 and who1 not      
finding any thing important in it1 will 
either forward or keep it4 ,in either   
case there can be no danger1 as the     
writing will not be visible without the 
proper application4   ,the ,mysterious  
,writing4  ,write on a piece of paper   
with common ink any question2 then      
underneath it write the answer either in
 invisible silver ink1 or the invisible 
green ink1 made with zaffre and aqua    
regia1 described in pages #bd and #be4  
,you give this paper to your friend1 and
 tell him to place it against the wall1 
or on his dressing-table1 keeping the   
door locked1 that he may be sure no     
person has entered his room3 he will    
next day find the answer written on it4 
,the ,restored ,flowers4  ,make a       
bouquet of artificial flowers2 the      
leaves should be formed of parchment4   

,dip the roses in the red invisible ink1
 the jonquilles in the yellow1 the pinks
 in the violet1 and the leaves in the   
green ink4 ,they will all appear white2 
and you show them to the company1       
observing1 that you will restore them to
 their natural colours1 and desiring any
 person to fix any private mark on them 
he pleases1 that he may be sure there is
 no deception4 ,you then1 unperceived by
 the company1 dip them in the           
revivifying liquor1 used to make the    
yellow ink visible1 described in page   
#bd1 and1 drawing them gently out1 that 
the liquor may drop1 and the flowers    
have time to acquire their colours1 you 
present them to the company1 who will   
see1 with surprise1 that they each      
appear in their natural colours4        
,winter changed to ,spring4  ,take a    
print that represents winter1 and colour
 those parts which should appear green1 
with the second green invisible ink1    
described in page #be2 observing1 of    
course1 the usual rules of perspective1 

by making the near parts deeper in      
colour than the others4 ,the other      
objects must be painted in their natural
 colours4 ,then put the print into a    
frame with a glass1 and cover the back  
with a paper that is pasted only at its 
extremities4  ,when this print is       
exposed to a moderate fire1 or the warm 
sun1 the foliage1 which appeared covered
 with snow1 will change to a pleasing   
green2 and if a yellow tint be thrown on
 the lighter parts before the invisible 
ink is drawn over it1 this green will be
 of different shades4 ,when it is       
exposed to the cold1 it will again      
resume its first appearance of winter4  
,the ,silver ,tree4  ,dissolve an ounce 
of fine silver in three ounces of strong
 aqua fortis1 in a glass bottle4 ,when  
the silver is dissolved2 pour the aqua  
fortis into another glass vessel1 7a    
decanter will be best17 with seven or   
eight ounces of mercury1 to which add a 
quart of common water2 to the whole add 
your dissolved silver1 and let it remain

 untouched4  ,in a few days the mercury 
will appear covered with a number of    
little branches of a silver colour4     
,this appearance will increase for a    
month or two1 and will remain after the 
mercury is entirely dissolved4   ,the   
,lead ,tree4  ,a more modern invention1 
and an easier method by far than the    
above1 is the following3  ,to a piece of
 zinc fasten a wire1 crooked in the form
 of the worm of a still2 let the other  
end of the worm be thrust through a     
cork4 ,you then pour spring water into a
 phial or decanter1 to which you add a  
small quantity of sugar of lead2 thrust 
the zinc into the bottle1 and with the  
cork at the end of the wire fasten it   
up4 ,in a few days the tree will begin  
to grow1 and produce a most beautiful   
effect4   ,to produce beautiful         
,fire-works in ,miniature4  ,put half a 
drachm of solid phosphorus into a large 
pint ,florence flask2 holding it        
slanting1 that the phosphorus may not   
break the glass4 ,pour upon it a gill   

and a half of water1 and place the whole
 over a tea-kettle lamp1 or any common  
tin lamp1 filled with spirit of wine4   
,light the wick1 which should be almost 
half an inch from the flask2 and as soon
 as the water is heated1 streams of fire
 will issue from the water by starts1   
resembling sky-rockets2 some particles  
will adhere to the sides of the glass   
representing stars2 and will frequently 
display brilliant rays4 ,these          
appearances will continue at times till 
the water begins to simmer1 when        
immediately a curious aurora borealis   
begins1 and gradually ascends1 till it  
collects to a pointed flame2 when it has
 continued half a minute1 blow out the  
flame of the lamp1 and the point that   
was formed will rush down1 forming      
beautiful illuminated clouds of fire1   
rolling over each other for some time1  
which disappearing1 a splendid          
hemisphere of stars presents itself3    
after waiting a minute or two1 light the
 lamp again1 and nearly the same        

phenomenon will be displayed as from the
 beginning4 ,let the repetition of      
lighting and blowing out the lamp be    
made for three or four times at least1  
that the stars may be increased4 ,after 
the third or fourth time of blowing out 
the lamp1 in a few minutes after the    
internal surface of the flask is dry1   
many of the stars will shoot with great 
splendour1 from side to side1 and some  
of them will fire off with brilliant    
rays2 these appearances will continue   
several minutes4 ,what remains in the   
flask will serve for the same experiment
 several times1 and without adding any  
more water4 ,care should be taken1 after
 the operation is over1 to lay the flask
 and water in a cool1 secure place4     
,artificial ,rain and ,hail4  ,make a   
hollow cylinder of wood2 let it be very 
thin at the sides1 about eight or ten   
inches wide1 and two or three feet      
diameter4 ,divide its inside into five  
equal parts1 by boards of five or six   
inches wide1 and let there be between   

them and the wooden circle1 a space of  
about one-sixth of an inch4 ,you are to 
place these boards obliquely4 ,in this  
cylinder put four or five pounds of shot
 that will easily pass through the      
opening4 ,when turned upside down1 the  
noise of the shot going through the     
various partitions will resemble rain2  
and if you put large shot1 it will      
produce the sound of hail4              
,illuminated ,writing4  ,it is well     
known that if any words are written on a
 wall with solid phosphorus1 the writing
 will appear as if on fire2 but it is   
necessary to give this caution1 lest    
accidents should occur4 ,in using it1   
let a cup of water be always near you2  
and do not keep it more than a minute   
and a half in your hand1 for fear the   
warmth of your hand should set it on    
fire4 ,when you have written a few words
 with it1 put the phosphorus into the   
cup of water1 and let it stay a little  
to cool2 then take it out1 and write    
with it again4   ,a ,lamp that will burn

 ,twelve ,months without replenishing4  
,take a stick of phosphorus1 and put it 
into a large dry phial1 not corked1 and 
it will afford a light sufficient to    
discern any object in a room when held  
near it4 ,the phials should be kept in a
 cool place1 where there is no great    
current of air1 and it will continue its
 luminous appearance for more than      
twelve months4   ,curious               
,transcolorations4  ,put half a         
table-spoonful of syrup of violets and  
three table-spoonfuls of water into a   
glass2 stir them well together with a   
stick1 and put half the mixture into    
another glass4 ,if you add a few drops  
of acid of vitriol into one of the      
glasses and stir it1 it will be changed 
into a crimson2 put a few drops of fixed
 alkali dissolved into the other glass1 
and when you stir it1 it will change to 
green4 ,if you drop slowly into the     
green liquor1 from the side of the      
glass1 a few drops of acid of vitriol1  
you will perceive crimson at the bottom1

 purple in the middle1 and green at the 
top2 and by adding a little fixed alkali
 dissolved1 to the other glass1 the same
 colours will appear in different order4
   ,another4  ,if you put a tea-spoonful
 of a liquor composed of copper infused 
in acid of vitriol1 into a glass1 and   
add two or three table-spoonfuls of     
water to it1 there will be no sensible  
colour produced2 but if you add a little
 volatile alkali to it1 and stir it1 you
 will perceive a very beautiful blue    
colour4 ,add a little acid of vitriol1  
the colour will instantly disappear upon
 stirring it2 and by adding a little    
fixed alkali dissolved1 it will return  
again4   ,another4  ,put half a         
tea-spoonful of a liquor composed of    
iron infused in acid of vitriol1 into   
half a glass of water2 and add a few    
drops of phlogisticated alkali1 and a   
beautiful ,prussian blue will appear4   
,curious ,account of the ,electric      
,effects of a ,russian ,climate4  ,mr4  
pinus in a letter to ,dr4 ,guthrie1     

relates the following phenomena1 which  
took place in ,russia1 when a severe    
frost had continued for several weeks4  
,mr4 pinus was sent for to the palace to
 see an uncommon phenomenon4 ,on going  
into the apartment of ,prince ,orloff1  
he found him at his toilet1 and that    
every time his valet drew the comb      
through his hair1 a strong crackling    
noise was heard2 and on darkening the   
room1 sparks were seen following the    
comb in great abundance1 while the      
prince himself was so completely        
electrified1 that strong sparks could be
 drawn from his hands and face2 nay1 he 
was even electrified when he was only   
powdered with a puff4  ,a few days      
after1 he was witness to a more striking
 effect of the electric state of a      
,russian atmosphere4 ,the ,grand ,duke  
of ,russia sent for him one evening in  
the twilight1 and told him1 that having 
briskly drawn a flannel cover off a     
green damask chair in his bed-chamber1  
he was astonished at the appearance of a

 strong bright flame that followed2 but 
considering it as an electrical         
appearance1 he had tried to produce a   
similar illumination on different pieces
 of furniture1 and could then show him a
 beautiful and surprising experiment4   
,his highness threw himself on his bed1 
which was covered with a damask quilt1  
laced with gold2 and1 rubbing it with   
his hands in all directions1 the young  
prince1 who had then reached his twelfth
 year1 appeared swimming in fire1 as at 
every stroke flames arose all around    
him1 darted to the gold-laced border1   
ran along it1 and up to that of the bed1
 and even to the very top4  ,while he   
was showing this experiment1 ,prince    
,orloff came into the room1 with a sable
 muff in his hand1 and showed us1 that  
by only whirling it five or six times   
round his head in the air1 he could     
electrify himself so strongly1 as to    
send out sparks from all the uncovered  
parts of his body4   ,astonishing ,power
 of ,steam4  ,if you put a small        

quantity of water into a tea-kettle1 and
 place it on the fire1 it will disappear
 in a short time1 having escaped in the 
steam4 ,but if its escape be prevented  
by stopping up the spout and crevices1  
it will force its way by bursting the   
vessel in which it was confined4  ,if   
the steam of boiling water be at        
liberty1 the water never attains more   
than a certain degree of heat2 but if   
confined in a close vessel1 the         
additional fire not escaping1 the power 
of the steam is increased1 it re-acts   
upon the water1 and raises the heat so  
much higher1 that it would keep lead in 
a melting state2 and so penetrating1    
that it would soften the marrow-bone of 
an ox1 in a few minutes4  ,there is an  
instrument contrived for the foregoing  
purposes1 called ,papin's ,digester1    
from the name of its inventor1 and from 
its digestive powers on substances      
exposed to its action4 ,it is a very    
strong vessel1 made of copper1 fitted   
with a thick close cover1 and fastened  

down by several strong screws1 so as to 
render it steam-tight in great degrees  
of heat4 ,to render it safe1 while being
 used1 there is a valve on the cover1 to
 let out the steam1 when it is too      
violent2 this valve is kept down by a   
steel-yard1 with a weight moveable upon 
it1 to regulate the degrees of the steam
 within4  ,the following account of an  
accident with one of these instruments1 
will give some idea of the great force  
of steam4  ,mr4 ,papin 7the inventor7   
having fixed all things right1 and      
included about a pint of water1 with two
 ounces of marrow-bone1 he placed the   
vessel horizontally between the bars of 
the grate1 about half-way into the fire4
 ,in three minutes he found it raised to
 a great heat1 and perceiving the heat  
in a very short time become more raging1
 stepped to a side-table for an iron to 
take the digester out of the fire1 when 
it suddenly burst with the explosion of 
a musket4 ,it was heard at a            
considerable distance1 and actually     

shook the house4 ,the bottom of the     
vessel that was in the fire gave way2   
the blast of the expanded water blew all
 the coals out of the fire into the     
room1 the remainder of the vessel flew  
across the room1 and1 hitting the leaf  
of an oak table1 an inch thick1 broke it
 all in pieces1 and rebounded half the  
length of the room back again4 ,he could
 not perceive the least sign of water1  
though he looked carefully for it2 the  
fire was quite extinguished1 and every  
coal black in an instant4  ,the         
following accident was attended with    
more fatal consequences4  ,a            
steam-engine was repairing at ,chelsea1 
and1 as the workmen were endeavouring to
 discover the defect1 the boiler        
suddenly exploded1 and a cloud of steam 
rushing out at the fracture1 struck one 
of the men who was near it1 like a blast
 of lightning1 and killed him in a      
moment2 when his companions endeavoured 
to take off his clothes1 the flesh came 
off with them from the bones4   ,account

 of the ,wonderful ,effects of two      
immense ,burning-,glasses4  ,mr4 de     
,tschirnhausen constructed a            
burning-glass1 between three and four   
feet in diameter1 and whose focus was   
rendered more powerful by a second one4 
,this glass melted tiles1 slates1       
pumice-stone1 c41 in a moment2 pitch1   
and all resins1 were melted even under  
water2 the ashes of vegetables1 wood1   
and other matters1 were converted into  
glass2 indeed1 it either melted1        
calcined1 or dissipated into smoke1     
every thing applied to its focus4  ,mr4 
,parker1 of ,fleet-street1 made a       
burning-glass1 three feet in diameter2  
it was formed of flint glass1 and when  
on its frame1 exposed a surface of #b   
feet #h-a_/b inches to the solar rays4  
,it had a small glass fitted to it1 to  
converge the rays1 and heighten the     
effect4 ,the experiments made by it were
 more powerful and accurate than those  
performed by any other glass4 ,the      
following is a brief epitome of its     

astonishing power4                      
----------------------------------------
------------   ,substances melted1 with 
their weight2 ,weight  ,time     and the
 ,time in ,seconds1 which          in   
in       they took in melting4          
,grains4,seconds                        
----------------------------------------
------------   ,pure gold               
#bj     #d      ---- silver             
#bj     #c      ---- copper             
#cc    #bj      ---- platina            
#aj     #c      ,nickel                 
#af     #c      ,a cube of bar-iron     
#aj    #ab      --------- cast-iron     
#aj     #c      --------- steel         
#aj    #ab      ,scoria of wrought-iron 
#ab     #b      ,kearsh                 
#aj     #c      ,cauk1 or terra         
ponderosa                 #aj     #g    
,a topaz1 or chrysolite                 
#c    #de      ,an oriental emerald     
#b    #be      ,crystal pebble          
#g     #f      ,white agate             
#aj    #cj      ,oriental flint         

#aj    #cj      ,rough cornelian        
#aj    #ge      ,jasper                 
#aj    #be      ,onyx                   
#aj    #bj      ,garnet                 
#aj    #ag      ,white rhomboidal spar  
#aj    #fj      ,zeolites               
#aj    #bc      ,rotten-stone           
#aj    #hj      ,common slate           
#aj     #b      ,asbestos               
#aj    #aj      ,common lime-stone      
#aj    #ee      ,pumice-stone           
#aj    #bd      ,lava                   
#aj     #g      ,volcanic clay          
#aj    #fj      ,cornish moor-stone     
#aj    #fj                              
----------------------------------------
------------   ,fulminating ,powder4    
,this powder is made by rubbing         
together1 in a hot marble mortar1 with a
 wooden pestle1 three parts1 by weight1 
of nitre1 two of mild vegetable alkali1 
and one of flowers of sulphur1 till the 
whole is accurately mixed4 ,if a drachm 
of this powder be exposed to a gentle   
heat1 in an iron ladle1 till it melts1  

it will explode with a noise as loud as 
the report of a cannon4   ,a more       
powerful fulminating ,powder4  ,the most
 wonderful instance of chemical         
detonation is formed by the combination 
of volatile alkali with silver4         
,gunpowder1 or fulminating gold1 are not
 to be compared with this invention1 and
 the great danger attending its         
manufacture prevents us from giving a   
methodical account of its preparation to
 our readers1 particularly as it can be 
purchased1 properly prepared1 of the    
chemists4  ,the slightest agitation or  
friction is sufficient to cause its     
explosion4 ,when it is once obtained1 it
 can no longer be touched with safety4  
,the falling of a few atoms of it1 from 
a small height1 produces an explosion2 a
 drop of water falling on it has the    
same effect4 ,no attempt1 therefore1 can
 be made to enclose it in a bottle1 but 
it must be let alone in the capsule1    
wherein1 by evaporation1 it obtains this
 terrible property4 ,to make this       

experiment with safety1 no greater      
quantity than a grain of silver should  
be used2 the last process of drying     
should be made in a metallic vessel1 and
 the face of the operator defended by a 
mask with strong glass eyes4   ,to make 
the ,phosphorus ,match ,bottles4        
,nothing more is necessary for this     
purpose1 than to drop small pieces of   
dry phosphorus into a common phial2     
gently heat it till it melts2 and then  
turn the bottle round1 that it may      
adhere to the sides4 ,the phial should  
be closely corked2 and when used1 a     
common brimstone match is to be         
introduced1 and rubbed against the sides
 of the phial3 this inflames the match  
when it is brought out of the bottle4   
,though there is no danger in           
phosphorus1 till friction1 or fire1 is  
applied1 yet persons cannot be too      
cautious in the use of it1 as instances 
have been known of one of these bottles 
catching fire in the pocket1 and very   
much endangering the person who carried 

it2 likewise1 if carelessly used1 small 
particles are apt to get under the      
nails1 or on the hand2 and if1 by       
accident1 they are held to the fire1 or 
rubbed together1 a flame will presently 
kindle4   ,to make a ,ring suspend by a 
,thread1 after the ,thread has been     
burned4  ,soak a piece of thread in     
urine1 or common salt and water4 ,tie it
 to a ring1 not larger than a           
wedding-ring4 ,when you apply the flame 
of a candle to it1 it will burn to      
ashes1 but yet sustain the ring4   ,to  
form ,figures in relief on an ,egg4     
,design on the shell any figure or      
ornament you please1 with melted tallow1
 or any other fat oily substance2 then  
immerse the egg into very strong        
vinegar1 and let it remain till the acid
 has corroded that part of the shell    
which is not covered with the greasy    
matter3 those parts will then appear in 
relief1 exactly as you have drawn them4 
,to give a ghastly ,appearance to       
,persons in a ,room4  ,dissolve salt in 

an infusion of saffron and spirits of   
wine4 ,dip some tow in this solution1   
and1 having set fire to it1 extinguish  
all other lights in the room4   ,to     
change ,blue to ,white4  ,dissolve      
copper filings in a phial of volatile   
alkali2 when the phial is unstopped1 the
 liquor will be blue2 when stopped1 it  
will be white4   ,magical               
,transmutations4  ,infuse a few shavings
 of logwood in common water1 and when   
the liquor is sufficiently red1 pour it 
into a bottle4 ,then take three         
drinking-glasses1 and rinse one of them 
with strong vinegar2 throw into the     
second a small quantity of pounded alum1
 which will not be observed if the glass
 has been recently washed1 and leave the
 third without any preparation4 ,if the 
red liquor in the bottle be poured into 
the first glass1 it will appear of a    
straw colour2 if into the second1 it    
will pass gradually from bluish-grey to 
black1 when stirred with a key1 or any  
piece of iron1 which has been previously

 dipped in strong vinegar4 ,in the third
 glass1 the red liquor will assume a    
violet tint4   ,to make ,pomatum with   
,water and ,wax4  ,water and wax are two
 substances that do not naturally unite 
together2 therefore1 to those who       
witness the following process1 without  
knowing the cause1 it will have the     
appearance of marvellous4 ,put into a   
new glazed earthen pot1 six ounces of   
river water and two ounces of white wax1
 in which1 you must previously conceal a
 strong dose of salt of tartar4 ,if the 
whole be then exposed to a considerable 
degree of heat1 it will assume the      
consistence of pomatum1 and may be used 
as such4   ,iron transformed into       
,copper4  ,dissolve blue vitriol in     
water1 till the water is well           
impregnated with it2 and immerse into   
the solution small plates of iron1 or   
coarse iron filings4 ,these will be     
attacked and dissolved by the acid of   
the vitriol1 while the copper naturally 
contained in the vitriol will be sunk   

and deposited in the place of the iron  
dissolved4 ,if the piece of iron be too 
large for dissolving1 it will be so     
completely covered with particles of    
copper1 as to resemble that metal       
itself4   ,iron transformed into        
,silver4  ,dissolve mercury in marine   
acid1 and dip a piece of iron into it1  
or rub the solution over the iron1 and  
it will assume a silver appearance4  ,it
 is scarcely necessary to say1 that     
these transmutations are only apparent1 
though to the credulous it would seem   
that they were actually transformed4    
,chemical ,illuminations4  ,put into a  
middling-sized bottle1 with a short wide
 neck1 three ounces of oil or spirit of 
vitriol1 with twelve ounces of common   
water1 and throw into it1 at different  
times1 an ounce or two of iron filings4 
,a violent commotion will then take     
place1 and white vapours will arise from
 the mixture4 ,if a taper be held to the
 mouth of the bottle1 these vapours will
 inflame and produce a violent          

explosion1 which may be repeated as long
 as the vapours continue4   ,the        
,philosophical ,candle4  ,provide a     
bladder1 into the orifice of which is   
inserted a metal tube1 some inches in   
length1 that can be adapted to the neck 
of a bottle1 containing the same mixture
 as in the last experiment4 ,having     
suffered the atmospheric air to be      
expelled from the bottle1 by the elastic
 vapour produced by the solution1 apply 
the orifice of the bladder to the mouth 
of the bottle1 after carefully squeezing
 the common air out of it1 7which you   
must not fail to do1 or the bladder will
 violently explode47 ,the bladder will  
thus become filled with the inflammable 
air1 which1 when forced out against the 
flame of a candle1 by pressing the sides
 of the bladder1 will form a beautiful  
green flame4   ,to make the appearance  
of a ,flash of ,lightning1 when any one 
enters a ,room with a lighted ,candle4  
,dissolve camphor in spirit of wine1 and
 deposit the vessel containing the      

solution in a very close room1 where the
 spirit of wine must be made to         
evaporate by strong and speedy boiling4 
,if any one then enters the room with a 
lighted candle1 the air will inflame1   
while the combustion will be so sudden1 
and of so short a duration1 as to       
occasion no danger4   ,to melt ,iron in 
a ,moment and make it run into ,drops4  
,bring a bar of iron to a white heat1   
and then apply to it a roll of sulphur4 
,the iron will immediately melt and run 
into drops4  ,this experiment should be 
performed over a basin of water1 in     
which the drops that fall down will be  
quenched4 ,these drops will be found    
reduced into a sort of cast-iron4       
,never-yielding ,cement4  ,calcine      
oyster-shells1 pound them1 sift them    
through a silk sieve1 and grind them on 
porphyry till they are reduced to the   
finest powder4 ,then take the whites of 
several eggs1 according to the quantity 
of the powder2 and having mixed them    
with the powder1 form the whole into a  

kind of paste4 ,with this paste join the
 pieces of china1 or glass1 and press   
them together for seven or eight        
minutes4 ,this cement will stand both   
heat and water1 and will never give way1
 even if the article should1 by         
accident1 fall to the ground4   ,to     
remove ,stains and ,blemishes from      
,prints4  ,paste a piece of paper to a  
very smooth clear table1 that the       
boiling water used in the operation may 
not require a colour which might lessen 
its success4 ,spread out the print you  
wish to clean upon the table1 and       
sprinkle it with boiling water2 taking  
care to moisten it throughout by very   
carefully applying a very fine sponge4  
,after you have repeated this process   
five or six times1 you will observe the 
stains or spots extend themselves2 but  
this is only a proof that the dirt      
begins to be dissolved4  ,after this    
preparation1 lay the print smoothly and 
carefully into a copper or wooden       
vessel1 larger than the size of the     

print4 ,then cover it with a boiling ley
 of potash1 taking care to keep it hot  
as long as possible4 ,after the whole is
 cooled1 strain off the liquor1 take out
 the print with care1 spread it on a    
stretched cord1 and when half dry1 press
 it between leaves of white paper1 to   
prevent wrinkles4  ,by this process1    
spots and stains of any kind will be    
effectually removed4   ,to so fill a    
,glass with ,water1 that it cannot be   
removed without spilling the whole4     
,this is a mere trick1 but may afford   
some amusement4 ,you offer to bet any   
person that you will so fill a glass    
with water that he shall not move it off
 the table without spilling the whole   
contents4 ,you then fill the glass1 and1
 laying a piece of paper or thin card   
over the top1 you dexterously turn the  
glass upside down on the table1 and then
 drawing away the paper1 you leave the  
water in the glass1 with its foot       
upwards4 ,it will therefore be          
impossible to remove the glass from the 

table without spilling every drop4      
,two ,figures1 one of which blows out   
and the other re-lights a ,candle4      
,make two figures1 of any shape or      
materials you please2 insert in the     
mouth of one a small tube1 at the end of
 which is a piece of phosphorus1 and in 
the mouth of the other a tube containing
 at the end a few grains of gunpowder2  
taking care that each be retained in the
 tube by a piece of paper4 ,if the      
second figure be applied to the flame of
 a taper1 it will extinguish it2 and the
 first will light it again4   ,a vessel 
that will let ,water out at the ,bottom1
 as soon as the ,mouth is uncorked4     
,provide a tin vessel1 two or three     
inches in diameter1 and five or six     
inches in height1 having a mouth about  
three inches in width2 and in the bottom
 several small holes1 just large enough 
to admit a small needle4 ,plunge it in  
water with its mouth open1 and when     
full1 while it remains in the water1    
stop it very closely4 ,you can play a   

trick with a person1 by desiring him to 
uncork it2 if he places it on his knee  
for that purpose1 the moment it is      
uncorked the water will run through at  
the bottom1 and make him completely wet4
   ,a ,powder which catches ,fire when  
exposed to the ,air4  ,put three ounces 
of rock alum1 and one ounce of honey or 
sugar1 into a new earthen dish1 glazed1 
and which is capable of standing a      
strong heat2 keep the mixture over the  
fire1 stirring it continually till it   
becomes very dry and hard2 then remove  
it from the fire1 and pound it to a     
coarse powder4 ,put this powder into a  
long-necked bottle1 leaving a part of   
the vessel empty2 and1 having placed it 
in a crucible1 fill up the crucible with
 fine sand1 and surround it with burning
 coals4 ,when the bottle has been kept  
at a red heat for about seven or eight  
minutes1 and no more vapour issues from 
it1 remove it from the fire1 then stop  
it with a piece of cork2 and1 having    
suffered it to cool1 preserve the       

mixture in small bottles well closed4   
,if you unclose one of these bottles1   
and let fall a few grains of this powder
 on a bit of paper1 or any other very   
dry substance1 it will first become     
blue1 then brown1 and will at last burn 
the paper or other dry substance on     
which it has fallen4   ,fulminating     
,gold4  ,put into a small long-necked   
bottle1 resting on a little sand1 one   
part of fine gold filings1 and three    
parts of aqua regia1 7nitro-muriatic    
acid47 ,when the gold is dissolved1 pour
 the solution into a glass1 and add five
 or six times the quantity of water4    
,then take spirit of sal ammoniac or oil
 of tartar1 and pour it drop by drop    
into the solution1 until the gold is    
entirely precipitated to the bottom of  
the glass4 ,decant the liquor that swims
 at the top1 by inclining the glass2    
and1 having washed it several times in  
warm water1 dry it at a moderate heat1  
placing it on paper capable of absorbing
 all the moisture4  ,if a grain of this 

powder1 put into a spoon1 7it should be 
an iron one17 be exposed to the flame of
 a candle1 it will explode with a very  
loud report4   ,to melt a piece of      
,money in a ,walnut-shell1 without      
injuring the shell4  ,bend any thin     
coin1 and put it into half a            
walnut-shell2 place the shell on a      
little sand1 to keep it steady4 ,then   
fill the shell with a mixture made of   
three parts of very dry pounded nitre1  
one part of flowers of sulphur1 and a   
little saw-dust well sifted4 ,if you    
then set light to the mixture1 you will 
find1 when it is melted1 that the metal 
will also be melted at the bottom of the
 shell1 in form of a button1 which will 
become hard when the burning matter     
round it is consumed3 the shell will    
have sustained very little injury4   ,a 
,liquid that ,shines in the ,dark4      
,take a bit of phosphorus1 about the    
size of a pea2 break it into small      
parts1 which you are to put into a glass
 half full of very pure water1 and boil 

it in a small earthen vessel1 over a    
very moderate fire4 ,have in readiness a
 long narrow bottle1 with a well-fitted 
glass stopper1 and immerse it1 with its 
mouth open1 into boiling water4 ,on     
taking it out1 empty the water1 and     
immediately pour in the mixture in a    
boiling state2 then put in the stopper1 
and cover it with mastich1 to prevent   
the entrance of the external air4  ,this
 water will shine in the dark for       
several months1 even without being      
touched2 and1 if it be shaken in dry    
warm weather1 brilliant flashes will be 
seen to rise through the middle of the  
water4   ,luminous ,liquor4  ,put a     
little phosphorus1 with essence of      
cloves1 into a bottle1 which must be    
kept closely stopped4 ,every time the   
bottle is unclosed1 the liquor will     
appear luminous4 ,this experiment must  
be performed in the dark4   ,the        
changeable ,rose4  ,take a common       
full-blown rose1 and1 having thrown a   
little sulphur finely pounded into a    

chafing-dish with coals1 expose the rose
 to the vapour4 ,by this process the    
rose will become whitish2 but if it be  
afterwards held some time in water1 it  
will resume its former colour4   ,golden
 ,ink4  ,take some white gum arabic1    
reduce it to an impalpable powder1 in a 
brass mortar2 dissolve it in strong     
brandy1 and add a little common water to
 render it more liquid4 ,provide some   
gold in a shell1 which must be detached1
 in order to reduce it to a powder4     
,when this is done1 moisten it with the 
gummy solution1 and stir the whole with 
a small hair-brush1 or your finger2 then
 leave it for a night1 that the gold may
 be better dissolved4 ,if the           
composition become dry during the night1
 dilute it with more gum water1 in which
 a little saffron has been infused2 but 
take care that the gold solution be     
sufficiently liquid to flow freely in a 
pen4 ,when the writing is dry1 polish it
 with a dry tooth4   ,another way4      
,reduce gum ammoniac into powder1 and   

dissolve it in gum arabic water1 to     
which a little garlic juice has been    
added4 ,this water will not dissolve the
 ammonia so as to form a transparent    
liquid2 for the result will be a milky  
liquor4 ,with the liquor form your      
letters or ornaments on paper or vellum1
 with a pen or fine camels'-hair brush2 
then let them dry1 and afterwards       
breathe on them some time1 till they    
become moist2 then apply a few bits of  
leaf gold to the letters1 which you     
press down gently with cotton wool4     
,when the whole is dry1 brush off the   
superfluous gold with a large           
camels'-hair brush1 and1 to make it more
 brilliant1 burnish with a dog's tooth4 
,white ,ink1 for ,writing on black      
,paper4  ,having carefully washed some  
egg-shells1 remove the internal skin1   
and grind them on a piece of porphyry4  
,then put the powder into a small vessel
 of pure water1 and when it has settled 
at the bottom1 draw off the water1 and  
dry the powder in the sun4 ,this powder 

must be preserved in a bottle2 when you 
want to use it1 put a small quantity of 
gum ammoniac into distilled vinegar1 and
 leave it to dissolve during the night4 
,next morning the solution will appear  
exceedingly white2 and if you then      
strain it through a piece of linen      
cloth1 and add to it the powder of      
egg-shells1 in sufficient quantity1 you 
will obtain a very white ink4   ,to     
construct ,paper ,balloons4  ,take      
several sheets of silk paper2 cut them  
in the shape of a spindle2 or1 to speak 
more familiarly1 like the coverings of  
the sections of an orange2 join these   
pieces together1 into one spherical or  
globular body1 and border the aperture  
with a ribbon1 leaving the ends1 that   
you may suspend them from the following 
lamp4  ,construct a small basket of very
 fine wire1 if the balloon is small1 and
 suspend it from the aperture1 so that  
the smoke from the flame of a few leaves
 of paper1 wrapped together1 and dipped 
in oil1 may heat the inside of it4      

,before you light this paper1 suspend   
the balloon in such a manner1 that it   
may1 in a great measure1 be exhausted of
 air1 and as soon as it has been        
dilated1 let it go1 together with the   
wire basket1 which will serve as        
ballast4   ,water-,gilding upon ,silver4
  ,take copper-flakes1 on which pour    
strong vinegar2 add alum and salt in    
equal quantities2 set them on a fire1   
and when the vinegar is boiled1 till it 
becomes one-fourth part of its original 
quantity1 throw into it the metal you   
design to gild1 and it will assume a    
copper colour4 ,continue boiling it1 and
 it will change into a fine gold colour4
   ,a ,water which gives ,silver a ,gold
 ,colour4  ,take sulphur and nitre1 of  
each an equal quantity2 grind them      
together very fine1 and put them into an
 unglazed vessel2 cover and lute it     
well2 then set it over a slow fire for  
#bd hours2 put what remains into a      
strong crucible1 and let it dissolve2   
put it into a phial1 and whatever silver

 you anoint with it will have a gold    
colour4   ,to make an old ,gold ,chain  
appear like new4  ,dissolve sal ammoniac
 in urine1 boil the chain in it1 and it 
will have a fine gold colour4   ,to give
 ,silver the ,colour of ,gold4          
,dissolve in common aqua fortis as much 
silver as you please4 ,to eight ounces  
of silver1 take four ounces of hepatic  
aloes1 six ounces of turmeric1 and two  
ounces of prepared tutty1 that has been 
several times quenched in urine4 ,put   
these to the solution of the silver2    
they will dissolve1 but rise up in the  
glass like a sponge2 this glass must    
therefore be large1 to prevent running  
over4 ,then draw it off1 and you will   
have ten ounces of silver as yellow as  
gold4   ,a ,water to give any ,metal a  
,gold ,colour4  ,take fine sulphur and  
pulverize it2 then boil some stale      
spring water2 pour it hot upon the      
powder1 and stir it well together2 boil 
it again1 and pour into it an ounce of  
dragon's blood4 ,after it is well       

boiled1 take it off1 and filter it      
through a fine cloth2 pour this water   
into a matrass1 7a chemical vessel17    
after you have put in what you design to
 colour2 close it well1 and boil it a   
third time1 and the metal will be a fine
 gold colour4   ,another way4  ,take    
hepatic aloes1 nitre1 and ,roman        
vitriol1 of each equal quantities2 and  
distil them with water1 in an alembic1  
till all the spirits are extracted2 it  
will at last yield a yellowish water1   
which will tinge any sort of metal of a 
gold colour4   ,to give ,silver-plate a 
,lustre4  ,dissolve alum in a strong    
ley1 and scum it carefully2 then mix it 
up with soap1 and wash your silver      
utensils with it1 using a linen rag4    
,the ,fiery ,fountain4  ,if twenty      
grains of phosphorus1 cut very small1   
and mixed with forty grains of powder of
 zinc1 be put into four drachms of      
water1 and two drachms of concentrated  
sulphuric acid be added thereto1 bubbles
 of inflamed phosphoretted hydrogen gas 

will quickly cover the whole surface of 
the fluid in succession1 forming a real 
fountain of fire4   ,to take            
,impressions of ,coins1 ,medals1 c4     
,cut fish-glue1 or isinglass1 into small
 pieces1 immerse it in clear water1 and 
set it on a slow fire2 when gradually   
dissolved1 let it boil slowly1 stirring 
it with a wooden spoon1 and taking off  
the scum4 ,the liquor being sufficiently
 adhesive1 take it off the fire1 let it 
cool a little1 and then pour it on the  
medal or coin you wish to copy1 having  
first rubbed the coin over with oil4    
,let the composition lay about the      
thickness of a crown-piece on the medal4
 ,then set it in a moderate air1 neither
 too hot nor too cold1 and let it cool  
and dry4 ,when it is dry1 it will loosen
 itself2 you will find the impression   
correct1 and the finest strokes         
expressed with the greatest accuracy4   
,you may give a most pleasing effect to 
the composition1 by mixing any colour   
with it1 red1 yellow1 blue1 green1 c41  

and if you add a little parchment size  
to it1 it will make it harder and       
better4 ,this size is made by gently    
simmering the cuttings of clear white   
parchment in a pipkin1 with a little    
water1 till it becomes adhesive4   ,to  
tell a ,person any ,number he may       
privately fix on4  ,when the person has 
fixed on a number1 bid him double it and
 add four to that doubling2 then        
multiply the whole by #e2 to the product
 let him add #ab1 and multiply the      
amount by #aj4 ,from the total of all   
this1 let him deduct #cbj1 and tell you 
the remainder2 from which1 if you cut   
off the two last figures1 the number    
that remains will be what he fixed upon4
 ,for instance1    ,suppose the number  
chosen is                       #g      
,which doubled                          
#ad   ,add #d to it1 and it will make   
#ah   ,multiply #ah by #e1 gives        
#ij   ,to which add #ab1 is             
#ajb   ,multiply that by #aj1 makes     
#ajbj   ,from which deducting #cbj1 the 

remainder is       #gjj   ,and by       
striking off the two ciphers1 it becomes
           the number thought on        
#g   ,to tell any ,number a ,person has 
fixed on1 without asking him any        
,questions4  ,you tell the person to    
choose any number from #a to #ae2 he is 
to add #a to that number1 and triple the
 amount4 ,then1    #a4 ,he is to take   
the half of that triple1 and triple that
 half4   #b4 ,to take the half of the   
last triple1 and triple that half4   #c4
 ,to take the half of the last triple4  
#d4 ,to take the half of that half4     
,thus1 it will be seen1 there are four  
cases where the half is to be taken2 the
 three first are denoted by one of the  
eight following ,latin words1 each word 
being composed of three syllables2 and  
those that contain the letter i refer to
 those cases where the half cannot be   
taken without a fraction2 therefore1 in 
those cases1 the person who makes the   
deduction is to add #a to the number    
divided4 ,the fourth case shows which of

 the two numbers annexed to every word  
has been chosen2 for if the fourth half 
can be taken without adding #a1 the     
number chosen is in the first column2   
but if not1 it is in the second4    ,the
 words4    ,the numbers they denote4    
,mi-se-ris            #h   #j           
,ob-tin-git           #a   #i           
,ni-mi-um             #b  #ai           
,no-ta-ri             #c  #aa           
,in-fer-nos           #d  #ab           
,or-di-nes           #ac   #e           
,ti-mi-di             #f  #ad           
,te-ne-ant           #ae   #g  ,for     
example3    ,suppose the number chosen  
is      #i   ,to which is to be added   
#a                                  ----
                                    #aj 
,the triple of that number is     #cj   
,the half of which is             #ae   
,the triple of that half must be  #de   
,and the half of that,a          #bc    
,the triple half of that half     #fi   
,the half of that,a              #ce    
,and the half of that half,a     #ah    

,a ,at all these stages1 #a must be     
added1 to take the half     without a   
fraction4  ,while the person is         
performing the operation1 you remark1   
that at the second and third stages he  
is obliged to add #a2 and1 consequently1
 that the word ob-tin-git1 in the second
 and third syllables of which is an i1  
denotes that the number must be either  
#a or #i2 and1 by observing that he     
cannot take the last half without adding
 #a1 you know that it must be the number
 in the second column4 ,if he makes no  
addition at any one of the four stages1 
the number he chose must be #ae1 as that
 is the only number that has not a      
fraction at either of the divisions4    
,the ,lamp ,chronometer4  ,figure #d    
represents a chamber lamp1 ,a1          
consisting of a cylindrical vessel made 
of tin1 in the shape of a candle1 and is
 to be filled with oil4 ,this vessel    
should be about three inches high and   
one inch diameter1 placed in a stand1   
,b4 ,the whole apparatus1 of lamp and   

stand1 can be purchased1 ready-made1 at 
any tin-shop in ,london4 ,to the stand1 
,b1 is fixed the handle ,c1 which       
supports the frame ,d1 about #ab inches 
high1 and four inches wide4 ,this frame 
is to be covered with oiled paper1 and  
divided into #ab equal parts by         
horizontal lines1 at the end of which   
are written the numbers for the hours1  
from #a to #ab1 and between the         
horizontal lines1 and diagonals1 divided
 into halves1 quarters1 c4 ,on the      
handle ,c1 and close to the glass1 is   
fixed the style or hand ,e4             
,illustration3 ,fig4 #d4  ,now1 as the  
distance of the style from the flame of 
the lamp is only half an inch1 then1 if 
the distance of the frame from the style
 be six inches1 while the float that    
contains the light descends by the      
decrease on the oil1 one inch1 the      
shadow of the style of the frame will   
ascend #ab inches1 being its whole      
length1 and show by its progression1 the
 regular increase of the hours1 with    

their several divisions4  ,you must be  
careful always to burn the same oil1    
which must be the best2 and the wick    
must never vary in size2 if these       
precautions are not attended to1 the    
dial never can be accurate4   ,the      
,phial of the ,four ,elements4  ,take a 
phial1 six or seven inches long1 and    
about three quarters of an inch in      
diameter4 ,in this phial put1 first1    
glass coarsely powdered2 secondly1 oil  
of tartar per deliquum2 thirdly1        
tincture of salt of tartar2 and lastly1 
distilled rock oil4  ,the glass and the 
various liquors being of different      
densities1 if you shake the phial1 and  
then let it rest a few moments1 the     
three liquors will entirely separate1   
and each assume its place2 thus forming 
no indifferent resemblance of the four  
elements1 earth1 fire1 water1 and air3  
the powdered glass 7which should be of  
some dark colour7 representing the      
earth2 the oil of tartar1 water2 the    
tincture1 air2 and the rock oil1 fire4  

,the ,magic ,bottle4  ,take a small     
bottle1 the neck of which is not more   
than the sixth of an inch in diameter4  
,with a funnel1 fill the bottle quite   
full of red wine1 and place it in a     
glass vessel1 similar to a show-glass1  
whose height exceeds that of the bottle 
about two inches2 fill this vessel with 
water4 ,the wine will shortly come out  
of the bottle1 and rise in the form of a
 small column to the surface of the     
water2 while at the same time1 the      
water1 entering the bottle1 will supply 
the place of the wine4 ,the reason of   
this is1 that as water is specifically  
heavier than wine1 it must hold the     
lower place1 while the other rises to   
the top4  ,an effect equally pleasing   
will be produced1 if the bottle be      
filled with water1 and the vessel with  
wine4   ,the ,globular ,fountain4  ,make
 a hollow globe1 of copper or lead1 and 
of a size adapted to the quantity of    
water that comes from a pipe 7hereafter 
mentioned7 to which it is to be fixed1  

and which may be fastened to any kind of
 pump1 provided it be so constructed1   
that the water shall have no other means
 of escape than through the pipe4       
,pierce a number of small holes through 
the globe1 that all tend towards its    
centre1 and annex it to the pipe that   
communicates with the pump4 ,the water  
that comes from the pump1 rushing with  
violence into the globe1 will be forced 
out at the holes1 and form a very       
pleasing sphere of water4   ,the        
,hydraulic ,dancer4  ,procure a little  
figure made of cork1 which you may dress
 as your fancy dictates4 ,in this figure
 place a small hollow cone made of thin 
leaf brass4  ,when the figure is placed 
on a jet d'eau1 that plays in a         
perpendicular direction1 it will be     
suspended on the top of the water1 and  
perform a great variety of amusing      
motions4  ,if a hollow ball of very thin
 copper1 of an inch diameter1 be placed 
on a similar jet1 it will remain        
suspended1 turning round1 and spreading 

the water all about it4   ,a ,person    
having put a ,ring an one of his        
,fingers1 to name the ,person1 the      
,hand1 the ,finger1 and the ,joint on   
which it is placed4  ,let a third person
 double the number of the order in which
 he stands who has the ring1 and add #e 
to that number2 then multiply that sum  
by #e1 and to the product add #aj4 ,let 
him next add #a to the last number1 if  
the ring be on the right hand1 and #b if
 on the left1 and multiply the whole by 
#aj3 to the product of this he must add 
the number of the finger1 7counting the 
thumb as the first finger17 and multiply
 the whole again by #aj4 ,let him then  
add the number of the joint1 and1       
lastly1 to the whole join #ce4  ,he is  
then to tell you the amount of the      
whole1 from which you are to subtract   
#cece1 and the remainder will consist of
 four figures2 the first of which will  
express the rank in which the person    
stands1 the second the hand1 7number #a 
signifying the right1 and #b the left17 

the third number the finger1 and the    
fourth the joint4--,for example3        
,suppose the person who stands the third
 in order has put the ring upon the     
second joint of the thumb of his left   
hand2 then1    ,the double of the rank  
of the third person is   #f   ,to which 
add                                     
#e                                      
#aa   ,multiply the sum by              
#e                                      
#ee   ,to which add                     
#aj   ,and the number of the left hand  
#b                                      
#fg   ,which being multiplied by        
#aj                                     
#fgj   ,to which add the number of the  
thumb            #a                     
#fga   ,and multiply again by           
#aj                                     
#fgaj   ,then add the number of the     
joint                #b   ,and lastly   
the number                          #ce 
#fgdg   ,from which deducting           
#cece                                   

,the remainder is                       
#cbab                                   
,of which1 as we have said1 the #c      
denotes the third person1 the #b the    
left hand1 the #a the thumb1 and the    
last #b the second joint4   ,the ,water 
,sun4  ,provide two portions of a hollow
 sphere1 that are very shallow2 join    
them together in such a manner that the 
hollow between them be very narrow4 ,fix
 them vertically to a pipe from whence a
 jet proceeds4 ,bore a number of small  
holes all around that part where the two
 pieces are joined together4 ,the water 
rushing through the holes will form a   
very pleasing water sun1 or star4   ,the
 ,magical ,cascade4  ,procure a tin     
vessel1 shaped like ,fig4 #e1 about five
 inches high and four in diameter1 with 
a cover1 ,c1 closed at top4 ,to the     
bottom of this vessel1 let the pipe ,d  
,e be soldered4 ,this pipe is to be ten 
inches long1 and half an inch in        
diameter1 open at each end1 and the     
upper end must be above the water in the

 vessel4 ,to the bottom also fix five or
 six small tubes1 ,f1 about one-eighth  
of an inch in diameter4 ,by these pipes1
 the water in the vessel is to run      
slowly out4  ,illustration3 ,fig4 #e4   
,place this machine in a tin basin1 ,g  
,h1 with a hole in the middle1 about a  
quarter of an inch in diameter4 ,fix to 
the tube ,d ,e1 any sort of ornament    
that will keep the machine firm on the  
basin1 observing1 that these supports   
are sufficiently long to leave about a  
quarter of an inch between the end of   
the tube and the orifice in the basin2  
and let there be a vessel under the     
basin to catch the water that runs out4 
,as the small pipes discharge more water
 into the basin than can run out of the 
central orifice1 the water will rise in 
the basin above the lower end of the    
pipe1 and prevent the air from getting  
into the vessel1 by which the water will
 cease to flow from the small pipes4    
,but as the water continues to flow from
 the basin1 the air will have liberty   

again to enter the vessel by the tube1  
and the water will again flow from the  
small pipes1 and alternately stop and   
flow1 while any water remains in the    
vessel4  ,as you can guess when the     
pipes will flow1 and when they will     
stop1 you may so manage it1 that they   
will appear to act by word of command4  
,the illuminated ,fountain1 that plays  
when the ,candles are lighted1 and stops
 when they are extinguished4  ,provide  
two cylindrical vessels1 ,a ,b and ,c   
,d1 as in ,fig4 #f4 ,connect them by    
four tubes open at each end1 as ,h ,i1  
c41 so that the air may descend out of  
the higher into the lower vessel4 ,to   
these tubes fix candlesticks1 and to the
 hollow cover1 ,e ,f1 of the lower      
vessel1 fit a tube1 ,k1 reaching almost 
to the bottom of the vessel4 ,at ,g let 
there be an aperture with a screw1      
whereby water may be poured into ,c ,d1 
which1 when filled1 must be closed by   
the screw4  ,illustration3 ,fig4 #f4    
,when the candles are lighted1 the air  

in the upper cover and contiguous pipes 
will be thereby rarefied1 and the jet   
from the small tube1 ,k1 will begin to  
play3 as the air becomes more rarefied1 
the force of the jet will increase1 and 
it will continue to play till the water 
in the lower vessel is exhausted4 ,as   
the motion of the jet is caused by the  
heat of the candles1 when they are      
extinguished the fountain will stop4    
,a ,fountain which acts by the heat of  
the ,sun4  ,in the annexed engraving1   
,fig4 #g1 ,g ,n ,s is a thin hollow     
globe of copper1 eighteen inches        
diameter1 supported by a small inverted 
basin1 placed on a stand with four legs1
 ,a ,b ,c ,d1 which have between them1  
at the bottom1 a basin of two feet      
diameter4 ,through the leg ,c passes a  
concealed pipe1 which comes from ,g1 the
 bottom of the inside of the globe4     
,this pipe goes by ,h ,v1 and joins the 
upright pipe u ,i1 to make a jet1 as ,i4
 ,the short pipe1 u ,i1 which goes to   
the bottom1 has a valve at u1 under the 

horizontal pipe ,h ,v1 and another valve
 at ,t1 above that ,horizontal pipe1    
under the cock at ,k4 ,the use of this  
cock is to keep the fountain from       
playing in the day1 if you think proper4
 ,the north pole ,n of the globe has a  
screw that opens a hole1 whereby water  
is poured into the globe4               
,illustration3 ,fig4 #g4  ,the machine  
being thus prepared1 and the globe half 
filled with water1 put it in an open    
place1 when the heat of the sun         
rarefying the air as it heats the       
copper1 the air will press strongly     
against the water1 which1 coming down   
the pipe1 will lift up the valve at ,v1 
and shut the valve at u4 ,the cock being
 opened1 the water will spout out at ,i1
 and continue to play a long while1 if  
the sun shines4   ,inflammable          
,phosphorus4  ,take the meal of flour of
 any vegetable1 put it into an iron pan 
over a moderate fire1 and keep it       
stirring with an iron spoon till it     
changes to a black powder2 to one part  

of this add four parts of raw alum4     
,make the whole into a fine powder2 put 
it again into the iron pan1 and keep    
stirring it till it almost catches fire1
 to prevent its forming into lumps1 as  
it is apt to do when the alum melts2 in 
which case it must be broken again1     
stirred about1 and accurately mixed with
 the flour1 till it emits no more fumes1
 and the whole appears a fine black     
powder4  ,put this powder in a clean dry
 phial with a narrow neck1 filling it to
 about one-third of the top4 ,then stop 
the mouth of the phial with loose paper1
 so as to let the air pass freely       
through it1 and leave room for the fumes
 to come through the neck4 ,place the   
phial in a crucible1 encompassed on all 
sides with sand1 so that it may not     
touch any part of the crucible1 but a   
considerable space everywhere left      
between4 ,the phial must be covered up  
with sand1 leaving only a small part    
bare1 by which you can discern whether  
the powder is ignited4 ,in this state1  

the crucible is to be surrounded with   
coals1 kindled slowly till it is well   
heated on all sides1 and then the fire  
is to be raised1 till the crucible and  
every thing in it is red-hot2 keep it in
 this state an hour2 after this1 the    
fire still burning as fiercely1 close up
 the orifice of the phial with wax1 to  
exclude the air4 ,leave it to cool1 and 
you will find in it a black dusty coal  
formed of the flour and alum4  ,shake a 
small quantity of this out of the phial 
into the cool air1 and it will          
immediately take fire1 but will not burn
 any thing4 ,keep the bottle dry1 as    
even the air will spoil it effectually4 
,the ,magical ,mirrors4  ,make two holes
 in the wainscot of a room1 each a foot 
high and ten inches wide1 and about a   
foot distant from each other4 ,let these
 apertures be about the height of a     
man's head1 and in each of them place a 
transparent glass in a frame1 like a    
common mirror4  ,behind the partition1  
and directly facing each aperture1 place

 two mirrors enclosed in the wainscot1  
in an angle of forty-five degrees4,b    
,these mirrors are each to be eighteen  
inches square3 and all the space between
 them must be enclosed with pasteboard  
painted black1 and well closed1 that no 
light can enter2 let there be also two  
curtains to cover them1 which you may   
draw aside at pleasure4  ,when a person 
looks into one of these fictitious      
mirrors1 instead of seeing his own face 
he will see the object that is in front 
of the other2 thus1 if two persons stand
 at the same time before these mirrors1 
instead of each seeing himself2 they    
will reciprocally see each other4       
,there should be a sconce with a lighted
 candle1 placed on each side of the two 
glasses in the wainscot1 to enlighten   
the faces of the persons who look in    
them1 or the experiment will not have so
 remarkable an effect4      ,b ,that is1
 half-way between a line drawn          
perpendicularly to     the ground and   
its surface4   ,to cause a brilliant    

,explosion under ,water4  ,drop a piece 
of phosphorus1 the size of a pea1 into a
 tumbler of hot water2 and1 from a      
bladder furnished with a stop-cock1     
force a stream of oxygen directly upon  
it4 ,this will afford a most brilliant  
combustion under water4   ,fulminating  
,mercury4  ,dissolve #ajj grains of     
mercury by heat1 in an ounce and a half 
of nitric acid4 ,this solution being    
poured cold upon two measured ounces of 
alcohol previously introduced into any  
convenient glass vessel1 a moderate heat
 is to be applied1 till effervescence is
 excited4 ,a white fume then begins to  
appear on the surface of the liquor1 and
 the powder will be gradually           
precipitated when the action ceases4    
,the precipitate is to be immediately   
collected on a filter1 well washed with 
distilled water1 and cautiously dried in
 a heat not exceeding that of a         
water-bath4 ,washing the powder         
immediately is material1 because it is  
liable to the re-action of the nitric   

acid2 and1 while any of the acid adheres
 to it1 it is very subject to the action
 of light4 ,from #ajj grains of mercury1
 about #acj of the powder are obtained4 
,this powder1 when struck on an anvil   
with a hammer1 explodes with a sharp    
stunning noise1 and with such force as  
to indent both hammer and anvil4 ,three 
or four grains are sufficient for one   
experiment4   ,the ,iron ,tree4         
,dissolve iron filings in aqua fortis1  
moderately concentrated1 till the acid  
is saturated2 then add to it gradually1 
a solution of fixed alkali1 7commonly   
called oil of tartar per deliquum47 ,a  
strong effervescence will ensue1 and the
 iron1 instead of falling to the bottom 
of the vessel1 will afterwards rise so  
as to cover the sides1 forming a        
multitude of ramifications heaped one   
upon the other1 which will sometimes    
pass over the edge of the vessel1 and   
extend themselves on the outside1 with  
all the appearance of a plant4   ,to    
make any ,number divisible by ,nine1 by 

adding a ,figure to it4  ,if 7for       
example7 the number named be #gb1heg1   
you tell the person who names it to     
place the number #g between any two     
figures of that sum1 and it will be     
divisible by #i2 for if any number be   
multiplied by #i1 the sum of the figures
 of the product will be either #i1 or a 
number divisible by #i4   ,arithmetical 
,squares4  ,an arithmetical magical     
square consists of numbers so disposed  
in parallel and equal lines1 that the   
sum of each1 taken any way of the       
square1 amounts to the same4  ,any five 
of these sums taken in a right line make
 #fe4 ,you will observe that five       
numbers in the diagonals ,a to ,d1 and  
,b to ,c1 of the magical square1 answer 
to the ranks ,e to ,f1 and ,g to ,h1 in 
the natural square1 and that #ac is the 
centre number of both squares4      ,a  
,natural ,square4   ,a ,magical ,square4
     ,a        ,g      ,b       ,a      
,b       ----------     ----------      
#a #b #c #d #e     #aabd #gbj #c        

----------     ----------        #f #g  
#h #iaj      #dabbe #haf                
----------     ----------     ,e        
#aaabacadae   ,f #ag #eacba #i          
----------     ----------               
#afagahaibj     #ajah #aadbb            
----------     ----------               
#babbbcbdbe     #bc #fai #bae           
----------     ----------     ,c        
,h      ,d       ,c            ,d  ,to  
form a magical square1 first transpose  
the two ranks in the natural square to  
the diagonals of the magical square2    
then place the number #a under the      
central number #ac1 and the number #b in
 the next diagonal downward4 ,the number
 #c should be placed in the same        
diagonal line2 but as there is no room  
in the square1 you are to place it in   
that part it would occupy if another    
square were placed under this4 ,for the 
same reason1 the number #d1 by following
 the diagonal direction1 falling out of 
the square1 it is to be put into the    
part it would hold in another square1   

placed by the side of this4 ,you then   
proceed to numbers #e and #f1 still     
descending2 but as the place #f should  
hold is already filled1 you then go back
 to the diagonal1 and consequently place
 the #f in the second place under the   
#e1 so that there may remain an empty   
space between the two numbers4 ,the same
 rule is to observed1 whenever you find 
a space already filled4  ,you proceed in
 this manner to fill all the empty cases
 in the angle where the #ae is placed3  
and as there is no space for the #af in 
the same diagonal1 descending1 you must 
place it in the part it would hold in   
another square1 and continue the same   
plan till all the spaces are filled4    
,this method will serve equally for all 
sorts of arithmetical progressions      
composed of odd numbers2 even numbers   
being too complicated to afford any     
amusement4   ,to find the ,difference   
between two ,numbers1 the greatest of   
which is unknown4  ,take as many nines  
as there are figures in the smallest    

number1 and subtract that sum from the  
number of nines4 ,let another person add
 that difference to the largest number1 
and1 taking away the first figure of the
 amount1 add it to the last figure1 and 
that sum will be the difference of the  
two numbers4  ,for example3 ,robert1 who
 is #bb1 tells ,george1 who is older1   
that he can discover the difference of  
their ages2 he therefore privately      
deducts #bb from #ii1 and the           
difference1 which is #gg1 he tells      
,george to add to his age1 and to take  
away the first figure from the amount1  
and add it to the last figure1 and that 
last sum will be the difference of their
 ages4 ,thus1 the difference between    
,robert's age and #ii1 is               
#gg   ,to which ,george adding his age  
#ce                                     
----       ,the sum will be             
#aab                                    
----                                    
#ab                                     
#a                                      

----   ,then by taking away the first   
figure1 #a1        and adding it to the 
last figure1 #b1    #ac       the sum is
                              ,which    
added to ,robert's age                  
#bb                                     
----   ,gives ,george's age1 which is   
#ce   ,the ,boundless ,prospect4  ,take 
a square box1 about six inches long and 
twelve high1 or of any other            
proportionate dimensions4 ,cover the    
inside with four flat pieces of         
looking-glass placed perpendicular to   
the bottom of the box4 ,place at the    
bottom any objects you please1 as a     
piece of fortification1 a castle1 tents1
 soldiers1 c4 ,on the top1 place a frame
 of glass shaped like the bottom of a   
pyramid1 as in ,fig4 #h1 and so formed  
as to fit on the box like a cover4 ,the 
four sides of this cover are to be      
composed of ground glass1 or covered    
inside with gauze1 so that the light may
 enter1 and yet the inside be invisible1
 except at the top1 which must be       

covered with transparent glass3 when you
 look through this glass1 the inside    
will present a pleasing prospect of a   
boundless extent2 and1 if managed with  
care1 will afford a deal of amusement4  
,illustration3 ,fig4 #h4   ,to set ,fire
 to a combustible ,body by ,reflection4 
,place two concave mirrors at about     
twelve feet distance from each other1   
and let the axis of each be in the same 
line4 ,in the focus of one of them place
 a live coal1 and in the focus of the   
other some gunpowder4 ,with a pair of   
strong bellows keep blowing the coal1   
and notwithstanding the distance between
 them1 the powder will presently take   
fire4  ,the mirror may be either made of
 glass1 metal1 or pasteboard gilt4   ,to
 find the ,number of ,changes that may  
be rung on ,twelve ,bells4  ,multiply   
the numbers from #a to #ab continually  
into each other1 as follow3 and the last
 product will give the number required4 
#a             #b            --         
#b             #c            --         

#f             #d            --         
#bd             #e          ----        
#abj             #f          ----       
#gbj             #g         -----       
#e1jdj             #h        ------     
#dj1cbj             #i       -------    
#cfb1hhj            #aj     ---------   
#c1fbh1hjj            #aa    ---------- 
#ci1iaf1hjj            #ab   -----------
   #dgi1jja1fjj   ,to find how many     
square ,yards it would require to write 
all the ,changes of the ,twenty-four    
,letters of the ,alphabet1 written so   
small1 that each ,letter should not     
occupy more than the hundredth part of a
 square ,inch4  ,by adopting the plan of
 the preceding article1 the changes of  
the twenty-four letters will be found to
 be    #fb1jdd1hdj1agc1cbc1idc1icf1jjj4 
,now1 the inches in a square yard being 
#a1bif1 that number multiplied by #ajj  
gives #abi1fjj1 which is the number of  
letters each square yard will contain2  
therefore1 if we divide the above row of
 figures1 7the number of changes17 by   

#abi1fjj1 the quotient1 which is        
#dgh1gda1jej1gbj1jib1afj1 will be the   
number of yards required to contain the 
above mentioned number of changes4 ,but 
as all the #bd letters are contained in 
every permutation1 it will require a    
space #bd times as large1 viz41         
#aa1hdi1ghe1baj1bhb1baa1hdj4  ,now1 as  
the surface of the whole globe only     
contains #fag1aig1dce1jjh1jjj square    
yards1 it would require a surface       
#ah1fbj times as large as the earth to  
contain them4   ,the ,enchanted ,bottle4
  ,fill a glass bottle with water to the
 beginning of the neck2 leave the neck  
empty1 and cork it4 ,suspend this bottle
 opposite a concave mirror1 and beyond  
its focus1 that it may appear reversed4 
,place yourself still further distant   
from the bottle2 and instead of the     
water appearing1 as it really is1 at the
 bottom of the bottle1 the bottom will  
be empty1 and the water seen at the top4
  ,if the bottle be suspended with the  
neck downwards1 it will be reflected in 

its natural position1 and the water at  
the bottom1 although in reality it is   
inverted1 and fills the neck2 leaving   
the bottom vacant4 ,while the bottle is 
in this position1 uncork it1 and let the
 water run gradually out3 it will       
appear1 that while the real bottle is   
emptying1 the reflected one is filling4 
,care must be taken that the bottle is  
not more than half or three parts full1 
and that no other liquid is used but    
water1 as in either of these cases the  
illusion ceases4   ,the ,solar ,magic   
,lantern4  ,make a box1 a foot high1    
eighteen inches wide1 and about three   
inches deep4 ,two of the opposite sides 
of this box must be quite open1 and in  
each of the other sides let there be a  
groove wide enough to admit a stiff     
paper or pasteboard4 ,you fasten the box
 against a window1 on which the sun's   
rays fall direct4 ,the rest of the      
window should be closed up1 that no     
light may enter4  ,next provide several 
sheets of stiff paper1 blacked on one   

side4 ,on these papers cut out such     
figures as your fancy may dictate2 place
 them alternately in the grooves of the 
box1 with their blacked sides towards   
you1 and look at them through a large   
and clear glass prism2 and if the light 
be strong1 they will appear painted with
 the most lively colours4 ,if you cut on
 one of these papers the form of a      
rainbow1 about three-quarters of an inch
 wide1 you will have a very good        
representation of the natural one4  ,for
 greater convenience1 the prism may be  
placed on a stand on the table1 made to 
turn round on an axis4   ,the           
,artificial ,rainbow4  ,opposite a      
window into which the sun shines direct 
suspend a glass globe1 filled with clean
 water1 by means of a string that runs  
over a pulley1 so that the sun's rays   
may fall on it4 ,then drawing the globe 
gradually up1 you will observe1 when it 
comes to a certain height1 and by       
placing yourself in a proper situation1 
a purple colour in the glass2 and by    

drawing it up gradually higher1 the     
other prismatic colours1 blue1 green1   
yellow1 and red1 will successively      
appear2 after which1 the colours will   
disappear1 till the globe is raised to  
about fifty degrees1 when they will     
again appear1 but in an inverted order1 
the red appearing first1 and the blue or
 violet last2 on raising the globe a    
little higher1 they will totally vanish4
   ,the olipiles4  ,the olipile is a    
small hollow globe of brass1 or other   
metal1 in which a slender neck or pipe  
is inserted4 ,this ball1 when made      
red-hot1 is cast into a vessel of water1
 which will rush into its cavity1 then  
almost void of air4 ,the ball being then
 set on the fire1 the water1 by the     
rarefaction of the internal air1 will be
 forced out in steam by fits1 with great
 violence1 and with strange noise4  ,if 
to the necks of two or more of these    
balls1 there be fitted those calls that 
are used by fowlers and hunters1 and the
 balls placed on the fire1 the steam    

rushing from them will make such a      
horrible noise1 that it will astonish   
any person who is ignorant of the       
contrivance4   ,the ,talking ,busts4    
,procure two busts of plaster of ,paris2
 place them on pedestals1 on the        
opposite sides of the room4 ,let a thin 
tube1 of an inch diameter1 pass from the
 ear of one head through the pedestal1  
under the floor1 and go up to the mouth 
of the other2 taking care that the end  
of the tube that is next the ear of the 
one head1 be considerably larger than   
that end which comes to the mouth of the
 other4  ,now1 when a person speaks     
quite low into the ear of one bust1 the 
sound is reverberated through the length
 of the tube1 and will be distinctly    
heard by any one placing his ear to the 
mouth of the other4 ,it is not necessary
 that the tube should come to the lips  
of the bust4 ,if there be two tubes1 one
 going to the ear1 and the other to the 
mouth of each head1 two persons may     
converse together1 by whispers1 without 

the knowledge of any person who may     
stand in the middle of the room4   ,the 
,inanimate ,oracle4  ,place a bust on a 
pedestal in the corner of a room1 and   
let there be two tubes1 as in the       
preceding article1 one to go from the   
mouth1 and the other from the ear1      
through the pedestal and the floor to an
 under apartment2 there may be also     
wires1 that go from the under jaw and   
the eyes of the bust1 by which they may 
be easily moved4  ,a person being placed
 in the room underneath1 and applying   
his ear to one of the tubes at a signal 
given1 will hear any question asked1 and
 can immediately reply1 by applying his 
mouth to the tube which communicates    
below1 at the same time moving the eyes 
by the wire1 to accompany his speech4   
,the ,solar ,concerto4  ,in a large     
case1 similar to what is used for dials 
and spring clocks1 the front of which1  
or at least the lower part1 must be of  
glass1 covered on the inside with gauze1
 place a barrel organ1 which when wound 

up is prevented from playing by a catch 
that takes a toothed wheel at the end of
 the barrel4 ,to one end of this catch  
join a wire1 at the end of which is a   
flat circle of cork1 of the same        
dimensions with the inside of a glass   
tube1 in which it is to rise and fall4  
,this tube must communicate with a      
reservoir that goes across the front    
part of the bottom of the case1 which is
 to be filled with spirits1 such as is  
used in thermometers4  ,this case being 
placed in the sun1 the spirits will be  
rarefied by the heat1 and1 rising in the
 tube1 will lift up the catch or        
trigger1 and set the organ in play2     
which will continue as long as it is    
kept in the sun2 for the spirits cannot 
run out of the tube1 that part of the   
catch to which the circle is fixed being
 prevented from rising beyond a certain 
point1 by a check placed over it4 ,care 
must be taken to remove the machine out 
of the sun before the organ runs down1  
that its stopping may be evidently      

affected by the cold4  ,in winter it    
will perform when placed before the     
fire4     ,,curious ,,experiments ,,with
 ,,the ,,magic ,,lantern4   ,the        
construction of this amusing optical    
machine is so well known1 that to       
describe it would be superfluous2       
particularly as it can now be purchased 
at a very reasonable expense1 at any of 
the opticians'3 but as many persons who 
have a taste for drawing might not be   
pleased with the designs to be had at   
the shops1 or might wish to indulge     
their fancy in a variety of objects1    
which to purchase would become          
expensive1 we here present our readers1 
in the first place1 with the method of  
drawing them1 which will be succeeded by
 a plain description of some very       
diverting experiments4   ,of ,painting  
the ,glasses4  ,you first draw on a     
paper1 the size of the glass1 the       
subject you mean to paint2 fasten this  
at each end of the glass with paste1 or 
any other cement1 to prevent it from    

slipping4 ,then with some very black    
paint mixed with varnish1 draw with a   
fine camels'-hair pencil1 very lightly1 
the outlines sketched on the paper1     
which1 of course1 are reflected through 
the glass4 ,some persons affirm that    
those outlines can be more readily      
traced with japan writing ink1 and a    
common pen with a fine nib2 but this1   
even if it succeeds in making a delicate
 black outline1 is sure to be effaced by
 damp or wet4  ,it would improve the    
natural resemblance1 if the outlines    
were drawn with a strong tint of each of
 the natural colours of the object2 but 
in this respect you may please your own 
fancy4 ,when the outlines are dry1      
colour and shade your figures2 but      
observe1 to temper your colours with    
strong white varnish4 ,a pleasing effect
 will be produced1 if you leave strong  
lights in some parts of the drapery1 c41
 without any colours4 ,the best colours 
for this purpose are transparent ones2  
opaque or mineral colours will not do4  

,the following are in most repute4      
,for ,pink and crimson       ,lake or   
carmine4       ,blue                    
,prussian blue4       ,green            
,calcined verdigris1 or distilled ditto4
       ,yellow                 ,gamboge4
   ,to represent a ,storm at ,sea4      
,provide two strips of glass1 whose     
frames are thin enough to admit both    
strips freely into the groove of the    
lantern4 ,on one of these glasses paint 
the appearance of the sea from a smooth 
calm to a violent storm4 ,let these     
representations run gradually into each 
other1 as in ,fig4 #i1 and you will of  
course observe1 that the more natural   
and picturesque the painting is1 the    
more natural and pleasing will be the   
reflection4  ,illustration3 ,fig4 #i4   
,illustration3 ,fig4 #aj4  ,on the other
 glass1 ,fig4 #aj1 paint various vessels
 on the ocean1 observing to let that end
 where the storm is1 appear in a state  
of violent commotion1 and the vessels as
 if raised on the waves in an unsettled 

position1 with heavy clouds about them4 
,you then pass the glasses slowly       
through the groove1 and when you come to
 that part where the storm is supposed  
to begin1 move them gently up and down1 
which will give the appearance of the   
sea and vessels being agitated2 increase
 the motion till they come to the height
 of the storm4 ,you will thus have a    
very natural representation of the sea  
and ships in a calm and storm2 and as   
you gradually draw the glasses back1 the
 tempest will subside1 the sky appear   
clear1 and the vessels glide gently over
 the waves4  ,by the means of two or    
three glasses1 you may also represent a 
battle on land1 or a naval engagement1  
with a variety of other pleasing        
experiments4   ,to produce the          
appearance of a ,spectre on a ,pedestal 
in the middle of a ,table4  ,enclose a  
small magic lantern in a box1 ,fig4 #aa1
 large enough to contain a small swing  
dressing-glass1 which will reflect the  
light thrown on it by the lantern in    

such a way1 that it will pass out at the
 aperture made at the top of the box2   
which aperture should be oval1 and of a 
size adapted to the cone of light to    
pass through it4 ,there should be a flap
 with hinges1 to cover the opening1 that
 the inside of the box may not be seen4 
,illustration3 ,fig4 #aa4  ,there must  
be holes in that part of the box which  
is over the lantern1 to let the smoke   
out2 and over this must be placed a     
chafing-dish of an oblong figure1 large 
enough to hold several lighted coals4   
,this chafing-dish1 for the better      
carrying on the deception1 may be       
enclosed in a painted tin box1 about a  
foot high1 with a hole at top1 and      
should stand on four feet1 to let the   
smoke from the lantern escape4  ,there  
must also be a glass planned to rise up 
and down in the groove a b1 and so      
managed by a cord and pulley1 c d e f1  
that it may be raised up and let down by
 the cord coming through the outside of 
the box4 ,on this glass1 the spectre1   

7or any other figure you please17 must  
be painted in a contracted or equal     
form1 as the figure will reflect a      
greater length than it is drawn4  ,when 
you have lighted the lamp in the        
lantern1 and placed the mirror in a     
proper direction1 put the box on a      
table1 and1 setting the chafing-dish in 
it1 throw some incense1 in powder1 on   
the coals4 ,you then open the trap door 
and let down the glass in the groove    
slowly1 and when you perceive the smoke 
diminish1 draw up the glass1 that the   
figure may disappear1 and shut the trap 
door4  ,this exhibition will afford a   
deal of wonder2 but observe1 that all   
the lights in the room must be          
extinguished2 and the box should be     
placed on a high table1 that the        
aperture through which the light comes  
out may not be seen4  ,there are many   
other pleasing experiments which may be 
made with the magic lantern1 but the    
limits of our work will not permit us to
 specify them1 without excluding many   

other equally interesting subjects of a 
different nature4   ,the ,artificial    
,landscape4  ,procure a box1 as in ,fig4
 #ab1 of about a foot long1 eight inches
 wide1 and six inches high1 or any other
 dimensions you please1 so they do not  
greatly vary from these proportions4 ,at
 each of its opposite ends1 on the      
inside of this box1 place a piece of    
looking-glass that shall exactly fit3   
but at that end where the sight hole ,a 
is1 scrape the quicksilver off the      
glass1 through which the eye can view   
the objects4  ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ab4 
,cover the box with gauze1 over which   
place a piece of transparent glass1     
which is to be well fastened in4 ,let   
there be two grooves at each of the     
places ,c ,d ,e ,f1 to receive two      
printed scenes1 as follow3 ,on two      
pieces of pasteboard1 let there be      
skilfully painted1 on both sides1 any   
subject you think proper1 as woods1     
bowers1 gardens1 houses1 c42 and on two 
other boards1 the same subjects on one  

side only1 and cut out all the white    
parts3 observe also1 that there ought to
 be in one of them some object relative 
to the subject1 placed at ,a1 that the  
mirror placed at ,b may not reflect the 
hole on the opposite side4  ,the boards 
painted on both sides are to slide in   
the grooves ,c ,d ,e ,f1 and those      
painted on one side are to be placed    
against the opposite mirrors ,a and ,b2 
then cover the box with its transparent 
top4 ,this box should be placed in a    
strong light1 to have a good effect4    
,when it is viewed through the sight    
hole1 it will present an unlimited      
prospect of rural scenery1 gradually    
losing itself in obscurity2 and be found
 well worth the pains bestowed on its   
construction4   ,to draw1 easily and    
correctly1 a ,landscape1 or any other   
,object1 without being obliged to       
observe the ,rules of ,perspective1 and 
without the ,aid of the ,camera         
,obscura4  ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ac4    
,procure a box of pasteboard1 ,a ,b ,c  

,d1 ,fig4 #ac1 of about a foot and a    
half long1 and made in the shape of a   
truncated pyramid1 whose base1 ,b ,d ,f 
,g1 is eight inches wide1 and six inches
 high4 ,fix to the other end of it a    
tube of four or five inches long1 and   
which you can draw out from the box more
 or less4 ,line the inside of the box   
with black paper1 and place it on a leg 
or stand of wood1 ,h1 and on which it   
may be elevated or depressed by the     
hinge ,i4  ,take a small frame of wood1 
and divide it at every inch by lines of 
black silk drawn across it1 forming     
forty-eight equal parts2 divide these   
into still smaller equal parts1 by lines
 of finer silk3,c fix this frame at the 
end of ,b ,d1 as the base of the        
pyramid4  ,provide a drawing-paper1     
divided into the same number of parts as
 in the frame1 by lines1 lightly drawn  
in pencil4 ,it is not material of what  
size these divisions are2 that will     
depend entirely on the size you propose 
to draw the objects by this instrument4 

,place this instrument opposite a       
landscape1 or any other object that you 
want to draw1 and fix the leg firmly on1
 or in the ground1 that it may not      
shake2 then turning it to the side you  
choose1 raise or incline it1 and put the
 tube further in or out1 till you have  
gained an advantageous view of the      
object you intend to draw4  ,place your 
eye1 ,e1 by the instrument1 which you   
have adjusted to the height of your eye1
 and1 looking through the tube1         
carefully observe all that is contained 
in each division of the frame1 and      
transpose it to the corresponding       
division in your paper2 and if you have 
the least knowledge in painting or even 
drawing1 you will make a very pleasing  
picture1 and one in which all the       
objects will appear in the most exact   
proportion4  ,by the same method you may
 draw all sorts of objects1 as          
architecture1 views1 c41 and even human 
figures1 if they remain some time in the
 same attitude1 and are at a proper     

distance from the instrument4      ,c   
,the different thicknesses of the silk  
serve to     distinguish more readily   
the corresponding divisions4            
,illuminated ,prospects4  ,provide      
yourself with some of those prints that 
are commonly used in optical machines1  
printed on very thin white paper2 taking
 care to make choice of such as have the
 greatest effect from the manner in     
which the objects are placed in         
perspective4 ,place one of these on the 
borders of a frame1 and paint it        
carefully with the most lively colours1 
making use of none that are terrestrial4
 ,observe to retouch those parts several
 times where the engraving is           
strongest1,d then cut off the upper part
 or sky1 and fix that on another frame4 
,illustration3 ,fig4 #ad4               
,illustration3 ,fig4 #ae4  ,the prints  
being thus prepared1 place them in a    
box1 ,a ,b ,c ,d1 ,figs4 #ad and #ae1   
the opening to which1 ,e ,f ,g ,h1      
should be a little less than the print4 

,cover this opening with a glass1 and   
paint all the space between that and the
 prints1 which should be about two or   
three inches1 black4 ,the frame that    
contains the sky should be about an inch
 behind the other4 ,in the back part of 
this box1 which is behind the prints1   
and which may be about four inches deep1
 place four or five small candlesticks  
to hold wax lights1 and cover that part 
entirely with tin1 that it may be the   
more luminous4  ,when the print is      
placed between the wax lights and the   
opening in the front of the box1 and    
there is no other light in the room1 the
 effect will be highly pleasing2        
especially if the lights are at a       
sufficient distance from each other1 and
 not too strong1 that they may not      
occasion any blots in the print4 ,those 
prints that represent the rising or     
setting of the sun will have a very     
picturesque appearance4 ,such as        
represent conflagrations have also a    
striking effect4  ,there should be two  

grooves for the print next the glass1   
that you may insert a second subject    
before you draw away the first2 and that
 the lights in the back of the box may  
not be discovered4  ,you must not1      
thinking to make the print more         
transparent1 cover it with varnish2 for 
that will prevent the gradation of the  
colours from being visible4 ,the frame  
should enter the side of the box by a   
groove1 that a variety of subjects may  
be introduced4      ,d ,when you colour 
a print1 place it before you1 against a 
piece of glass1 in a position nearly    
erect1 that it may be     enlightened by
 the sun4 ,you may also colour both     
sides of the     print4                 
,,experiments ,,in ,,magnetism4   ,the  
,magnetic ,wand4  ,bore a hole          
three-tenths of an inch in diameter1    
through a round stick of wood2 or get a 
hollow cane about eight inches long1 and
 half an inch thick4 ,provide a small   
steel rod1 and let it be very strongly  
impregnated with a good magnet3 this rod

 is to be put in the hole you have bored
 through the wand1 and closed at each   
end by two small ends of ivory that     
screw on1 different in their shapes1    
that you may better distinguish the     
poles of the magnetic bar4  ,when you   
present the north pole of this wand to  
the south,e pole of a magnetic needle1  
suspended on a pivot1 or to a light body
 swimming on the surface of the water1  
7in which you have placed a magnetic    
bar17 that body will approach the wand1 
and present that end which contains the 
south end of the bar3 but if you present
 the north or south end of the wand to  
the north or south end of the needle1 it
 will recede from it4      ,e ,for the  
more clearly explaining this1 it is to  
be     observed1 that the two ends of a 
magnet are called its poles4     ,when  
placed on a pivot1 in just equilibrium1 
that end which     turns to the north is
 called the north pole1 and the other   
end the south pole4   ,the ,mysterious  
,watch4  ,you desire any person to lend 

you his watch1 and ask him if it will go
 when laid on the table4 ,he will1 no   
doubt1 say it will2 in which case1 you  
place it over the end of the magnet1 and
 it will presently stop4 ,you then mark 
the precise spot where you placed the   
watch1 and1 moving the point of the     
magnet1 you give the watch to another   
person1 and desire him to make the      
experiment2 in which he not succeeding1 
you give it to a third 7at the same time
 replacing the magnet7 and he will      
immediately perform it4  ,this          
experiment cannot be effected1 unless   
you use a very strongly impregnated     
magnetic bar1 7which may be purchased at
 the opticians'17 and the balance of the
 watch must be of steel1 which may be   
easily ascertained by previously opening
 it1 and looking at the works4   ,the   
,magnetic ,dial4  ,procure a circle of  
wood or ivory1 about #e or #f inches    
diameter1 which must turn quite free on 
a stand with a circular border2 on the  
ivory or wood circle fix a pasteboard1  

on which you place1 in proper divisions1
 the hours1 as on a dial4 ,there must be
 a small groove in the circular frame1  
to receive the pasteboard circle2 and   
observe1 that the dial must be made to  
turn so free1 that it may go round      
without moving the circular border in   
which it is placed4  ,between the       
pasteboard circle and the bottom of the 
frame1 place a small artificial magnet1 
that has a hole in its middle4 ,on the  
outside of the frame1 place a small pin1
 which serves to show when the magnetic 
needle is to stop4 ,this needle must    
turn quite free on its pivot1 and its   
two sides should be in exact            
equilibrium4  ,then provide a small bag1
 with five or six divisions1 like a     
lady's work-bag1 but smaller4 ,in one of
 these divisions put small square pieces
 of pasteboard1 on which are written the
 numbers from #a to #ab4 ,in each of the
 other divisions put twelve or more     
similar pieces1 observing that all the  
pieces in each division must be marked  

with the same number4 ,the needle being 
placed upon its pivot1 and turned       
quickly about1 it will necessarily stop 
at that point where the north end of the
 magnetic bar is placed1 and which you  
previously know1 by the situation of the
 small pin in the circular border4  ,you
 then present to any person that        
division of the bag which contains the  
several pieces on which is written the  
number opposite to the north end of the 
bar1 and tell him to draw any one he    
pleases4 ,then placing the needle on the
 pivot1 you turn it quickly about1 and  
it must necessarily stop at that        
particular number4   ,the ,magnetic     
,cards4  ,draw a pasteboard circle2 you 
then provide yourself with two needles1 
similar to those used in the foregoing  
experiment1 7which you must distinguish 
by some private mark17 with their       
opposite points touched with the magnet4
 ,when you place that needle whose      
pointed end is touched1 on the pivot    
described in the centre of the circle1  

it will stop on one of the four pips1   
against which you have placed the pin in
 the frame2 then take the needle off1   
and1 placing the other1 it will stop on 
the opposite point4  ,having matters    
thus arranged1 desire a person to draw a
 card from a piquet pack1 offering that 
card against which you have placed the  
pin of the dial1 which you may easily   
do1 by having a card a little longer    
than the rest4 ,if he should not draw it
 the first time1 as he probably may not1
 you must make some excuse for shuffling
 them again1 such as letting the cards  
fall1 as if by accident1 or some other  
manoeuvre1 until he fix on the card4    
,you then tell him to keep it close1 and
 not let it be seen4 ,then give him one 
of the two needles1 and desire him to   
place it on the pivot1 and turn it      
round1 when it will stop at the colour  
of the card he chose2 then taking that  
needle off1 and exchanging it1          
unperceived1 for the other1 give it to a
 second person1 telling him to do the   

same1 and it will stop at the name of   
the identical card the first person     
chose4   ,the ,magnetic ,orrery4        
,construct a round box1 ,fig4 #af1 about
 eight inches diameter1 and half an inch
 deep4 ,on the bottom fix a circular    
pasteboard drawn like the figure4 ,you  
are likewise to have another pasteboard1
 drawn exactly the same1 which must turn
 freely in the box1 by means of an axis 
placed on a pivot1 one end of which is  
to be fixed in the centre of the circle4
  ,on each of the seven smaller circles 
on the pasteboard1 which you have fixed 
at the bottom of the box1 place a       
magnetic bar1 two inches long1 in the   
same direction with the diameters of    
those circles1 and their poles1 in the  
situations expressed in the figure4     
,there must be an index like the hour   
hand of a dial1 fixed on the axis of the
 central circle1 by which the pasteboard
 circle in the box may be turned about2 
also a needle 7forming in the figure the
 other hand7 that will turn freely on   

the axis1 without moving the circular   
pasteboard4  ,in each of the places     
where the word question is1 write a     
different question2 and in each of the  
seven circles where the planetary signs 
are1 write two answers to each question2
 observing1 that there must only be     
seven words in each question3 for       
instance1  ,in division ,no4 #a1 of the 
circle ,g1 which stands opposite        
question ,no4 #a1 write the first word  
of the first answer4 ,in the division   
,no4 #b1 of the next circle1 write the  
second word2 and so on to the last1     
which will be in the seventh division of
 the seventh circle4  ,illustration3    
,fig4 #af4  ,in the eighth division of  
the first circle1 write the first word  
of the second answer2 in the ninth1 the 
second word of the same answer2 and so  
on to the fourteenth division of the    
seventh circle1 which must contain the  
last word of that answer4  ,the same    
must be done for all the seven          
questions1 and to each of these must be 

assigned two answers1 the words of which
 are to be dispersed through the seven  
circles4  ,at the centre of each of     
these circles place a pivot1 and have   
two sets of magnetic needles like the   
hands of a watch1 the pointed end of one
 set being north1 and the other south4  
,now1 the index of the central circle   
being directed to any one of the        
questions1 if you place one of the two  
magnetic needles on each of the seven   
lesser circles1 they will fix themselves
 according to the directions of the bars
 on the corresponding circles at the    
bottom of the box1 and consequently     
point to the seven words that compose   
the answer4 ,if you place one of the    
other needles on each circle1 it will   
point to the words that are             
diametrically opposite to those of the  
first answer1 the north pole being in   
the place of the south pole of the      
other4  ,you therefore present this     
orrery to any person1 and desire him to 
choose one of the questions there       

written4 ,you then set the index of the 
central circle to that question2 and1   
putting one of the needles on each of   
the seven circles1 you turn it about1   
and when they all settle1 the seven     
words they point to compose the answer4 
,the moveable needle1 whose point in the
 figure stands at ,september1 is to     
place against the names of the months2  
and when the party has fixed upon a     
question1 you place that needle against 
the month in which he was born1 which   
will make the ceremony appear a sort of 
magic divination4 ,the planetary signs  
are merely intended to aid this         
deception1 and give it the appearance of
 astrology4   ,the ,magic ,verse4  ,the 
eight words which compose this ,latin   
verse1    ,tot sunt tibi dote1 quot     
coeli sidera1 virgo1,f  being privately 
placed in any one of the different      
combinations of which they are          
susceptible1 and which are #dj1cbj in   
number1 to tell the order in which they 
are placed4      ,f ,thy charms1 ,o1    

,virgin6 are as numerous as the stars of
     heaven4  ,provide a box that shuts 
with hinges1 and is eight inches long1  
three wide1 and half an inch deep1 ,fig4
 #ag4 ,have eight pieces of wood1 about 
one-third of an inch thick1 two inches  
long1 and one and a half wide1 which    
will therefore1 when placed close       
together1 exactly fill the box4 ,in each
 of these pieces or tablets place a     
magnetic bar1 with their poles1 as is   
expressed in ,fig4 #ah4 ,the bars being 
covered over1 write on each of the      
tablets1 in the order they then stand1  
one of the words of the foregoing ,latin
 verse4  ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ag4      
,illustration3 ,fig4 #ah4               
,illustration3 ,fig4 #ai4  ,on a very   
thin board of the same dimensions with  
the box1 draw the eight circles1 ,fig4  
#ai1 ,a ,b ,c ,d ,e ,f ,g ,h1 whose     
centres should be exactly over those of 
the eight tablets in the box1 when the  
board is placed upon it4 ,divide each of
 those circles into eight parts1 as in  

the figure1 and in each of those        
divisions write one of the words of the 
,latin verse1 and in the precise order  
expressed in the plate1 so that when the
 board is placed over the box1 the eight
 touched needles placed at the centre of
 the circles may be regulated by the    
poles of the bars in the box1 and       
consequently the word that the needle   
points to in the circle will be the same
 with that inscribed on the tablet4     
,cover the board with a glass1 to       
prevent the needles from rising off     
their pivots1 as is done in the         
sea-compass4  ,over the board place four
 plates of glass1 ,i ,l ,m ,n1 ,fig4    
#ag1 which will give the machine the    
figure of a truncated pyramid1 of eight 
inches high4 ,cover it with a glass1 or 
rather a board1 in which are placed two 
lenses1 ,o1 of eight inches focus1 and  
distant from each other about half an   
inch4 ,line the four plates of glass    
that compose the sides with very thin   
paper1 that will admit the light1 and at

 the same time prevent the company from 
seeing the circles on the board4  ,these
 preparations being made1 you give the  
box to any one1 and tell him to place   
the tablets1 on which the words are     
written privately1 in what position he  
thinks proper1 then to close the box1   
and1 if he please1 to wrap it up in     
paper1 seal it1 and give it to you4     
,then placing the board with the pyramid
 upon it1 you immediately tell him the  
order in which the tablets are placed1  
by reading the words to which the       
needles on the circles point4           
,,interesting ,,experiments ,,with ,,the
 ,,air-,,pump4   ,we shall not occupy   
the time of our readers by describing   
the form and nature of the air-pump2    
since those persons whose circumstances 
will enable them to have it1 can        
purchase it properly made at an         
optician's1 at less expense1 and with   
far less trouble1 than they can         
construct1 or cause it to be            
constructed1 themselves4   ,bottles     

broken by ,air4  ,take a square bottle  
of thin glass1 and of any size4 ,apply  
it to the hole of the air-pump1 and     
exhaust the air4 ,the bottle will       
sustain the weight of the external air  
as long as it is able1 but at length it 
will suddenly burst into very small     
particles1 and with a loud explosion4   
,an opposite effect will be produced1 if
 the mouth of a bottle be sealed so     
close that no air can escape2 then place
 it in the receiver1 and exhaust the air
 from its surface4 ,the air which is    
confined within the bottle1 when the    
external air is drawn off1 will act so  
powerfully as to break the bottle into  
pieces4   ,glass broken by ,air4  ,lay a
 square of glass on the top of an open  
receiver1 and exhaust the air4 ,the     
weight of the external air will press on
 the glass1 and smash it to atoms4      
,the ,hand fixed by ,air4  ,if a person 
hold his hand on an open receiver1 and  
the air be exhausted1 it will be fixed  
as if pressed by a weight of sixty      

pounds4    ,water boiled by ,air4  ,take
 water made so warm that you can just   
bear your hand in it1 but that has not  
been boiled2 put it under the receiver1 
and exhaust the air4 ,bubbles of air    
will soon be seen to rise1 at first very
 small1 but presently become larger1 and
 will be at last so great1 and rise with
 such rapidity1 as to give the water the
 appearance of boiling4 ,this will      
continue till the air is let into the   
receiver1 when it will instantly cease4 
,arial ,bubbles4  ,take a stone1 or any 
heavy substance1 and putting it in a    
large glass with water1 place it in the 
receiver4 ,the air being exhausted1 the 
spring of that which is in the pores of 
the solid body1 by expanding the        
particles1 will make them rise on its   
surface in numberless globules1 which   
resemble the pearly drops of dew on the 
tops of the grass4 ,the effect ceases   
when the air is let into the receiver4  
,the floating ,stone4  ,to a piece of   
cork tie a small stone that will just   

sink it2 and1 putting it in a vessel of 
water1 place it under the receiver4     
,then exhausting the receiver1 the      
bubbles of air will expand from its     
pores1 and1 adhering to its surface1    
will render it1 together with the stone1
 lighter than water1 and consequently   
they will rise to the surface1 and      
float4   ,withered ,fruit restored4     
,take a shrivelled apple1 and1 placing  
it under the receiver1 exhaust the air4 
,the apple will immediately be plumped  
up1 and look as fresh as when first     
gathered3 for this reason1 that the     
pressure of the external air being taken
 off1 the air in the apple extends it1  
so much indeed that it will sometimes   
burst4 ,if the air be let into the      
receiver1 the apple will be restored to 
its pristine shrivelled state4          
,vegetable ,air-,bubbles4  ,put a small 
branch of the tree with its leaves1 or  
part of a small plant1 in a vessel of   
water1 and1 placing the vessel in the   
receiver1 exhaust the air4  ,when the   

pressure of the external air is taken   
off1 the spring of that contained in the
 air-vessels of the plant1 by expanding 
the particles1 will make them rise from 
the orifices of all the vessels for a   
long time together1 and produce a most  
beautiful appearance4   ,the ,mercurial 
,wand4  ,take a piece of stick1 cut it  
even at each end with a penknife1 and   
immerse it in a vessel of mercury4 ,when
 the air is pumped out of the receiver1 
it will at the same time come out of the
 pores of the wood1 through the mercury1
 as will be visible at each end of the  
stick4 ,when the air is again let into  
the receiver1 it falls on the surface of
 the mercury1 and forces it into the    
pores of the wood1 to possess the place 
of the air4  ,when the rod is taken out1
 it will be found considerably heavier  
than before1 and that it has changed its
 colour1 being now all over of a bluish 
hue4 ,if cut transversely1 the          
quicksilver will be seen to glitter in  
every part of it4   ,the ,magic ,bell4  

,fix a small bell to the wire that goes 
through the top of the receiver4 ,if you
 shake the wire1 the bell will ring     
while the air is in the receiver2 but   
when the air is drawn off1 the sound    
will by degrees become faint1 till at   
last not the least noise can be heard4  
,as you let the air in again1 the sound 
returns4   ,feathers heavier than ,lead4
  ,at one end of a fine balance1 hang a 
piece of lead1 and at the other as many 
feathers as will poise it2 then place   
the balance in the receiver4 ,as the air
 is exhausted1 the feathers will appear 
to overweigh the lead1 and when all the 
air is drawn off1 the feathers will     
preponderate1 and the lead ascend4      
,the self-moving ,wheel4  ,take a circle
 of tin1 about ten inches in diameter1  
or of any other size that will go into  
the receiver1 and to its circumference  
fix a number of tin vanes1 each about an
 inch square4 ,let this wheel be placed 
between two upright pieces on an axis1  
whose extremities are quite small1 so   

that the wheel may turn in a vertical   
position with the least possible force4 
,place the wheel and axis in the        
receiver1 and exhaust the air4 ,let     
there be a small pipe with a cock2 one  
end of the pipe to be outside the top of
 the receiver1 and the other to come    
directly over the vanes of the wheel4   
,when the air is exhausted1 turn the    
cock1 and a current will rush against   
the vanes of the wheel1 and set it in   
motion1 which will increase1 till the   
receiver is filled with air4   ,the     
,artificial ,halo4  ,place a candle on  
one side of the receiver1 and let the   
spectator place himself at a distance   
from the other side4 ,directly the air  
begins to be exhausted1 the light of the
 candle will be refracted in circles of 
various colours4   ,the ,mercurial      
,shower4  ,cement a piece of wood into  
the lower part of the neck of an open   
receiver1 and pour mercury over it4     
,after a few strokes of the pump1 the   
pressure of the air on the mercury will 

force it through the pores of the wood  
in the form of a beautiful shower4 ,if  
you take care that the receiver is clear
 and free from spots or dust1 and it is 
dry weather1 it will appear like a fiery
 shower1 when exhibited in a dark room4 
,magic ,fountain4  ,take a tall glass   
tube1 hermetically sealed both at top   
and bottom1 by means of a brass cap     
screwed on to a stop-cock1 and place it 
on the plate of the pump4 ,when the air 
is exhausted1 turn the cock1 take the   
tube off the plate1 and plunge it into a
 basin of mercury or water4 ,then the   
cock being again turned1 the fluid1 by  
the pressure of the air1 will play upon 
the tube in the form of a beautiful     
fountain4   ,the ,exploded ,bladder4    
,take a glass pipe open at both ends1 to
 one of which tie fast a wet bladder1   
and let it dry4 ,then place it on the   
plate of the pump4 ,while the air       
presses the bladder equally on both     
sides1 it will lie even and straight2   
but as soon as the air is exhausted1 it 

will press inwards1 and be quite concave
 on the upper side4 ,in proportion as   
the air is exhausted1 the bladder will  
become more stretched2 it will soon     
yield to the incumbent pressure1 and    
burst with a loud explosion4 ,to make   
this experiment more easy1 one part of  
the bladder should be scraped with a    
knife1 and some of its external fibres  
taken off4   ,the ,cemented ,bladder4   
,tie the neck of the bladder to a       
stop-cock1 which is to be screwed to the
 plate of the pump1 and the air         
exhausted from the bladder2 then turn   
the stop-cock1 to prevent the           
re-entrance of the air1 and unscrew the 
whole from the pump4 ,the bladder will  
be transformed into two flat skins1 so  
closely applied together1 that the      
strongest man cannot raise them half an 
inch from each other2 for an            
ordinary-sized bladder1 of six inches   
across the widest part1 will have one   
side pressed upon the other with a force
 equal to #cif pounds' weight4   ,cork  

heavier than ,lead4  ,let a large piece 
of cork be pendent from one end of a    
balance beam1 and a small piece of lead 
from the other2 the lead should rather  
preponderate4 ,if this apparatus be     
placed under a receiver on the pump1 you
 will find that when the air is         
exhausted1 the lead1 which seemed the   
heaviest body1 will ascend1 and the cork
 outweigh the lead4 ,restore the air1   
and the effect will cease4 ,this        
phenomenon is only on account of the    
difference of the size in the two       
objects4 ,the lead1 which owes its      
heaviness to the operation of the air1  
yields to a lighter because a larger    
substance when deprived of its          
assistance4   ,the animated ,bacchus4   
,construct a figure of ,bacchus1 seated 
on a cask2 let his belly be formed by a 
bladder1 and let a tube proceed from his
 mouth to the cask4 ,fill this tube with
 coloured water or wine1 then place the 
whole under the receiver4 ,exhaust the  
air1 and the liquor will be thrown up   

into his mouth4 ,while he is drinking1  
his belly will expand4   ,the           
,artificial ,balloon4  ,take a bladder  
containing only a small quantity of air1
 and a piece of lead to it1 sufficient  
to sink it1 if immersed in water4 ,put  
this apparatus into a jar of water1 and 
place the whole under a receiver4 ,then 
exhaust the air1 and the bladder will   
expand1 become a balloon lighter than   
the fluid in which it floats1 and       
ascend1 carrying the weight with it4    
,curious ,experiments with a ,viper4    
,many natural philosophers1 in their    
eagerness to display the powers of      
science1 have overlooked one of the     
first duties of life1 humanity2 and1    
with this view1 have tortured and killed
 many harmless animals1 to exemplify the
 amazing effects of the air-pump4 ,we1  
however1 will not stain the pages of    
this little work by recommending any    
such species of cruelty1 which in many  
instances can merely gratify curiosity2 
but as our readers might like to read   

the effect on animals1 we extract from  
the learned ,boyle an account of his    
experiment with a viper4  ,he took a    
newly-caught viper1 and1 shutting it up 
in a small receiver1 extracted the air4 
,at first1 upon the air being drawn     
away1 the viper began to swell2 a short 
time after it gasped and opened its     
jaws2 it then resumed its former        
lankness1 and began to move up and down 
within the receiver1 as if to seek for  
air4 ,after a while1 it foamed a little1
 leaving the foam sticking to the inside
 of the glass2 soon after1 the body and 
neck became prodigiously swelled1 and a 
blister appeared on its back4 ,within an
 hour and a half from the time the      
receiver was exhausted1 the distended   
viper moved1 being yet alive1 though its
 jaws remained quite stretched2 its     
black tongue reached beyond the mouth1  
which had also become black in the      
inside3 in this situation it continued  
for three hours2 but on the air being   
re-admitted1 the viper's mouth was      

presently closed1 and soon after opened 
again2 and these motions continued some 
time1 as if there were still some       
remains of life4  ,it is thus with      
animals of every kind2 even minute      
microscopical insects cannot live       
without air4   ,experiments with        
,sparrows4  ,count ,morozzo placed      
successively several full-grown sparrows
 under a glass receiver1 inverted over  
water4 ,it was filled with atmospheric  
air1 and afterwards with vital air4 ,he 
found1    ,first4--,that in atmospheric 
air1    ,,hours  ,,min4     ,the first  
sparrow lived                 #c    #j  
,the second sparrow lived               
#j    #c     ,the third sparrow lived   
#j    #a  ,the water rose in the vessels
 eight lines during the life of the     
first2 four during the life of the      
second2 and the third produced no       
absorption4    ,second4--,in vital air  
or oxygen1  ,,hours  ,,min4     ,the    
first sparrow lived                 #e  
#bc     ,the second                     

#b   #aj     ,the third                 
#a   #cj     ,the fourth                
#a   #aj     ,the fifth                 
#j   #cj     ,the sixth                 
#j   #dg     ,the seventh               
#j   #bg     ,the eighth                
#j   #cj     ,the ninth                 
#j   #bb     ,the tenth                 
#j   #ba  ,the above experiments elicit 
the following conclusions3--#a4 ,that an
 animal will live longer in vital than  
in atmospheric air4--#b4 ,that one      
animal can live in air1 in which another
 has died4--#c4 ,that1 independently of 
air1 some respect must be had to the    
constitution of the animal2 for the     
sixth lived #dg minutes1 the fifth only 
thirty4--#d4 ,that there is either an   
absorption of air1 or the production of 
a new kind of air1 which is absorbed by 
the water as it rises4     ,,amusing    
,,experiments ,,in ,,electricity4   ,the
 ,animated ,feather4  ,electrify a      
smooth glass tube with a rubber1 and    
hold a small feather at a short distance

 from it4 ,the feather will instantly   
fly to the tube1 and adhere to it for a 
short time2 it will then fly off1 and   
the tube can never be brought close to  
the feather till it has touched the side
 of the room1 or some other body that   
communicates with the ground4 ,if1      
therefore1 you take care to keep the    
tube between the feather and the side of
 the room1 you may drive it round to all
 parts of the room without touching it2 
and1 what is very remarkable1 the same  
side of the feather will be constantly  
opposite the tube4  ,while the feather  
is flying before the smooth tube1 it    
will be immediately attracted by an     
excited rough tube or a stick of wax1   
and fly continually from one tube to the
 other1 till the electricity of both is 
discharged4   ,the ,candle lighted by   
,electricity4  ,charge a small coated   
phial1 whose knob is bent outwards so as
 to hang a little over the body of the  
phial2 then wrap some loose cotton over 
the extremity of a long brass pin or    

wire1 so as to stick moderately fast to 
its substance4 ,next roll this extremity
 of the pin1 which is wrapped up in     
cotton1 in some fine powdered resin2    
then apply the extremity of the pin or  
wire to the external coating of the     
charged phial1 and bring1 as quickly as 
possible1 the other extremity1 that is  
wrapped round with cotton1 to the knob2 
the powdered resin takes fire1 and      
communicates its flame to the cotton1   
and both together burn long enough to   
light a candle4 ,dipping the cotton in  
oil of turpentine will do as well1 if   
you use a larger sized jar4   ,candle   
,bombs4  ,procure some small glass      
bubbles1 having a neck about an inch    
long1 with very slender bores1 by means 
of which a small quantity of water is to
 be introduced into them1 and the       
orifice afterwards closed up4 ,this     
stalk being put through the wick of a   
burning candle1 the flame boils the     
water into a steam1 and the glass is    
broken with a loud explosion4   ,the    

,artificial ,spider4  ,cut a piece of   
burnt cork1 about the size of a pea1    
into the shape of a spider2 make its    
legs of linen thread1 and put a grain or
 two of lead in it to give it more      
weight4 ,suspend it by a fine line of   
silk between an electrified arch and an 
excited stick of wax2 and it will jump  
continually from one body to the other1 
moving its legs at the same time1 as if 
animated1 to the great surprise of the  
unconscious spectator4   ,the           
,miraculous ,portrait4  ,get a large    
print 7suppose of the king7 with a frame
 and glass4 ,cut the print out at about 
two inches from the frame all round2    
then with thin paste fix the border that
 is left on the inside of the glass1    
pressing it smooth and close2 fill up   
the vacancy1 by covering the glass well 
with leaf-gold or thin tin-foil1 so that
 it may lie close4 ,cover likewise the  
inner edge of the bottom part of the    
back of the frame with the same         
tin-foil1 and make a communication      

between that and the tin-foil in the    
middle of the glass2 then put in the    
board1 and that side is finished4 ,next 
turn up the glass1 and cover the        
fore-side with tin-foil1 exactly over   
that on the back part2 and when it is   
dry1 paste over it the panel of the     
print that was cut out1 observing to    
bring the corresponding parts of the    
border and panel together1 so that the  
picture will appear as at first1 only   
part of it behind the glass1 and part   
before4 ,lastly1 hold the print         
horizontally by the top1 and place a    
little moveable gilt crown on the king's
 head4  ,now1 if the tin-foil on both   
sides of the glass be moderately        
electrified1 and another person take    
hold of the bottom of the frame with one
 hand1 so that his fingers touch the    
tin-foil1 and with the other hand       
attempt to take off the crown1 he will  
receive a very smart blow1 and fail in  
the attempt4 ,the operator1 who holds   
the frame by the upper end1 where there 

is no tin-foil1 feels nothing of the    
shock1 and can touch the face of the    
king without danger1 which he pretends  
is a test of his loyalty4   ,the ,cup of
 ,tantalus4  ,you place a cup of any    
sort of metal on a stool of baked wood  
or a cake of wax4 ,fill it to the brim  
with any liquor2 let it communicate with
 the branch by a small chain2 and when  
it is moderately electrified1 desire a  
person to taste the liquor1 without     
touching the cup with his hands1 and he 
will instantly receive a shock on his   
lips4 ,the motion of the wheel being    
stopped1 you taste the liquor yourself1 
and desire the rest of the company to do
 so2 you then give your operator 7who is
 concealed in an adjoining room7 the    
signal1 and he again charges the cup2   
you desire the same person to taste the 
liquor a second time1 and he will       
receive a second shock4   ,magical      
,explosion4  ,make up some gunpowder1 in
 the form of a small cartridge1 in each 
end of which put a blunt wire1 so that  

the ends inside of the cartridge be     
about half an inch off each other2 then 
join the chain that proceeds from one   
side of the electrifying battery1 to the
 wire at the other end1 the shock will  
instantly pass through the powder1 and  
set it on fire4   ,artificial           
,earthquake4  ,in the middle of a large 
basin of water1 lay a round wet board4  
,on the board place any kind of         
building1 made of pasteboard1 of        
separate pieces1 and not fastened       
together4 ,then1 fixing a wire that     
communicates with the two chains of the 
electrifying battery1 so that it may    
pass over the board and the surface of  
the water1 upon making the explosion1   
the water will become agitated as in an 
earthquake1 and the board1 moving up and
 down1 will overturn the structure1     
while the cause of the commotion is     
totally concealed4   ,the ,magic ,dance4
  ,from the middle of the brass arch    
suspend three small bells4 ,the two     
outer bells hang by chains1 and the     

middle one by a silk string1 while a    
chain connects it with the floor4 ,two  
small knobs of brass1 which serve as    
clappers1 hang by silk strings1 one     
between each two bells4 ,therefore1 when
 the two outer bells communicating with 
the conductor are electrified1 they will
 attract the clappers and be struck by  
them4 ,the clappers being thus loaded   
with electricity1 will be repelled1 and 
fly to discharge themselves upon the    
middle bell1 after which they will be   
again attracted by the outer bells2 and 
thus1 by striking the bells alternately1
 the ringing may be continued as long as
 the operator pleases4  ,you next       
suspend a plate of metal from the same  
part of the arch to which the bells are 
connected2 then1 at the distance of a   
few inches from the arch1 and exactly   
under it1 place a metal stand of the    
same size4 ,on the stand place several  
figures of men1 animals1 or what you    
please1 cut in paper1 and pretty sharply
 pointed at each extremity4 ,when the   

plate that hangs from the arch is       
electrified1 the figures will dance with
 astonishing rapidity1 and the bells    
will keep ringing1 to the no small      
entertainment of the spectators4   ,the 
,electrical ,fountain4  ,suspend a      
vessel of water from the middle of the  
brass arch1 and place in the vessel a   
small tube4 ,the water will be one      
continued stream2 and if the            
electrification be strong1 a number of  
streams will issue1 in form of a cone1  
the top of which will be at the         
extremity of the tube4 ,this experiment 
may be stopped and renewed almost       
instantly1 as if at the word of command4
   ,the ,electric ,kite4  ,make a small 
cross of two light strips of cedar1 the 
arms so long as to reach to the four    
corners of a large thin silk            
handkerchief1 when extended2 tie the    
corners of the handkerchief to the      
extremities of the cross2 and you have  
the body of the kite1 which being       
properly accommodated with a tail1 loop1

 and string1 will rise in the air like  
those made of paper2 but this being     
silk1 it is more adapted to bear the wet
 and wind of a thunder gust1 without    
tearing4 ,to the top of the upright     
stick of the cross is to be fixed a very
 sharp-pointed wire1 rising a foot or   
more above the wood4 ,to the end of the 
twine is to be tied a silk ribbon1 and  
where the silk and twine join1 a key may
 be fastened4 ,this kite is to be raised
 when a thunder-storm appears to be     
coming on2 and the person who holds the 
string must stand within a door or      
window1 or under some cover1 so that the
 silk ribbon may not be wet2 and care   
must be taken that the twine do not     
touch the frame of the door or window4  
,as soon as any of the thunder clouds   
come over the kite1 the pointed wire    
will draw the electric fire from them1  
and the kite1 with all the twine1 will  
be electrified1 while the loose         
filaments of the twine will stand out   
every way1 and be attracted by an       

approaching finger4 ,when the rain has  
wetted the kite and twine1 so that it   
can conduct the electric fire freely1   
you will find it stream out plentifully 
from the key1 on the approach of your   
knuckle4 ,at this key an electric phial 
may be charged2 and from electric fire  
thus obtained1 spirits may be kindled1  
and all the other electric experiments  
performed which are usually done by the 
help of a rubbed glass or tube2 and     
thereby the identity of the electric    
matter with that of lightning completely
 demonstrated4   ,the ,magic ,chase4    
,on the top of a finely-pointed wire1   
rising perpendicularly from the         
conductor1 let another wire1 sharpened  
at each end1 be made to move freely1 as 
on a centre4 ,if it be well balanced1   
and the points bent horizontally1 in    
opposite directions1 it will1 when      
electrified1 turn very swiftly round1 by
 the re-action of the air against the   
current which flows from off the points4
 ,these points may be nearly concealed1 

and the figures of men and horses1 with 
hounds1 and a hare1 stag1 or fox1 may be
 placed upon the wires1 so as to turn   
round with them1 when they appear as if 
in pursuit4 ,the chase may be           
diversified1 and a greater variety of   
figures upon them1 by increasing the    
number of wires proceeding from the same
 centre4   ,the ,unconscious            
,incendiary4  ,let a person stand upon a
 stool made of baked wood1 or upon a    
cake of wax1 and hold a chain which     
communicates with the branch4 ,on       
turning the wheel he will become        
electrified2 his whole body forming part
 of the prime conductor2 and he will    
emit sparks whenever he is touched by a 
person standing on the floor4  ,if the  
electrified person put his finger1 or a 
rod of iron1 into a dish containing warm
 spirits of wine1 it will be immediately
 in a blaze2 and if there be a wick or  
thread in the spirit1 that communicates 
with a train of gunpowder1 he may be    
made to blow up a magazine1 or set a    

city on fire1 with a piece of cold iron1
 and at the same time be ignorant of the
 mischief he is doing4   ,the           
,inconceivable ,shock4  ,put in a       
person's hand a wire that is fixed on to
 the hook that comes from the chain1    
which communicates with one side of the 
battery1 and in his other hand put a    
small wire with a hook at the end of it1
 which you direct him to fix on to a    
hook which comes from the other chain4  
,on attempting to do this1 he will      
instantly receive a shock from his body1
 without being able to guess the cause4 
,care should be taken that the shock be 
not too strong2 and regard should be had
 to the constitution and disposition of 
the party1 as a shock that would hardly 
affect one person1 might be productive  
of very serious consequences to another4
  ,much entertainment may be derived    
from concealing the chain that          
communicates with that which proceeds   
from the outside of the battery1 under a
 carpet1 and placing the wire that      

communicates with the chain from the    
inside1 in such a manner that a person  
may put his hand on it without          
suspicion1 at the same time that his    
feet are upon the other wire4  ,the     
whole company may be made to partake of 
the shock1 by joining hands1 and forming
 a circle4 ,the experiment may also be  
varied if they tread upon each other's  
toes1 or lay their hands upon each      
other's heads4 ,it might happen1 by the 
latter method1 that the whole company   
would be struck to the ground2 but it   
will be productive of no danger1 and    
very little inconvenience2 on the       
contrary1 it has happened that they have
 neither heard nor felt the shock4      
99       99       99       99       99  
,to exhibit the five following          
amusements in electricity1 the room in  
which they are performed must be        
darkened4   ,the ,miraculous            
,luminaries4  ,you must previously      
prepare the following phosphorus3       
,calcine common oyster-shells1 by       

burning them in the fire for half an    
hour2 then reduce them to powder2 of the
 clearest of which take three parts1 and
 of flowers of sulphur one part2 put the
 mixture into a crucible1 about an inch 
and a half deep4 ,let it burn in a      
strong fire for rather better than an   
hour2 and when it is cool1 turn it out  
and break it in pieces2 and1 taking     
those pieces into a dark place1 scrape  
off the parts that shine brightest1     
which1 if good1 will be a white powder4 
,then construct a circular board1 of    
three or four feet diameter1 on the     
centre of which draw in gum-water1 or   
any adhesive liquid1 a half-moon1 of    
three or four inches diameter1 and a    
number of stars round it1 at different  
distances1 and of various magnitudes4   
,strew the phosphorus over the figures1 
to the thickness of about a quarter of  
an inch1 laying one coat over the other4
 ,place this board behind a curtain2 and
 when you draw the curtain up or back1  
discharge one electrifying jar or phial 

over each figure1 at the distance of    
about an inch1 and they will become     
illuminated1 exhibiting a very striking 
resemblance of the moon and stars2 and  
will continue to shine for about half an
 hour1 their splendour becoming         
gradually more faint4   ,the ,fiery     
,shower4  ,on the plate put a number of 
any kind of seeds1 grains of sand1 or   
brass dust4 ,the conductor being        
strongly electrified1 those light       
particles will be attracted and repelled
 by the plate suspended from the        
conductor1 with amazing rapidity1 so as 
to exhibit a perfect fiery shower4      
,another way is by a sponge that has    
been soaked in water4 ,when this sponge 
is first hung to the conductor1 the     
water will drop from it very slowly2 but
 when it is electrified1 the drops will 
fall very fast1 and appear like small   
globes of fire1 illuminating the basin  
into which they fall4   ,the            
,illuminated ,vacuum4  ,take a tall     
receiver that is very dry1 and fix      

through the top of it1 with cement1 a   
blunt wire2 then exhaust the receiver1  
and present the knob of the wire to the 
conductor1 and every spark will pass    
through the vacuum in a broad stream of 
light1 visible through the whole length 
of the receiver1 let it be as tall as it
 will4 ,this generally divides into a   
variety of beautiful rivulets1 which are
 continually changing their course1     
uniting and dividing again in the most  
pleasing manner4  ,if a jar be          
discharged through this vacuum1 it      
presents the appearance of a very dense 
body of fire1 darting directly through  
the centre of the vacuum1 without       
touching the sides2 whereas1 when a     
single spark passes through1 it         
generally goes more or less to the side1
 and a finger placed on the outside of  
the glass will draw it wherever a person
 pleases4 ,if the vessel be grasped by  
both hands1 every spark is felt like the
 pulsation of a large artery2 and all   
the fire makes towards the hands4 ,this 

pulsation is even felt at some distance 
from the receiver1 and a light is seen  
between the hand and the glass4  ,all   
this while1 the pointed wire is supposed
 to be electrified positively2 if it be 
electrified negatively1 the appearance  
is astonishingly different2 instead of  
streams of fire1 nothing is seen but one
 uniform luminous appearance1 like a    
white cloud1 or the milky way in a clear
 star-light night4 ,it seldom reaches   
the whole length of the vessel1 but     
generally appears only at the end of the
 wire1 like a lucid ball4  ,if a small  
phial be inserted in the neck of a small
 receiver1 so that the external surface 
of the glass be exposed to the vacuum1  
it will produce a very beautiful        
appearance4 ,the phial must be coated on
 the inside2 and while it is charging1  
at every spark taken from the conductor 
into the inside1 a flash of light is    
seen to dart at the same time from every
 part of the external surface of the    
phial1 so as to quite fill the receiver4

 ,upon making the discharge1 the light  
is seen to run in a much closer body1   
the whole coming out at once4   ,the    
,illuminated ,cylinder4  ,provide a     
glass cylinder1 three feet long1 and    
three inches diameter2 near the bottom  
of it fix a brass plate1 and have       
another brass plate1 so contrived that  
you may let it down the cylinder1 and   
bring it as near the first plate as you 
desire4 ,let this cylinder be exhausted 
and insulated1 and when the upper part  
is electrified1 the electric matter will
 pass from one plate to the other1 when 
they are at the greatest distance from  
each other that the cylinder will admit4
 ,the brass plate at the bottom of the  
cylinder will also be as strongly       
electrified as if it were connected by a
 wire to the prime conductor4  ,the     
electric matter1 as it passes through   
this vacuum1 presents a most brilliant  
spectacle1 exhibiting sparkling flashes 
of fire the whole length of the tube1   
and of a bright silver hue1 representing

 the most lively exhalations of the     
aurora borealis4   ,the ,electric       
,aurora ,borealis4  ,make a             
,torricellian vacuum,g in a glass tube1 
about three feet long1 and hermetically 
sealed4,h ,let one end of this tube be  
held in the hand1 and the other applied 
to the conductor2 and immediately the   
whole tube will be illuminated from one 
end2 and when taken from the conductor  
will continue luminous1 without         
interruption1 for a considerable time1  
very often about a quarter of an hour4  
,if1 after this1 it be drawn through the
 hand either way1 the light will be     
uncommonly brilliant1 and1 without the  
least interruption1 from one end to the 
other1 even to its whole length4 ,after 
this operation1 which discharges it in a
 great measure1 it will still flash at  
intervals1 though it be held only at the
 extremity1 and quite still2 but if it  
be grasped by the other hand at the same
 time1 in a different place1 strong     
flashes of light will dart from one end 

to the other4 ,this will continue for   
twenty-four hours1 and often longer1    
without any fresh excitation4 ,small and
 long glass tubes1 exhausted of air1 and
 bent in many irregular crooks and      
angles1 will1 when properly electrified1
 exhibit a very beautiful representation
 of vivid flashes of lightning4      ,g 
,a ,torricellian vacuum is made by      
filling a tube with pure     mercury and
 then inverting it1 in the same manner  
as in     making a barometer2 for as the
 mercury runs out1 all the     space    
above will be a true vacuum4      ,h ,a 
glass is hermetically sealed by holding 
the end of it     in the flame of a     
candle1 till it begin to melt1 and then 
twisting it together with a pair of     
pincers4   ,the ,electrical ,orrery4    
,by the motion of circulating points1 we
 may in some measure imitate the        
revolutions of the heavenly bodies1     
forming what is called the ,electrical  
,orrery4 ,let a single wire1 with the   
extremities pointed and turned1 be      

nicely balanced on a point2 fix a small 
glass ball over its centre to represent 
the sun4 ,at one extremity of the wire1 
let a small wire be soldered            
perpendicularly1 and on this balance    
another small wire with its ends pointed
 and turned1 and having a small pith    
ball in its centre1 to represent the    
earth1 and a smaller ball of the same   
kind at one of the angles1 for the moon4
 ,let the whole be supported upon a     
glass pillar1 and be conducted by a     
chain proceeding from the prime         
conductor to the wire supporting the    
glass ball4 ,now1 when the machine is   
put in motion1 the wires will turn      
round1 so that the ball representing the
 earth will move round the central ball1
 and the little ball at the angle of the
 smaller wire will at the same time     
revolve about the earth4   ,the         
,electrified ,cotton4  ,take a small    
lock of cotton1 extended in every       
direction as much as can conveniently be
 done1 and by a linen thread about five 

or six inches long1 or by a thread drawn
 out of the same cotton1 tie it to the  
end of the prime conductor2 then set the
 machine in motion1 and the lock of     
cotton1 on being electrified1 will      
immediately swell1 by repelling its     
filaments from one another1 and will    
stretch itself towards the nearest      
conductor4 ,in this situation let the   
cylinder be kept in motion1 and present 
the end of your finger1 or the knob of a
 wire1 towards the lock of cotton1 which
 will then immediately move towards the 
finger1 and endeavour to touch it2 but  
take with the other hand a pointed      
needle1 and present its point towards   
the cotton1 a little above the end of   
the finger1 and the cotton will be      
observed immediately to shrink upwards1 
and move towards the prime conductor4   
,remove the needle1 and the cotton will 
come again towards the finger4 ,present 
the needle1 and the cotton will shrink  
again4   ,the ,electric ,sparks4  ,when 
the prime conductor is situated in its  

proper place1 and electrified by        
whirling the cylinder1 if a metallic    
wire1 with a ball at its extremity1 or  
the knuckle or a finger be presented to 
the prime conductor1 a spark will be    
seen to issue between them1 which will  
be more vivid1 and will be attended with
 a greater or less explosion1 according 
as the ball is larger4 ,the strongest   
and most vivid sparks are drawn from    
that end or side of the prime conductor 
which is farthest from the cylinder4    
,the sparks have the same appearance    
whether they be taken from the positive 
or negative conductor2 they sometimes   
appear like a long line of fire reaching
 from the prime conductor to the opposed
 body1 and often 7particularly when the 
spark is long1 and different conducting 
substances in the line of its direction7
 it will have the appearance of being   
bent to sharp angles in different       
places1 exactly resembling a flash of   
lightning4  ,the figure of a spark      
varies with the superficial dimensions  

of the part from which it is taken4 ,if 
it be drawn from a ball of two or three 
inches in diameter1 it will have the    
appearance of a straight line2 but if   
the ball from which it is drawn be much 
smaller1 as half an inch in diameter1 it
 will assume the zig-zag appearance     
above mentioned4   ,dancing ,balls4     
,take a common tumbler or glass jar1 and
 having placed a brass ball in one of   
the holes of the prime conductor1 set   
the machine in motion1 and let the balls
 touch the inside of the tumbler2 while 
the ball touches only one point1 no more
 of the surface of the glass will be    
electrified1 but by moving the tumblers 
about1 so as to make the ball touch many
 points successively1 all the points    
will be electrified1 as will appear by  
turning down the tumbler over a number  
of pith or cork balls placed on a table4
 ,these balls will immediately begin to 
fly about4   ,the ,leyden ,phial4  ,when
 a nail or piece of thick brass wire1   
c41 is put into a small apothecary's    

phial1 and electrified1 remarkable      
effects follow2 but the phial must be   
very dry or warm4 ,rub it once          
beforehand with your finger1 on which   
put some pounded chalk4 ,if a little    
mercury1 or a few drops of spirit of    
wine1 be put into it1 the experiment    
succeeds the better4 ,as soon as this   
phial and nail are removed from the     
electrifying glass1 or the prime        
conductor1 to which it has been exposed1
 is taken away1 it throws out a stream  
of flame so long1 that with this        
burning-machine in your hand1 you may   
take about sixty steps in walking about 
your room4 ,when it is electrified      
strongly1 you may take it into another  
room1 and there fire spirits of wine    
with it4 ,if1 while it is electrifying1 
you put your finger1 or a piece of gold 
which you hold in your hand1 to the     
nail1 you receive a shock which stuns   
your arms and shoulders4  ,a tin tube1  
or a man placed upon electrics1 is      
electrified much stronger by these means

 than in the common way4 ,when you      
present this phial and nail it to a tin 
tube1 fifteen feet long1 nothing but    
experience can make a person believe how
 strongly it is electrified4 ,two thin  
glasses have been broken by the shock of
 it4 ,it appears extraordinary1 that    
when this phial and nail are in contact 
with their conducting or non-conducting 
matter1 the strong shock does not       
follow4   ,the ,self-moving ,wheel4     
,the self-moving wheel is made of a thin
 round plate of window-glass1 seventeen 
inches in diameter1 well gilt on both   
sides1 to within two inches of the      
circumference4 ,two small hemispheres of
 wood are then fixed with cement1 to the
 middle of the upper and under sides1   
centrally opposite1 and in each of them 
a thick strong wire1 eight or ten inches
 long1 making together the axis of the  
wheel4 ,it turns horizontally on a point
 at the lower end of its axis1 which    
rests on a bit of brass1 cemented within
 a glass salt-cellar4 ,the upper end of 

its axis passes through a hole in a thin
 brass plate1 cemented to a long and    
strong piece of glass1 which keeps it   
six or eight inches distant from any    
non-electric1 and has a small ball of   
wax or metal on its top4  ,in a circle  
on the table which supports the wheel1  
are fixed twelve small pillars of glass1
 at about eleven inches distance1 with a
 thimble on the top of each4 ,on the    
edge of the wheel is a small leaden     
bullet1 communicating by a wire with the
 upper surface of the wheel2 and about  
six inches from it is another bullet1   
communicating1 in like manner1 with the 
under surface4 ,when the wheel is to be 
charged by the upper surface1 a         
communication must be made from the     
under surface with the table4  ,when it 
is well charged it begins to move4 ,the 
bullet nearest to a pillar moves towards
 the thimble on that pillar1 and1       
passing by1 electrifies it1 and then    
pushes itself from it4 ,the succeeding  
bullet1 which communicates with the     

other surface of the glass1 more        
strongly attracts that thimble1 on      
account of its being electrified before 
by the other bullet2 and thus the wheel 
increases its motion1 till the          
resistance of the air regulates it4 ,it 
will go half an hour1 and make1 one     
minute with another1 twenty turns in a  
minute1 which is six hundred turns in   
the whole1 the bullet of the upper      
surface giving in each turn twelve      
sparks to the thimbles1 which make seven
 thousand two hundred sparks1 and the   
bullet of the under surface receiving as
 many from the thimble1 these bullets   
moving in the time nearly two thousand  
five hundred feet4 ,the thimbles should 
be well fixed1 and in so exact a circle1
 that the bullets may pass within a very
 small distance of each of them4  ,if   
instead of two bullets you put eight1   
four communicating with the upper       
surface1 and four with the under        
surface1 placed alternately1 7which     
eight1 at about six inches distance1    

complete the circumference17 the force  
and swiftness will be greatly increased1
 the wheel making fifty turns in a      
minute2 but then it will not continue   
moving so long4   ,resin ignited by     
,electricity4  ,wrap some cotton wool1  
containing as much powdered resin as it 
will hold1 about one of the knobs of a  
discharging-rod4 ,then having charged a 
,leyden jar1 apply the naked knob of the
 rod to the external coating1 and the   
knob enveloped by the cotton to the ball
 of the wire4 ,the act of discharging   
the jar will set fire to the resin4  ,a 
piece of phosphorus or camphor wrapped  
in cotton wool1 and used in the same    
way1 will be much more easily inflamed4 
,spirits ignited by ,electricity4  ,hang
 a small ball with a stem to the prime  
conductor1 so that the ball may project 
below the conductor4 ,then warm a little
 ardent spirit1 by holding it a short   
time over a candle in a metallic spoon2 
hold the spoon about an inch below the  
ball1 and set the machine in motion4 ,a 

spark will soon issue from the ball and 
set fire to the spirits4  ,this         
experiment may be varied different ways1
 and may be rendered very agreeable to a
 company of spectators4 ,a person1 for  
instance1 standing upon an electric     
stool1 and communicating with the prime 
conductor1 may hold the spoon with the  
spirits in his hand1 and another person1
 standing upon the floor1 may set the   
spirits on fire1 by bringing his finger 
within a small distance of it4 ,instead 
of his finger he may fire the spirits   
with a piece of ice1 when the experiment
 will seem much more surprising4 ,if the
 spoon be held by the person standing   
upon the floor1 and the insulated person
 bring some conducting substance over   
the surface of the spirit1 the          
experiment succeeds as well4   ,the     
,electric ,balloon4  ,two balloons1 made
 of the allantoides of a calf1 are to be
 filled with hydrogen gas1 of which each
 contains about two cubic feet4 ,to each
 of these is to be suspended1 by a      

silken thread about eight feet long1    
such a weight as is just sufficient to  
prevent it from rising higher in the    
air2 they are connected1 the one with   
the positive1 the other with the        
negative conductor1 by small wires about
 #cj feet in length2 and being kept     
nearly #bj feet asunder1 are placed as  
far from the machine as the length of   
the wires will admit4 ,on being         
electrified1 these balloons will rise up
 in the air as high as the wire will    
allow1 attracting each other1 and       
uniting as it were into one cloud1      
gently descending4   ,the ,illuminated  
,water4  ,connect one end of a chain    
with the outside of a charged phial1 and
 let the other end lie on the table4    
,place the end of another piece of chain
 at the distance of about a quarter of  
an inch from the former2 and set a glass
 decanter of water on these separated   
ends4 ,on making the discharge1 the     
water will appear perfectly luminous4   
,the electric spark may be rendered     

visible in water1 in the following      
manner3--,take a glass tube of about    
half an inch in diameter1 and six inches
 long2 fill it with water1 and to each  
extremity of the tube adapt a cork1     
which may confine the water2 through    
each cork insert a blunt wire1 so that  
the extremities of the wires within the 
tube may be very near one another2 then1
 on connecting one of these wires with  
the coating of a small charged phial1   
and touching the other wire with the    
knob of it1 the shock will pass through 
the wires1 and cause a vivid spark to   
appear within their extremities within  
the tube4 ,the charge in this experiment
 must be very weak1 or there will be    
danger of bursting the tube4   ,the     
,electrified ,ball4  ,place an ivory    
ball on the prime conductor of the      
machine1 and take a strong spark1 or    
send the charge of a ,leyden phial      
through its centre1 and the ball will   
appear perfectly luminous2 but if the   
charge be not sent through the centre1  

it will pass over the surface of the    
ball and singe it4 ,a spark made to pass
 through a ball of box-wood1 not only   
illuminates the whole1 but makes it     
appear of a beautiful crimson1 or rather
 a fine scarlet colour4   ,illuminated  
,phosphorus4  ,put some of ,canton's    
phosphorus into a clear glass phial1 and
 stop it with a glass stopper1 or a cork
 and sealing-wax4 ,if this wire be kept 
in a darkened room 7which for this      
experiment must be very dark7 it will   
give no light2 but let two or three     
strong sparks be drawn from the prime   
conductor1 when the phial is kept about 
two inches distant from the sparks1 so  
that it may be exposed to that light1   
and this phial will receive the light   
and afterwards will appear illuminated  
for a considerable time4  ,this powder  
may be stuck upon a board by means of   
the white of an egg1 so as to represent 
figures of planets1 letters1 or any     
thing else1 at the pleasure of the      
operator1 and these figures may be      

illuminated in the dark1 in the same    
manner as the above described phial4  ,a
 beautiful method of expressing         
geometrical figures with the above      
powder1 is to bend small glass tubes1 of
 about the tenth part of an inch        
diameter1 in the shape of the figure    
desired1 and then to fill them with the 
phosphoric powder4 ,these may be        
illuminated in the manner described2 and
 they are not so subject to be spoiled1 
as the figures represented upon the     
board frequently are4   ,the ,luminous  
,writing4  ,small pieces of tin-foil may
 be stuck on a flat piece of glass1 so  
as to represent various fanciful        
figures4 ,upon the same principle is the
 word ,,light produced1 in luminous     
characters4  ,it is formed by the small 
separations of the tin-foil pasted on a 
piece of glass fixed in a frame of baked
 wood4 ,to use this1 the frame must be  
held in the hand1 and the ball presented
 to the conductor4 ,the spark will then 
be exhibited in the intervals composing 

the word1 from whence it passes to the  
hook1 and thence to the ground by a     
chain4 ,the brilliancy of this is equal 
to that of the spiral tubes4   ,the     
,electric ,explosion4  ,take a card1 a  
quire of paper1 or the cover of a book2 
and keep it close to the outside coating
 of a charged jar3 put one knob of the  
discharging-rod upon the card1 quire of 
paper1 c41 so that1 between the knob and
 coating of the jar1 the thickness of   
that card or quire of paper only is     
interposed2 lastly1 by bringing the     
other knob of the discharged rod near   
the knob of the jar1 make the discharge1
 and the electric spark will pierce a   
hole 7or perhaps several7 quite through 
the card or quire of paper4 ,this hole  
has a bur raised on each side1 except   
the card1 c41 be pressed hard between   
the discharging-rod and the jar4 ,if    
this experiment be made with two cards  
instead of one1 which1 however1 must be 
kept very little distant from one       
another1 each of the cards1 after the   

explosion1 will be found pierced with   
one or more holes1 and each hole will   
have burs on both surfaces of each card4
 ,the hole1 or holes1 are larger or     
smaller1 according as the card1 c41 is  
more damp or more dry4 ,it is           
remarkable1 that if the nostrils are    
presented to it1 they will be affected  
with a sulphurous1 or rather a          
phosphoric smell1 just like that        
produced by an excited electric4  ,if1  
instead of paper1 a very thin plate of  
glass1 resin1 sealing-wax1 or the like1 
be interposed between the knob of the   
discharging-rod and the outside coating 
of the jar1 on making the discharge1    
this will be broken in several pieces4  
,electrified ,air4  ,fix two or three   
pointed needles into the prime conductor
 of an electrical machine1 and set the  
glass in motion so as to keep the prime 
conductor electrified for several       
minutes4 ,if now1 an electometer be     
brought within the air that is          
contiguous to the prime conductor1 it   

will exhibit signs of electricity1 and  
this air will continue electrified for  
some time1 even after the machine has   
been removed into another room4 ,the    
air1 in this case1 is electrified       
positively2 it maybe negatively         
electrified by fixing the needles in the
 negative conductor while insulated1 and
 making a communication between the     
prime conductor and the table1 by means 
of a chain or other conducting          
substance4  ,the air of a room may be   
electrified in another way4 ,charge a   
large jar1 and insulate it2 then connect
 two or more sharp-pointed wires or     
needles1 with the knob of the jar1 and  
connect the outside coating of the jar  
with the table4 ,if the jar be charged  
positively1 the air of the room will    
soon become positively electrified      
likewise2 but if the jar be charged     
negatively1 the electricity communicated
 by it to the air will also become      
negative4 ,a charged jar being held in  
one hand1 and the flame of an insulated 

candle held in the other being brought  
near the knob of the jar1 will also     
produce the same effect4   ,another     
,electric ,orrery4 7,see page #ib47     
,from the prime conductor of an electric
 machine suspend six concentric hoops of
 metal at different distances from each 
other1 in such a manner as to represent 
in some measure the proportional        
distances of the planets4 ,under these1 
and at a distance of about half an inch1
 place a metallic plate1 and upon this  
plate1 within each of the hoops1 a glass
 bubble blown very thin and light4 ,on  
electrifying the hoops1 the bubbles will
 be immediately attracted by them1 and  
will continue to move round the hoops as
 long as the electrification continues4 
,if the electricity be very strong1 the 
bubbles will frequently be driven off1  
run hither and thither on the plate1    
making a variety of surprising motions  
round their axis2 after which they will 
return to the hoop1 and circulate as    
before2 and if the room be darkened1    

they will all appear beautifully        
illuminated with electric light4   ,the 
,electric ,ball4  ,provide a ball of    
cork about three-quarters of an inch in 
diameter1 hollowed out in the internal  
part by cutting it in two hemispheres1  
scooping out the inside1 and then       
joining them together with paste4       
,having attached this to a silk thread  
between three and four feet in length1  
suspend it in such a manner that it may 
just touch the knob of an electric jar1 
the outside of which communicates with  
the ground4 ,on the first contact it    
will be repelled to a considerable      
distance1 and after making several      
vibrations1 will remain stationary2 but 
if a candle be placed at some distance  
behind it1 so that the ball may be      
between it and the bottle1 the ball will
 instantly begin to move1 and will turn 
round the knob of the jar1 moving in a  
kind of ellipsis as long as there is any
 electricity in the bottle4 ,this       
experiment is very striking1 though the 

motions are far from being regular2 but 
it is remarkable that they always affect
 the elliptical rather than the circular
 form4   ,to spin ,sealing-wax into     
,threads by ,electricity4  ,stick a     
small piece of sealing-wax on the end of
 a wire1 and set fire to it4 ,then put  
an electrical machine in motion1 and    
present the wax just blown out at the   
distance of some inches from the prime  
conductor4 ,a number of extremely fine  
filaments will immediately dart from the
 sealing-wax to the conductor1 on which 
they will be condensed into a kind of   
net-work resembling wool4  ,if the wire 
with the sealing-wax be stuck into one  
of the holes of the conductor1 and a    
piece of paper be presented at a        
moderate distance from the wax1 just    
after it has been ignited1 on setting   
the machine in motion1 a net-work of wax
 will be formed on the paper4 ,the same 
effect1 but in a slighter degree1 will  
be produced1 if the paper be briskly    
rubbed with a piece of elastic gum1 and 

the melting sealing-wax be held pretty  
near the paper immediately after        
rubbing4  ,if the paper thus painted1 as
 it were1 with sealing-wax be gently    
warmed by holding the back of it to the 
fire1 the wax will adhere to it1 and the
 result of the experiment will thus be  
rendered permanent4   ,the ,electrified 
,camphor4  ,a beautiful experiment of   
the same nature is made with camphor4 ,a
 spoon holding a piece of lighted       
camphor is made to communicate with an  
electrified body1 as the prime conductor
 of a machine2 while the conductor      
continues electrified by keeping the    
machine in motion1 the camphor will     
throw out ramifications1 and appear to  
shoot like a vegetable4     ,,amusements
 ,,with ,,cards4   ,many of the         
following recreations are performed by  
arithmetical calculations1 and may      
therefore be considered as connected    
with science2 but as it has been the aim
 of this work to unite amusement with   
instruction1 some experiments on this   

subject are introduced1 the performance 
of which depends on dexterity of hand4  
,as this is only to be acquired by      
practice1 and1 after all1 is merely a   
mechanical operation1 the study of it   
will produce little useful knowledge1   
though it may afford much entertainment2
 but as it must be gratifying to know   
the method by which they are performed  
by those persons skilled in such        
manoeuvres1 who publicly exhibit them to
 the astonishment of the spectator1 they
 are presented to our readers1 that when
 they recognize them at any of these    
exhibitions1 their eyes may not be in   
danger of deceiving their judgment4     
,to tell the ,number of ,points on      
,three ,cards1 placed under ,three      
different ,parcels of ,cards4  ,you     
first premise that the ace counts for   
eleven2 the court cards ten each2 and   
the others according to the number of   
their pips4 ,you then propose to any    
person in company to choose three cards1
 and to place over each as many as will 

make the number of the points of that   
card1 fifteen2 take the remaining cards1
 and1 under the appearance of looking   
for a particular card1 count how many   
there are1 and by adding sixteen to that
 number1 you will have the amount of the
 pips on the three cards4 ,for example3 
,suppose a person choose a seven1 a ten1
 and an ace2 then over the seven he must
 place eight cards2 over the ten1 five  
cards2 and over the ace1 four cards4 ,in
 this instance there will remain twelve 
cards2 to which if you add sixteen it   
will make twenty-eight1 which is the    
amount of the pips on the three cards4  
,the ,ten ,duplicates4  ,select any     
twenty cards2 let any person shuffle    
them2 lay them by pairs on the board1   
without looking at them4 ,you next      
desire several persons1 7as many persons
 as there are pairs on the table17 each 
to look at different pairs and remember 
what cards compose them4 ,you then take 
up all the cards in the order they lay1 
and replace them with their faces       

uppermost on the table1 according to the
 order of the letters in the following  
words3     ,m  ,u  ,t  ,u  ,s    #a  #b 
#c  #d  #e    ,d  ,e  ,d  ,i  ,t    #f  
#g  #h  #i #aj    ,n  ,o  ,m  ,e  ,n    
#aa #ab #ac #ad #ae    ,c  ,o  ,c  ,i   
,s   #af #ag #ah #ai #bj  7,these words 
convey no meaning47--,you will observe1 
that they contain ten letters repeated1 
or two of each sort4 ,you therefore ask 
each person which row or rows the cards 
he looked at are in2 if he say the      
first1 you know they must be the second 
and fourth1 there being two letters of a
 sort 7two ,u's7 in that row2 if he say 
the second and fourth1 they must be the 
ninth and nineteenth1 7two ,i's17 and so
 of the rest4 ,this amusement1 which is 
very simple1 and requires very little   
practice1 will be found to excite1 in   
those who are unacquainted with the key1
 the greatest astonishment4  ,the       
readiest way is to have a fac-simile of 
the key drawn on a card1 to which you   
refer4   ,to tell how many ,cards a     

,person takes out of a ,pack1 and to    
specify each ,card4  ,to perform this1  
you must so dispose a ,,piquet pack of  
cards1 that you can easily remember the 
order in which they are placed4         
,suppose1 for instance1 they are placed 
according to the words in the following 
line1    ,seven ,aces1 ,eight ,kings1   
,nine ,queens1 and ,ten ,knaves2  and   
that every card be of a different suite1
 following each other in this order3    
spades1 clubs1 hearts1 and diamonds4    
,then the eight first cards will be the 
seven of spades1 ace of clubs1 eight of 
hearts1 king of diamonds1 nine of       
spades1 queen of clubs1 ten of hearts1  
and knave of diamonds1 and so of the    
rest4  ,you show that the cards are     
placed promiscuously1 and you offer them
 with their backs upward to any one1    
that he may draw what quantity he       
pleases2 you then dexterously look at   
the card that precedes and that which   
follows those he has taken4 ,when he has
 carefully counted the cards1 which is  

not to be done in your presence1 7and1  
in order to give you time for           
recollection1 you tell him to do it     
twice over1 that he may be certain17 you
 then take them from him1 mix them with 
the pack1 shuffle1 and tell him to      
shuffle4  ,during all this time you     
recollect1 by the foregoing line1 all   
the cards he took out2 and as you lay   
them down1 one by one1 you name each    
card4  ,unless a person has a most      
excellent memory1 he had better not     
attempt the performance of the above    
amusement1 as the least forgetfulness   
will spoil the whole1 and make the      
operator appear ridiculous4   ,a        
,hundred different ,names being written 
on the ,cards1 to tell the particular   
,name any ,person thought of4  ,write on
 ten cards a hundred different names1   
observing that the last name on each    
card begins with one of the letters in  
the word ,,indromacus1 which letters1 in
 the order they stand1 answer the       
numbers #a to #aj1 thus3    ,i ,n ,d ,r 

,o ,m ,a ,c ,u ,s   #a #b #c #d #e #f #g
 #h #i #aj  ,on ten other cards write   
the same names1 with this restriction1  
that the first name on every card must  
be taken from the first of the other    
cards1 whose last name begins with ,i2  
the second name must be taken from that 
whose last name begins with ,n2 and so  
of the rest4 ,then let any person choose
 a card out of the first ten1 and after 
he has fixed on a name1 give it to you  
again1 when you carefully note the last 
name1 by which you know the number of   
that card4 ,you then take the other ten 
cards1 and1 after shuffling them1 show  
them to the person1 and ask if he sees  
the name he chose1 and when he answers  
in the affirmative1 you look to that    
name which is the same in number from   
the top with the number of the card he  
took from the other parcel1 and that    
will be the name he fixed on4  ,instead 
of ten cards there may be twenty to each
 parcel1 by adding duplicates to each   
card2 which will make it appear more    

mysterious1 and will not at all         
embarrass it1 as you have only to       
remember the last name on each card4    
,instead of names you may write         
questions on one of the parcels1 and    
answers on the other4   ,several        
different ,cards being fixed on by      
different ,persons1 to name that on     
which each ,person fixed4  ,there must  
be as many different cards shown to each
 person1 as there are cards to choose2  
so that1 if there are three persons1 you
 must show three cards to each person1  
telling the first to retain one in his  
memory4 ,you then lay those three cards 
down1 and show three others to the      
second person1 and three others to the  
third4 ,next take up the first person's 
cards1 and lay them down separately1 one
 by one1 with their faces upwards2 place
 the second person's cards over the     
first1 and the third over the second's1 
so that there will be one card in each  
parcel belonging to each person4 ,you   
then ask each of them in which parcel   

his card is1 and by the answer you      
immediately know which card it is2 for  
the first person's will always be the   
first1 the second person's the second1  
and the third person's the third in that
 parcel where each says his card is4    
,this amusement may be performed with a 
single person1 by letting him fix on    
three1 four1 or more cards4 ,in this    
case you must show him as many parcels  
as he is to choose cards1 and every     
parcel must consist of that number1 out 
of which he is to fix on one2 and you   
then proceed as before1 he telling you  
the parcel that contains each of his    
cards4   ,to name the ,rank of a ,card  
that a ,person has drawn from a ,piquet 
,pack4  ,the rank of a card means       
whether it be an ace1 king1 queen1 c4   
,you therefore first fix a certain      
number to each card2 thus you call the  
king four1 the queen three1 the knave   
two1 the ace one1 and the others        
according to the number of their pips4  
,you then shuffle the cards1 and let a  

person draw any one of them2 then       
turning up the remaining cards1 you add 
the number of the first to that of the  
second1 the second to the third1 and so 
on1 till it amounts to ten1 which you   
then reject1 and begin again2 or if it  
be more1 reject the ten1 and carry the  
remainder to the next card1 and so on to
 the last2 and to the last amount add   
four1 and subtract that sum from ten1 if
 it be less1 or from twenty1 if it be   
more than ten1 and the remainder will be
 the number of the card that was drawn2 
as for example1 if the remainder be two1
 the card drawn was a knave2 if three1 a
 queen1 and so on4   ,to tell the       
,amount of the ,numbers of any two      
,cards drawn from a common ,pack4  ,each
 court card in this amusement counts for
 ten1 and the other cards according to  
the number of their pips4 ,let the      
person who draws the cards add as many  
more cards to each of those he has drawn
 as will make each of their numbers     
twenty-five4 ,then take the remaining   

cards in your hand1 and1 seeming to     
search for some card among them1 tell   
them over to yourself1 and their number 
will be the amount of the two cards     
drawn4  ,for example4--,suppose the     
person has drawn a ten and a seven1 then
 he must add fifteen cards to the first1
 to make the number twenty-five1 and    
eighteen to the last1 for the same      
reason2 now fifteen and eighteen make   
thirty-three1 and the two cards         
themselves make thirty-five1 which      
deducted from fifty-two1 leave          
seventeen1 which must be the number of  
the remaining cards1 and also of the two
 cards drawn4  ,you may perform this    
amusement without touching the cards1   
thus3  ,let the person who has drawn the
 two cards deduct the number of each of 
them from twenty-six1 which is half the 
number of the pack1 and after adding the
 remainders together1 let him tell you  
the amount1 which you privately deduct  
from fifty-two1 the total number of all 
the cards1 and the remainder will be the

 amount of the two cards4               
,example4--,suppose the two cards to be 
as before1 ten and seven2 then the      
person deducting ten from twenty-six1   
there remain sixteen1 and deducting     
seven from twenty-six1 there remain     
nineteen2 these two remainders added    
together make thirty-five1 which you    
subtract from fifty-two2 and there must 
remain seventeen for the amount of the  
two cards1 as before4   ,to tell the    
,amount of the ,numbers of any ,three   
,cards that a ,person shall draw from   
the ,pack4  ,after the person has drawn 
his three cards1 draw one yourself and  
lay it aside1 for it is necessary that  
the number of the remaining cards be    
divisible by three1 which they will not 
be in a pack of fifty-two cards1 if only
 three be drawn4 ,the card you draw1 you
 may call the confederate1 and pretend  
it is by the aid of that card you       
discover the amount of the others4 ,then
 tell the party to add as many more to  
each of his cards as will make its      

number sixteen1 which is the third part 
of the remaining forty-eight cards2     
therefore1 suppose he has drawn a ten1 a
 seven1 and a six2 then1 to the first he
 must add six cards1 to the second nine1
 and to the third ten1 which together   
make twenty-five1 and the four cards    
drawn being added to them make          
twenty-nine4 ,you then take the         
remaining cards1 and1 telling them over1
 as in the last amusement1 you find     
their number to be twenty-three1 the    
amount of the three cards the person    
drew4  ,this amusement may also be      
performed without touching the cards1   
thus3--,when the party has drawn his    
three cards1 and you have drawn one1 let
 him deduct the number of each of the   
cards he has drawn from seventeen1 which
 is one-third of the pack after you have
 drawn your card2 and let him tell you  
the amount of the several remainders1 to
 which you privately add one to the card
 you drew1 and1 deducting that amount   
from fifty-two1 7the whole number of the

 cards17 the remainder will be the      
amount of the three cards drawn4        
,example4--,suppose the three cards to  
be ten1 seven1 and six1 as before2 then1
 each of those numbers subtracted from  
seventeen1 the remainders will be       
respectively1 seven1 ten1 and eleven1   
which1 added together1 make             
twenty-eight1 to which the single card  
you drew being reckoned as one1 and     
added1 makes twenty-nine2 and that      
number deducted from fifty-two1 leaves  
twenty-three1 which is the amount of the
 three cards the party drew4         99 
99       99       99       99  ,the     
following amusements principally depend 
on dexterity of hand2 and1 as what is   
termed making the pass1 will be         
necessary to be acquired1 to enable the 
operator to perform many of them1 we    
subjoin the following explanation of    
this term3  ,how to make the            
,pass4--,hold the pack of cards in your 
right hand1 so that the palm of your    
hand may be under the cards3 place the  

thumb of that hand on one side of the   
pack2 the first1 second1 and third      
fingers on the other side1 and your     
little finger between those cards that  
are to be brought to the top1 and the   
rest of the pack4 ,then place your left 
hand over the cards in such a manner    
that the thumb may be at ,c1 the        
fore-finger at ,a1 and the other fingers
 at ,b1 as in the following figure3     
----------------   ----------------     
,bottom4           ,top4                
#b                                      
,thumb4                          #c     
#d                                      
,little ,finger4                        
----------------   ----------------     
,c  ,the hands and the two parts of the 
cards being thus disposed1 you draw off 
the lower cards1 confined by the little 
finger and the other parts of the right 
hand1 and place them1 with an           
imperceptible motion1 on the top of the 
pack4  ,but before you attempt any of   
the tricks that depend on making the    

pass1 you must have great practice1 and 
be able to perform it so dexterously and
 expeditiously1 that the eye cannot     
detect the movement of the hand2 or you 
may1 instead of deceiving others1 expose
 yourself4  ,the ,long ,card4--,another 
stratagem1 connected with the           
performance of many of the following    
tricks1 is what is termed the ,long     
,card2 that is1 a card1 either a trifle 
longer or wider than the other cards1   
not perceptible to the eye of the       
spectator1 but easily to be             
distinguished by the touch of the       
operator4   ,the ,divining ,card4       
,provide a pack in which there is a long
 card2 open it at that part where the   
long card is1 and present the pack to a 
person in such a manner that he will    
naturally draw that card4 ,you then tell
 him to put it into any part of the     
pack1 and shuffle the cards4 ,you take  
the pack1 and offer the same card in    
like manner to a second or third person1
 taking care that they do not stand near

 enough to see the card each other      
draws4  ,you then draw several cards    
yourself1 among which is the long card1 
and ask each of the parties if his card 
be among those cards1 and he will       
naturally say yes1 as they have all     
drawn the same card4 ,you then shuffle  
all the cards together1 and1 cutting    
them at the long card1 you hold it      
before the first person1 so that the    
others may not see it1 and tell him that
 is his card4 ,you then put it in the   
pack1 shuffle it1 cut it again at the   
same card1 and hold it to the second    
person4  ,you can perform this          
recreation without the long card1 in the
 following manner3  ,let a person draw  
any card1 and replace it in the pack4   
,you then make the pass1 7see p4 #ajg17 
and bring that card to the top of the   
pack1 and shuffle them1 without losing  
sight of that card4 ,you then offer that
 card to a second person1 that he may   
draw it1 and put it in the middle of the
 pack4 ,you make the pass1 and shuffle  

the cards a second time in the same     
manner1 and offer the card to a third   
person1 and so again to a fourth or     
fifth4   ,the ,four ,confederate ,cards4
  ,a person draws four cards from the   
pack1 and you tell him to remember one  
of them4 ,he then returns them to the   
pack1 and you dexterously place two     
under and two on the top of the pack4   
,under the bottom ones you place four   
cards of any sort1 and then1 taking     
eight or ten from the bottom cards1 you 
spread them on the table1 and ask the   
person if the card he fixed on be among 
them4 ,if he say no1 you are sure it is 
one of the two cards on the top4 ,you   
then pass those two cards to the bottom 
and1 drawing off the lowest of them1 you
 ask if that is not his card4 ,if he    
again say no1 you take up that card1 and
 bid him draw his card from the bottom  
of the pack4 ,if1 on the contrary1 he   
say his cards are among those you first 
drew from the bottom1 you must          
dexterously take up the four cards you  

put under them1 and1 placing those on   
the top1 let the other two be the bottom
 cards of the pack1 which you are to    
draw in the manner before described4    
,the ,numerical ,cards4  ,let the long  
card be the sixteenth in the pack of    
piquet cards4 ,take ten or twelve cards 
from the top of the pack1 and1 spreading
 them on the table1 desire a person to  
think on any one of them1 and to observe
 the number it is from the first card4  
,make the pass at the long card1 which  
will then be at the bottom4 ,then ask   
the party the number his card was at1   
and1 counting to yourself from that     
number to sixteen1 turn the cards up1   
one by one1 from the bottom4 ,then stop 
at the seventeenth card1 and ask the    
person if he has seen his card1 when he 
will say no4 ,you then ask him how many 
more cards you shall draw before his    
card appears2 and when he has named the 
number1 you draw the card aside with    
your finger1 turn up the number of cards
 he proposed1 and throw down the card he

 fixed on4   ,the ,card found out by the
 ,point of the ,sword4  ,when a card has
 been drawn1 you place it under the long
 card1 and by shuffling them            
dexterously1 you bring it to the top of 
the pack4 ,then lay or throw the pack on
 the ground1 observing where the top    
card lies4 ,a handkerchief is then bound
 round your eyes1 which ought to be done
 by a confederate1 in such a way that   
you can see the ground4 ,a sword is put 
into your hand1 with which you touch    
several of the cards1 as if in doubt1   
but never losing sight of the top card1 
in which at last you fix the point of   
the sword1 and present it to the party  
who drew it4   ,the ,card hit upon by   
the ,guess4  ,spread part of the pack   
before a person1 in such way that only  
one court card is visible2 and so       
arrange it1 that it shall appear the    
most prominent and striking card4 ,you  
desire him to think on one2 and observe 
if he fix his eye on the court card4    
,when he tells you he has determined on 

one1 shuffle the cards1 and1 turning    
them up one by one1 when you come to the
 court card tell him that is the one4   
,if he does not seem to fix his eye on  
the court card1 you should not hazard   
the experiment2 but frame an excuse for 
performing some other amusement2 neither
 should it be attempted with those who  
are conversant with these sort of       
deceptions4   ,the ,card changed by     
,word of ,command4  ,you must have two  
cards of the same sort in the pack1 7say
 the king of spades47 ,place one next   
the bottom card1 7say seven of hearts17 
and the other at top4 ,shuffle the cards
 without displacing those three1 and    
show a person that the bottom card is   
the seven of hearts4 ,this card you     
dexterously slip aside with your finger1
 which you have previously wetted1 and1 
taking the king of spades from the      
bottom1 which the person supposes to be 
the seven of hearts1 lay it on the      
table1 telling him to cover it with his 
hand4  ,shuffle the cards again1 without

 displacing the first and last card1    
and1 shifting the other king of spades  
from the top to the bottom1 show it to  
another person4 ,you then draw that     
privately away1 and1 taking the bottom  
card1 which will then be the seven of   
hearts1 you lay that on the table1 and  
tell the second person 7who believes it 
to be the king of spades7 to cover it   
with his hand4  ,you then command the   
cards to change places2 and when the two
 parties take off their hands and turn  
up the cards1 they will see1 to their   
great astonishment1 that your commands  
are obeyed4   ,the ,three ,magical      
,parties4  ,offer the long card to a    
person1 that he may draw it1 and replace
 it in any part of the pack he pleases4 
,make the pass1 and bring that card to  
the top4 ,next divide the pack in three 
parcels1 putting the long card in the   
middle heap4 ,you then ask the person   
which of the three heaps his card shall 
be in4 ,he will1 probably1 say the      
middle2 in which case you immediately   

show it to him4 ,but if he say either of
 the others1 you take all the cards in  
your hand1 placing the parcel he has    
named over the other two1 and observing 
to put your little finger between that  
and the middle heap1 at the top of which
 is the card he drew4 ,you then ask at  
what number in that heap he will have   
his card appear4 ,if1 for example1 he   
say the sixth1 you tell down five cards 
from the top of the pack1 and then1     
dexterously making the pass1 you bring  
the long card to the top1 and tell it   
down as the sixth4   ,the ,magic ,vase4 
,construct a vase of wood1 or           
pasteboard1 see ,fig4 #bj4 ,on the      
inside let there be five divisions2 two 
of them1 c d1 to be large enough to     
admit a pack of cards each2 and the     
other three1 e f g1 only large enough to
 contain a single card4 ,place this vase
 on a bracket1 ,l1 which is fastened to 
the partition ,m4 ,fix a silken thread  
at ,h1 the other end of which passes    
down the division d1 and1 over the      

pulley ,i1 runs along the bracket ,l1   
and goes out behind the partition ,m4   
,illustration3 ,fig4 #bj4  ,take three  
cards from the piquet pack1 and place   
one of them in each of the divisions e f
 g1 making the silk thread or line go   
under each of them4 ,in the division c  
put the remainder of the pack4  ,you    
then get another pack of cards1 at the  
top of which are to be three cards1 the 
same as those in the three small        
divisions3 and1 making the pass1 bring  
them to the middle of the pack4 ,let    
them be drawn by three persons2 let them
 shuffle all the cards2 after which     
place the pack in the division d1 and   
tell the parties that the cards they    
drew will rise at their command1        
separately1 from the vase4  ,a          
confederate behind the partition then   
gently drawing the line1 the three cards
 will then gradually appear from the    
vase2 then taking the cards from c1 you 
show that those three are gone from the 
pack4  ,the vase must be placed so high 

that the company cannot see the inside4 
,the ,divining ,perspective ,glass4     
,procure a small perspective-glass1 wide
 enough1 where the object-glass is      
placed1 to hold the following table3    
-----------------------    #a1aca       
#aj1acb  #ai1acc     #b1bca  #aa1bcb    
#bj1bcc     #c1cca  #ab1ccb  #ba1ccc    
-----------------------    #d1aba       
#ac1abb  #bb1abc     #e1bba  #ad1bbb    
#bc1bbc     #f1cba  #ae1cbb  #bd1cbc    
-----------------------    #g1aaa       
#af1aab  #be1aac     #h1baa  #ag1bab    
#bf1bac     #i1caa  #ah1cab  #bg1cac    
-----------------------  ,take a pack of
 twenty-seven cards2 give them to a     
person1 bid him fix1 on one1 shuffle    
them1 and return them to you4 ,arrange  
the twenty-seven cards in three parcels1
 by laying one down1 alternately1 on    
each parcel2 but before you lay each    
card down1 show it to the person1       
without seeing it yourself4 ,when you   
have completed the three parcels1 ask   
him at what number1 from one to         

twenty-seven1 he will have his card     
appear1 and in which heap it then is4   
,you then look at the heap through your 
glass2 and if the first of the three    
numbers1 which stands against the number
 it is to appear at1 be one1 put that   
heap at top2 if the number be at two1   
put it in the middle2 and if it be      
three1 put it at the bottom4 ,next      
divide the cards into three heaps1 in   
the same manner1 a second and third     
time1 and his card will be at the number
 he chose4  ,example4--,suppose the     
person wishes his card to be the        
twentieth from the top2 and the first   
time of making the heaps1 he says it is 
in the third heap2 you then look at the 
table in the perspective1 and you see   
that the first figure is two2 you1      
therefore1 put that heap in the middle  
of the pack4 ,the second and third      
times1 you in like manner put the heap  
in which he says it is1 at bottom2 the  
number each time being three4 ,then     
looking at the pack with your glass1 as 

if to discover which the card was1 you  
lay the cards down1 one by one1 and the 
twentieth will be the card fixed on4    
,the ,card in the ,ring4  ,get a ring1  
made of any metal1 in which is set a    
large transparent stone or piece of     
glass1 to the bottom of which is        
fastened a small piece of black silk2   
under the silk is to be the figure of a 
small card2 and the silk must be so     
constructed that it may be either drawn 
aside or spread1 by turning the stone   
round4  ,you then cause a person to draw
 the same sort of card as that at the   
bottom of the ring2 and tell him to burn
 it in the candle4 ,now1 the ring being 
so constructed that the silk conceals   
the card underneath it1 you first show  
him the ring1 that he may see it is not 
there1 and tell him you will make it    
appear2 then rubbing the ashes of the   
card on the ring1 you manage to turn the
 stone or glass dexterously round1 and  
exhibit to him the small card at the    
bottom4   ,the ,card in the ,mirror4    

,provide a mirror1 either round or oval1
 the frame of which must be at least as 
wide as a card1 and the glass must be   
wider than the distance between the     
frame1 by at least the width of a card4 
,the glass in the middle must be made to
 move in two grooves1 and so much of the
 quicksilver must be scraped off1 as is 
equal to the size of a common card4 ,you
 then paste over the part where the     
quicksilver is rubbed off1 a piece of   
pasteboard1 on which is a cord1 that    
must exactly fit the space1 which must  
at first be placed behind the frame4    
,fix this mirror against a partition1   
through which two strings are to go1 by 
which an assistant in an adjoining room 
can easily move the glass in the        
grooves1 and make the card appear or    
disappear at pleasure4 ,or it may be    
done without an assistant1 if a table be
 placed against the partition1 and a    
string from the glass be made to pass   
through a leg of it1 and communicate    
with a small trigger1 which you may     

easily push down with your foot1 and at 
the same time wiping the glass with your
 handkerchief1 under the pretence that  
the card may appear more conspicuous2   
which will also serve most effectually  
to disguise the operation4  ,having     
every thing thus arranged1 you contrive 
to make a person draw the same sort of  
card as that fixed to the mirror2 if you
 do not succeed in this with a stranger1
 make some pretence for shuffling the   
cards again1 and present the pack to a  
confederate1 who1 of course1 will draw  
the card you wish1 and who is to show it
 to two or three persons next to him1   
under the pretence that it might slip   
his memory4 ,this card you place in the 
middle of the pack1 then make the pass1 
and bring it to the bottom4 ,direct the 
person to look for his card in the      
mirror1 which the confederate behind the
 partition is to draw slowly forward2 or
 if you perform the operation yourself1 
press the trigger with your foot1 and   
the card will appear as if placed       

between the glass and the quicksilver4  
,while the glass is drawing forward1 you
 slide off the card from the bottom of  
the pack1 and convey it away4   ,the    
,card in the ,opera ,glass4  ,procure an
 opera-glass1 two inches and a half     
long2 the tube to be made of ivory1 so  
thin that it may appear transparent4    
,place it in a magnifying glass1 of such
 a power1 and at such a distance1 that a
 card1 three-quarters of an inch long1  
may appear like a common-sized card4 ,at
 the bottom of the tube lay a circle of 
black pasteboard1 to which fasten a     
small card1 with the pips1 or figures1  
on both sides1 and in such a manner1    
that by turning the table1 either side  
of the glass may be visible4  ,you then 
offer two cards to two persons1 similar 
to the double card in the glass4 ,you   
put them in the pack again1 or convey   
them to your pocket2 and after a few    
flourishing motions you tell the persons
 you have conveyed their cards into the 
glass2 then you show each person his    

card in the glass1 by turning it in the 
proper position4  ,you may easily induce
 the parties to draw the two cards you  
wish1 by placing them first on the top  
of the pack1 and then1 by making the    
pass1 bringing them to the middle4      
,when you can make the pass in a        
dexterous manner1 it is preferable to   
the long card1 which obliges the        
operator to change the pack frequently1 
as1 if the same card is always drawn1 it
 may excite suspicion4   ,to separate   
the two ,colours of a ,pack of ,cards by
 one ,cut4  ,to perform this amusement1 
all the cards of one colour must be cut 
something narrower at one end than the  
other4 ,you show the cards1 and give    
them to any one1 that he may shuffle    
them2 then holding them between your    
hands1 one hand being at each extremity1
 with one motion you separate the hearts
 and diamonds from the spades and clubs4
   ,the ,metamorphosed ,cards4  ,in the 
middle of a pack place a card that is   
something wider than the rest1 which we 

will suppose to be the knave of spades1 
under which place the seven of diamonds1
 and under that the ten of clubs4 ,on   
the top of the pack put cards similar to
 these1 and others on which are painted 
different objects1 viz43    ,first card 
,a bird   ,second          ,a seven of  
diamonds   ,third           ,a flower   
,fourth          ,another seven of      
diamonds   ,fifth           ,a bird     
,sixth           ,a ten of clubs        
,seventh         ,a flower   ,eighth    
,another ten of clubs2  then seven or   
eight indifferent cards1 the knave of   
spades1 which is the wide card1 the     
seven of diamonds1 the ten of clubs1 and
 the rest any indifferent cards4  ,two  
persons are to draw the two cards that  
are under the wide card1 which are the  
seven of diamonds and the ten of clubs4 
,you take the pack in your left hand1   
and open it at the wide end1 as you open
 a book1 and tell the person who drew   
the seven of diamonds to place it in    
that opening4 ,you then blow on the     

cards1 and1 without closing them1       
instantly bring the card which is at    
top1 and on which a bird is painted1    
over that seven of diamonds4 ,to do this
 dexterously1 you must wet the middle   
finger of your left hand1 with which you
 are to bring the card to the middle of 
the pack4 ,you then bid the person look 
at his card1 and when he has remarked   
the change1 to place it where it was    
before4 ,then blow on the cards a second
 time1 and1 bringing the seven of       
diamonds1 which is at the top of the    
pack1 to the opening1 you bid him look  
at his card again1 when he will see it  
is that which he drew4 ,you may do the  
same with all the other painted cards1  
either with the same person1 or with him
 who drew the ten of clubs4  ,the whole 
artifice consists in bringing the card  
at the top of the pack to the opening in
 the middle1 by the wet finger1 which   
requires no great practice4 ,observe1   
not to let the pack go out of your      
hands4   ,to discover the ,card which is

 drawn1 by the ,throw of a ,die4        
,prepare a pack of cards1 in which there
 are only six sorts of cards4 ,dispose  
these cards in such manner that each of 
the six different cards shall follow    
each other1 and let the last of each    
suite be a long card4 ,the cards being  
thus disposed1 it follows1 that if you  
divide them into six parcels1 by cutting
 at each of the long cards1 those       
parcels will all consist of similar     
cards4  ,let a person draw a card from  
the pack1 and let him replace it in the 
parcel from whence it was drawn1 by     
dexterously offering that part4 ,cut the
 cards several times1 so that a long    
card be always at bottom4 ,divide the   
cards in this manner into six heaps1 and
 giving a die to the person who drew the
 card1 tell him that the point he throws
 shall indicate the parcel in which is  
the card he drew2 then take up the      
parcel and show him the card4   ,to tell
 the ,number of the ,cards by their     
,weight4  ,take a parcel of cards1      

suppose forty1 among which insert two   
long cards2 let the first be1 for       
example1 the fifteenth1 and the other   
the twenty-sixth from the top4 ,seem to 
shuffle the cards1 and then cutting them
 at the first long card1 poise those you
 have cut off in your left hand1 and    
say1 ,there should be here fifteen      
cards4 ,cut them again at the second    
long card1 and say1 ,there are here only
 eleven cards4 ,then poising the        
remainder1 you say1 ,here are fourteen  
cards4   ,the ,four ,inseparable ,kings4
  ,take the four kings1 and behind the  
last of them place two other cards1 so  
that they may not be seen4 ,then spread 
open the four kings to the company1 and 
put the six cards at the bottom of the  
pack4 ,draw one of the kings1 and put it
 at the top of the pack4 ,draw one of   
the two cards at the bottom1 and put it 
towards the middle4 ,draw the other1 and
 put it at some distance from the last1 
and then show that there remains a king 
at bottom4 ,then let any one cut the    

cards1 and as there remains three kings 
at bottom1 they will then be altogether 
in the middle of the pack4   ,to change 
the ,cards which several ,persons have  
drawn from the ,pack4  ,on the top of   
the pack put any card you               
please--suppose the queen of clubs2 make
 the pass1 bring that card to the middle
 of the pack1 and offer it to a person  
to draw4 ,then1 by cutting the cards1   
bring the queen again to the middle of  
the pack4 ,make the pass a second time1 
bring it to the top1 and shuffle the    
cards without displacing those on the   
top4 ,make the pass a third time1 bring 
it to the middle of the pack and offer  
it to a second person to draw1 who must 
be at a proper distance from the first  
person1 that he may not perceive it is  
the same card4 ,after the like manner   
let five persons draw the same card4    
,shuffle the pack without losing sight  
of the queen of clubs1 and1 laying down 
four other cards with the queen1 ask    
each person if he see his card there8   

,they will all reply1 ,yes1 as they all 
drew the queen of clubs4 ,place four of 
those cards on the pack1 and1 drawing   
the queen privately away1 you approach  
the first person1 and showing him that  
card1 so that the others cannot see it1 
ask if that be his card2 then patting it
 on the top of the pack1 blow on it1 or 
give it a stroke with your hand1 and    
show it in the same manner to the second
 person1 and so of the rest4   ,the     
,card discovered under the              
,handkerchief4  ,let a person draw any  
card from the rest1 and put it in the   
middle of the pack2 you make the pass at
 that place1 and the card will          
consequently be at top2 then placing the
 pack on the table1 cover it with a     
handkerchief2 and1 putting your hand    
under it1 take off the top card1 and    
after seeming to search among the cards 
for some time1 draw it out4  ,this      
amusement may be performed by putting   
the cards in another person's pocket1   
after the pass is made4 ,several cards  

may also be drawn and placed together in
 the middle of the pack1 and the pass   
then made4   ,the ,convertible ,aces4   
,on the ace of spades fix1 with soap1 a 
heart1 and on the ace of hearts a spade1
 in such a manner that they will easily 
slip off4  ,show these two aces to the  
company2 then1 taking the ace of spades1
 you desire a person to put his foot    
upon it1 and as you place it on the     
ground1 draw away the spade4 ,in like   
manner you place the seeming ace of     
hearts under the foot of another person4
 ,you then command the two cards to     
change their places2 and that they obey 
your command1 the two persons1 on taking
 up their cards1 will have ocular       
demonstration4  ,a deception similar to 
this is sometimes practised with one    
card1 suppose the ace of spades1 over   
which a heart is pasted lightly4 ,after 
showing a person the card1 you let him  
hold one end of it1 and you hold the    
other1 and while you amuse him with     
discourse1 you slide off the heart4     

,then laying the card on the table1 you 
bid him cover it with his hand2 you then
 knock under the table1 and command the 
heart to turn into the ace of spades4   
,to tell the ,card that a ,person has   
touched with his ,finger4  ,this        
amusement is to be performed by         
confederacy4 ,you previously agree with 
your confederate on certain signs1 by   
which he is to denote the suite1 and the
 particular card of each suite2 thus3 if
 he touch the first button of his coat1 
it signifies an ace2 if the second1 a   
king1 c42 and then again1 if he take out
 his handkerchief1 it denotes the suite 
to be hearts2 if he take snuff1         
diamonds1 c4 ,these preliminaries being 
settled1 you give the pack to a person  
who is near your confederate1 and tell  
him to separate any one card from the   
rest1 while you are absent1 and draw his
 finger once over it4 ,he is then to    
return you the pack1 and while you are  
shuffling the cards1 you carefully note 
the signals made by your confederate2   

then turning the cards over one by one1 
you directly fix on the card he touched4
   ,the ,card in the ,pocket-book4  ,a  
confederate is previously to know the   
card you have taken from the pack1 and  
put into your pocket-book4 ,you then    
present the pack to him1 and desire him 
to fix on a card1 7which we will suppose
 to be the queen of diamonds17 and place
 the pack on the table4 ,you then ask   
him the name of the card1 and when he   
says the queen of diamonds1 you ask him 
if he be not mistaken1 and if he be sure
 that the card is in the pack3 when he  
replies in the affirmative1 you say1 ,it
 might be there when you looked over the
 cards1 but ,i believe it is now in my  
pocket2 then desire a third person to   
put his hand in your pocket1 and take   
out your book1 and when it is opened the
 card will appear4   ,the ,card in the  
,egg4  ,take a card1 the same as your   
long card1 and1 rolling it up very      
close1 put it in an egg1 by making a    
hole as small as possible1 and which you

 are to fill up carefully with white    
wax4 ,you then offer the long card to be
 drawn1 and when it is replaced in the  
pack1 you shuffle the cards several     
times1 giving the egg to the person who 
drew the card1 and while he is breaking 
it1 you privately withdraw the long     
card1 that it may appear1 upon examining
 the cards1 to have gone from the pack  
into the egg4 ,this may be rendered more
 surprising by having several eggs1 in  
each of which is placed a card of the   
same sort1 and then giving the person   
the liberty to choose which egg he      
thinks fit4  ,this deception may be     
still further diversified1 by having1 as
 most public performers have1 a         
confederate1 who is previously to know  
the egg in which the card is placed2 for
 you may then break the other eggs1 and 
show that the only one that contains a  
card is that in which you directed it to
 be4   ,the ,card discovered by the     
,touch or ,smell4  ,you offer the long  
card1 or any other that you know1 and as

 the person who has drawn it holds it in
 his hand1 you pretend to feel the pips 
or figure on the under side1 by your    
fore-finger2 or you sagaciously smell to
 it1 and then pronounce what card it is4
  ,if it be the long card1 you may give 
the pack to the person who drew it1 and 
leave him at liberty either to replace  
it or not4 ,then taking the pack1 you   
feel immediately whether it be there or 
not1 and1 shuffling the cards in a      
careless manner1 without looking at     
them1 you pronounce accordingly4   ,the 
,inverted ,cards4  ,prepare a pack of   
cards1 by cutting one end of them about 
one-tenth of an inch narrower than the  
other2 then offer the pack to any one1  
that he may draw a card2 place the pack 
on the table1 and observe carefully if  
he turn the card while he is looking at 
it2 if he do not1 when you take the pack
 from the table1 you offer the other end
 of it for him to insert that card2 but 
if he turn the card1 you then offer him 
the same end of the pack4 ,you          

afterwards offer the cards to a second  
or third person1 for them to draw or    
replace a card in the same manner4 ,you 
then let any one shuffle the cards1 and1
 taking them again into your own hand1  
as you turn them up one by one1 you     
easily perceive by the touch which are  
those cards that have been inverted1    
and1 laying the first of them down on   
the table1 you ask the person if that   
card be his2 and if he say no1 you ask  
the same of the second person2 and if he
 say no1 you tell the third person it is
 his card2 and so of the second or third
 cards4 ,you shall lay the pack on the  
table after each person has drawn his   
card1 and turn it dexterously in taking 
it up1 when it is to be turned1 that the
 experiment may not appear to depend on 
the cards being inverted4   ,the        
,transmuted ,cards4  ,in a common pack  
of cards let the ace of hearts and nine 
of spades be something larger than the  
rest4 ,with the juice of lemon draw over
 the ace of hearts a spade1 large enough

 to cover it entirely1 and on each side 
draw four other spades4  ,present the   
pack to two persons1 so adroitly1 that  
one of them shall draw the ace of       
hearts1 and the other the nine of       
spades1 and tell him who draws the      
latter1 to burn it on a chafing-dish4   
,you then take the ashes of that card1  
put them into a small metal box1 and    
give it to him that has the ace of      
hearts1 that he may himself put that    
card into the box and fasten it4 ,then  
put the box for a short time on the     
chafing-dish1 and let the person who put
 the card in it take it off1 and take   
out the card1 which he will see is      
changed into the nine of spades4   ,the 
,convertible ,cards4  ,to perform this  
amusement you must observe1 that there  
are several letters which may be changed
 into others1 without any appearance of 
the alteration1 as the a into d1 the c  
into a1 e1 d1 g1 o1 or q2 the i into b1 
d1 or l2 the l into t2 the o into a1 d1 
g1 or q2 the v into y1 c4  ,take a      

parcel of cards1 suppose twenty1 and on 
one of them write with juice of lemon or
 onion1 or vitriol and water1 the word  
law1 7these letters should not be       
joined27 and on the other1 with the same
 ink1 the words old woman2 then holding 
them to the fire1 they both become      
visible4 ,now1 you will observe1 that by
 altering the a in the word law into d1 
and adding o before the l1 and oman     
after the w1 it becomes old woman4      
,therefore you make those alterations   
with the invisible ink1 and let it      
remain so4 ,on the rest of the cards you
 write any words you think fit4         
,present the cards in such manner to two
 persons1 that one of them shall draw   
the word law1 and the other the words   
old woman4 ,you then tell the person who
 drew the word law1 that it shall       
disappear1 and the words on the other   
card shall be written in its place2 and1
 that you may not change the cards1     
desire each of the parties to write his 
name on his card4 ,then putting the     

cards together1 and holding them before 
the fire1 as if to dry the names just   
written1 the word law will presently    
change into old woman4   ,the ,enchanted
 ,palace4  ,on the six-sided plane ,a ,b
 ,c ,d ,e ,f1 ,fig4 #ba1 draw six       
semi-diameters2 and on each of these    
place perpendicularly two plane mirrors1
 which must join exactly at the centre1 
and which1 placed back to back1 must be 
as thin as possible4 ,decorate the      
exterior boundary of this piece1 7which 
is at the extremity of the angles of the
 hexagon17 with six columns1 that at the
 same time serve to support the mirrors 
by grooves formed on their inner sides4 
,add to these columns their             
entablatures1 and cover the edifice in  
whatever manner you please4 ,in each one
 of these six triangular spaces1        
contained between two mirrors1 place    
little figures of pasteboard1 in relief1
 representing such subjects1 as1 when   
seen in an hexagonal form1 will produce 
an agreeable effect4 ,to these add small

 figures of enamel1 and take particular 
care to conceal by some object that has 
no relation to the subject1 the place   
where the mirrors join1 which1 as before
 observed1 all meet in the common       
centre4  ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ba4      
,when you look into any one of the six  
openings of this palace1 the objects    
there contained1 being reflected six    
times1 will seem entirely to fill up the
 whole of the building4 ,this illusion  
will appear very remarkable1 especially 
if the objects chosen are properly      
adapted to the effect which the mirrors 
are intended to produce4  ,if you place 
between two of these mirrors part of a  
fortification1 as a curtain1 and two    
demi-bastions1 you will see an entire   
citadel with six bastions2 or if you    
place part of a ball-room1 ornamented   
with chandeliers and figures1 all these 
objects being here multiplied1 will     
afford a very pleasing prospect4        
,opaque ,bodies seemingly ,transparent4 
,within the case ,a ,b ,c ,d1 place four

 mirrors ,o ,p ,q ,r1 ,fig4 #bb1 so     
disposed1 that they may each make an    
angle of #de degrees1 that is1 that they
 may be half-way inclined from the      
perpendicular1 as in the figure4 ,in    
each of the two extremities ,a ,b1 make 
a circular overture2 in one of which fix
 the tube ,g ,l1 in the other the tube  
,m ,f1 and observe1 that in each of     
these is to be inserted another tube1 as
 ,h and ,i4 ,observe4 ,these four tubes 
must terminate in the substance of the  
case1 and not enter the inside1 that    
they may not hinder the effect of the   
mirrors4 ,the four-fold reflection of   
the rays of light from the mirrors1     
darkens in some degree the brightness of
 the object2 some light is also lost by 
the magnifying power of the perspective4
 ,if1 therefore1 instead of the         
object-glass at ,g1 and concave         
eye-glass at ,f1 plain glasses were     
substituted1 the magnifying power of the
 perspective will be taken away1 and the
 object appear brighter4  ,illustration3

 ,fig4 #bb4  ,furnish the first of these
 tubes with an object-glass at ,g1 and a
 concave eye-glass at ,f4 ,you are to   
observe1 that in regulating the focus of
 these glasses with regard to the length
 of the tube1 you are to suppose it     
equal to the line ,g1 or visual pointed 
ray1 which entering at the aperture ,g  
is reflected by the four mirrors1 and   
goes out at the other aperture ,f1 where
 the eye-glass is placed4 ,put any glass
 you please into the two ends of the    
moveable tubes ,h and ,l2 and lastly1   
place the machine on stand ,e1 moveable 
at the point ,s1 that it may be elevated
 or lowered at pleasure4  ,when the eye 
is placed at ,f1 and you look through   
the tube1 the rays of light that proceed
 from the object ,t1 passing through the
 glass ,g1 are successively reflected by
 the mirrors ,o ,p ,q and ,r to the eye 
at ,f1 and there point the object ,t in 
its proper situation1 and these rays    
appear to proceed directly from that    
object4  ,the two moveable tubes ,h and 

,i1 at the extremity of which a glass is
 placed1 serve only to disguise the     
illusion1 for they have no communication
 with the interior of the machine4 ,this
 instrument being moveable on the stand 
,e1 may be directed to any object2 and  
if furnished with proper glasses1 will  
answer the purpose of common            
perspective4  ,the two moveable tubes1  
,h and ,i1 being brought together1 the  
machine is directed towards any object2 
and1 desiring a person to look at the   
end ,f1 you ask him if he sees that     
object distinctly4 ,you then separate   
the two moveable tubes1 and1 leaving    
space between them sufficiently wide to 
place your hand or any other solid body1
 you tell him that the machine has the  
power of making objects visible through 
the most opaque body2 and as a proof1   
you desire him to look at the same      
object1 when to his great surprise he   
will see it as distinctly as if no solid
 body interposed4  ,this experiment is  
the more extraordinary as it is very    

difficult to conceive how the effect is 
produced2 the two arms of the case      
appearing to be made for the purpose of 
supporting the perspective-glass2 and to
 whatever object it be directed1 the    
effect is still the same4   ,the        
,deforming ,mirrors4  ,if a person look 
in a concave mirror placed              
perpendicularly to another1 7that is1   
supposing one mirror to be laid on the  
floor1 and the other attached to the    
ceiling17 his face will appear entirely 
deformed4 ,if the mirror be a little    
inclined1 so as to make an angle of #hj 
degrees1 7that is1 one-ninth part from  
the perpendicular17 he will then see all
 the parts of his face1 except the nose 
and forehead4 ,if it be inclined to #fj 
degrees2 7that is1 one-third part17 he  
will appear with three noses and six    
eyes3 in short1 the apparent deformity  
will vary at each degree of inclination1
 and when the glass comes to #de        
degrees1 7that is1 half-way down17 the  
face will vanish4 ,if1 instead of       

placing the two mirrors in this         
situation1 they are so disposed that    
their junction may be vertical1 then    
different inclinations will produce     
other effects1 as the situation of the  
object relative is quite different4     
,the ,magic ,tube4  ,procure a small    
tube of glass1 whose canal is extremely 
narrow1 and open at both ends2 let one  
end of it be plunged in water1 and the  
water within the tube will rise to a    
considerable height above the external  
surface3 or if two or more tubes be     
immersed in the same fluid1 the one with
 a narrow canal1 and the other wider1   
the water will ascend higher in the     
former than the latter4   ,the          
,magician's ,mirror4  ,construct a box  
of wood1 of a cubical shape1 ,a ,b ,c   
,d1 ,fig4 #bc1 of about fifteen inches  
every way4 ,let it be fixed to the      
pedestal ,p1 at the usual height of a   
man's head4 ,in each side of this box   
let there be an opening1 of an oval     
form1 ten inches high1 and seven wide4  

,in this box place two mirrors1 ,a ,d1  
with their backs against each other4    
,let them cross the box in a diagonal   
line1 and in a vertical position4       
,decorate the openings in the side of   
this box with four oval frames and      
transparent glasses1 and cover each with
 a curtain so contrived as all to draw  
up together4  ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bc4 
,place four persons in front of the four
 sides1 and at equal distances from the 
box1 and then draw them up that they may
 see themselves in the mirrors1 when    
each of them1 instead of his own figure1
 will see that of the person next to    
him1 but who will appear to him to be   
placed on the opposite side4 ,their     
confusion will be the greater1 as it    
will be very difficult1 if not          
impossible1 for them to discover the    
mirrors concealed in the box4 ,the      
reason of this phenomenon is evident2   
for though the rays of light may be     
turned aside by a mirror1 yet they      
always appear to proceed in right lines4

   ,the ,perspective ,mirror4  ,provide 
a box1 ,a ,b ,c ,d1 ,fig4 #bd1 of about 
two feet long1 #ae inches wide1 and #ab 
inches high4 ,at the end ,a ,c1 place   
the concave mirror1 the focus of whose  
parallel rays is #ah inches from the    
reflecting surface4 ,at ,i ,l place a   
pasteboard1 blacked1 in which a hole is 
cut1 sufficiently large to see on the   
mirror ,h the object placed at ,b ,e ,f 
,d4 ,cover the top of the box1 from ,a  
to ,i1 close1 that the mirror ,h may be 
entirely darkened4 ,the other part1 ,i  
,b1 must be covered with glass1 under   
which is placed a gauze1 or oiled paper1
 to prevent the inside from being seen4 
,make an aperture at ,g1 near the top of
 the side ,e ,b1 beneath which1 on the  
inside1 place in succession1 paintings  
of vistas1 landscapes1 figures1 c41 so  
that they may be in front of the mirror 
,h4 ,let the box be placed that the     
objects may be strongly illuminated by  
the sun1 or by wax-lights placed under  
the enclosed part of the box ,a ,i4 ,by 

this simple construction1 the objects   
placed at ,g ,d will be thrown into     
their natural perspective1 and if the   
subjects be properly chosen and well    
executed1 the appearance will be both   
wonderful and pleasing4  ,illustration3 
,fig4 #bd4   ,gunpowder ,exploded by    
,reflection4  ,place two concave mirrors
 at about #ab or #ae feet distance from 
each other1 and let the axis of each be 
in the same line4 ,in the focus of one  
of them place a live coal1 and in the   
focus of the other place some gunpowder4
 ,with a pair of double bellows1 which  
make a continual blast1 keep constantly 
blowing the coal1 and notwithstanding   
the distance between them1 the powder   
will presently take fire4   ,the        
,igniting ,mirrors4  ,the rays of a     
luminous body placed in the focus of    
concave mirror1 being reflected in      
parallel lines1 and a second mirror     
being placed diametrically opposite to  
the first1 will set fire to a           
combustible body1 by collecting those   

rays in the focus4   ,the ,armed        
,apparition4  ,if a person with a drawn 
sword place himself before a large      
concave mirror1 but further from it than
 its focus1 he will see an inverted     
image of himself in the air1 between him
 and the mirror1 of a less size than    
himself4 ,if he steadily present the    
sword towards the centre of the mirror1 
an image of the sword will come out from
 it1 point to point1 as if to fence with
 him2 and by his pushing the sword      
nearer1 the image will appear to come   
nearer to him1 and almost to touch his  
breast4 ,if the mirror be turned #de    
degrees1 or one-eighth round1 the       
reflected image will go out             
perpendicularly to the direction of the 
sword presented1 and apparently come to 
another person placed in the direction  
of the motion of the image1 who1 if he  
be unacquainted with the experiment1 and
 does not see the original sword1 will  
be much surprised and alarmed4   ,the   
,phantom4  ,you inform a person that at 

a certain hour1 and in a certain place1 
he shall see the apparition of a        
deceased friend1 7whose portrait you    
possess47 ,in order to produce this     
phantom1 there must be a door which     
opens into an apartment to which there  
is a considerable descent4 ,under that  
door you are to place the portrait1     
which must be inverted and strongly     
illuminated1 that it may be brightly    
reflected by the mirror1 which must be  
large and well polished4 ,then having   
introduced the incredulous spectator at 
another door1 and placed him in the     
proper point of view1 you suddenly throw
 open the door1 when to his great       
surprise he will view the apparition of 
his friend4   ,the ,distorting ,mirror4 
,opticians sometimes grind a glass      
mirror concave in one direction only1 or
 longitudinally2 it is in fact a concave
 portion of a cylinder1 the breadth of  
which may be considered that of the     
mirror4 ,a person looking at his face in
 this mirror1 in the direction of its   

concavity1 will see it curiously        
distorted in a very lengthened          
appearance2 and by turning the          
cylindrical mirror a quarter round1 his 
visage will appear distorted another    
way1 by an apparent increase in width   
only4 ,if in a very near situation      
before it1 you put your finger on the   
right hand side of your nose1 it will   
appear the same in the mirror2 but if in
 a distant situation1 somewhat beyond   
the centre of concavity1 you again look 
at your face in the mirror1 your finger 
will appear to be removed to the other  
side of your nose4   ,water colder than 
,ice4  ,put a lump of ice into an equal 
quantity of water1 heated to #agf       
degrees1 the result will be1 that the   
fluid will be no hotter than water just 
beginning to freeze2 but if a little sea
 salt be added to the water1 and it be  
heated only to #aff or #agj1 a fluid    
will be produced colder than the ice was
 at first4   ,exploding ,salt4  ,if a   
small quantity of powdered charcoal and 

hyper-oxymuriate of potash be rubbed    
together in a mortar1 an explosion will 
be produced1 and the charcoal inflamed4 
,three parts of this salt1 and one of   
sulphur1 rubbed together in a mortar1   
produce a violent detonation4 ,if struck
 with a hammer on an anvil1 there is an 
explosion like the report of a pistol4  
,when concentrated sulphuric acid is    
poured upon this salt1 there is a       
considerable explosion2 it is thrown    
about to a great distance1 sometimes    
with a red flame2 and there is exhaled a
 brown vapour1 accompanied with a strong
 odour4   ,dioptrical ,paradox4         
,construct a machine similar to that in 
,fig4 #be4 ,its effect will be1 that a  
print1 or an ornamented drawing1 with   
any object1 such as an ace of diamonds1 
c4 in the centre ,f1 will be seen as an 
ace of clubs when placed in the machine1
 and viewed through a single plane glass
 only1 contained in the tube ,e4 ,the   
glass in the tube ,f1 which produces    
this surprising change1 is somewhat on  

the principle of the common multiplying 
glass1 as represented at ,g1 which1 by  
the number of its inclined surfaces1 and
 from the refractive power of the rays  
proceeding from the objects placed      
before it shows it in a multiplied      
state4 ,the only difference is1 that the
 sides of this glass are flat1 and      
diverge upwards from the base to a point
 in the axis of the glass like a cone2  
it has six sides1 and each side1 from   
its angular position to the eye1 has the
 property of refracting from the border 
of the print ,f1 such a portion of it   
7designedly placed there7 as will make a
 part in the composition of the figure  
to be represented2 for the hexagonal and
 conical figure of this glass prevents  
any part of the ace of diamonds being   
seen2 consequently the ace of clubs     
being previously and mechanically drawn 
in the circle of refraction in six      
different parts of the border1 at #a1   
#b1 #c1 #d1 #e1 #f1 and artfully        
disguised in the ornamental border1 by  

blending them with it1 the glass in the 
tube at ,e will change the appearance of
 the ace of diamonds1 ,f1 into the ace  
of clubs1 ,g4 ,in the same manner many  
other prints undergo similar changes1   
according to the will of an ingenious   
draughtsman who may design them4 ,the   
figure of the glass is shown at ,h4     
,illustration3 ,fig4 #be4   ,to show the
 ,spots in the ,sun's ,disk by its      
,image in the ,camera ,obscura4  ,put   
the object-glass of a ten or twelve feet
 telescope into the scioptric ball1 and 
turn it about till it be directly       
opposite the sun4 ,then place the       
pasteboard mentioned in page #af1 in the
 focus of the lens1 and you will see a  
clear bright image of the sun1 about an 
inch diameter1 in which the spots on the
 sun's surface will be exactly          
described4  ,as this image is too bright
 to be seen with pleasure by the naked  
eye1 you may view it through a lens     
whose focus is at six or eight inches   
distance1 which1 while it prevents the  

light from being offensive1 will1 by    
magnifying both the image and the spot1 
make them appear to greater advantage4  
,the ,diagonal ,opera ,glass4  ,by the  
diagonal position of a plane mirror1 a  
curious opera-glass is constructed1 by  
which any person may be viewed in a     
theatre or public company without       
knowing it4 ,it consists only in placing
 a concave glass near the plane mirror1 
in the end of a short round tube1 and a 
convex glass in a hole in the side of   
the tube1 then holding the end of the   
tube with the glass to the eye1 all     
objects next to the hole in the side    
will be reflected so as to appear in a  
direct line forward1 or in a position at
 right angles to the person's situation 
who is looked at4 ,plane glasses1       
instead of a convex and concave1 may be 
used2 in this case the size of the      
object will not be increased1 but it    
will appear brighter4   ,to observe an  
,eclipse of the ,sun1 without ,injury to
 the ,eye4  ,take a burning-glass1 or   

spectacle-glass1 that magnifies very    
much2 hold it before a book or          
pasteboard1 twice the distance of its   
focus1 and you will see the round body  
of the sun1 and the manner in which the 
moon passes between the glass and the   
sun1 during the whole eclipse4   ,the   
,burnt ,writing restored4  ,cover the   
outside of a small memorandum book with 
black paper1 and in one of its inside   
covers make a flap1 to open secretly1   
and observe there must be nothing over  
the flap but the black paper that covers
 the book4  ,mix soot with black or     
brown soap1 with which rub the side of  
the black paper next the flap2 then wipe
 it clean1 that a white paper pressed   
against it will not receive any mark4   
,provide a black-lead pencil that will  
not mark without pressing hard on the   
paper4 ,have likewise a small box1 about
 the size of a memorandum book1 and that
 opens on both sides1 but on one of them
 by a private method4 ,give a person a  
pencil and a slip of thin paper1 on     

which he is to write what he thinks     
proper2 you present him the memorandum  
book at the same time1 that he may not  
write on the bare paper4 ,you tell him  
to keep what he writes to himself1 and  
direct him to burn it on the iron plate 
laid on a chafing-dish of coals1 and    
give you the ashes4 ,you then go into   
another room to fetch your magic box1   
before described1 and take with you the 
memorandum book4  ,having previously    
placed a paper under the flap in the    
cover of the book1 when he presses hard 
with the pencil1 to write on his paper1 
every stroke1 by means of the stuff     
rubbed on the black paper1 will appear  
on that under the flap4 ,you therefore  
take it out1 and put it into one side of
 the box4  ,you then return to the other
 room1 and taking a slip of black paper1
 you put it into the other side of the  
box1 strewing the ashes of the burnt    
paper over it4 ,then shaking the box for
 a few moments1 and at the same time    
turning it dexterously over1 you open   

the other side1 and show the person the 
paper you first put in1 the writing on  
which he will readily acknowledge to be 
his4  ,if there be a press or cupboard  
that communicates with the next room1   
you need only put the book in the press1
 and your assistant will open it1 and   
put the paper in the box1 which you     
presently after take out1 and perform   
the rest of the amusement as before4    
,there may likewise be a flap on the    
other cover of the book2 and you may rub
 the paper against that with red lead4  
,in this case you give the person the   
choice of writing either with a black or
 red pencil2 and present him the proper 
side of the book accordingly4   ,the    
,opaque ,box made ,transparent4  ,make a
 box three or four inches long1 and two 
or three wide1 and have a sort of       
perspective-glass1 the bottom of which  
is the same size with the box1 and      
slides out1 that you may privately place
 a paper on it4 ,the sides of this      
perspective are to be of glass1 covered 

on the inside with fine paper4  ,let a  
person write on a slip of paper1 putting
 your memorandum book under it1 as in   
the last amusement2 then give him the   
little box1 and let him put what he has 
written into it4 ,in the mean time you  
put the memorandum book into the press1 
where the perspective is already placed4
 ,your assistant then takes the paper   
out of the book1 and puts it at the     
bottom of the perspective2 which you    
presently take out of the press1 and    
direct the person to put the little box 
that contains the paper under it4 ,you  
then look in at the top of the          
perspective1 and feigning to see through
 the top of the box1 you read what is   
written on the paper at the bottom of   
the perspective4  ,with this perspective
 box you may perform another amusement1 
which is1 by having in a bag twelve or  
more ivory counters1 numbered1 which you
 show to the company1 that they may see 
all the numbers are different4 ,you tell
 a person to draw any one of them1 and  

keep it close in his hand4 ,you then put
 the bag in the press1 when your        
assistant examines the counters1 and    
sees which is wanting1 and puts another 
of the same number at the bottom of the 
perspective1 which you then take out1   
and placing the person's hand close to  
it1 look in at the top1 and pretending  
to see through his hand1 you name the   
number on the counter in it4   ,the     
,transposable ,pieces4  ,take two       
guineas and two shillings1 and grind    
part of them away1 on one side only1 so 
that they may be but half the common    
thickness2 and observe1 that they must  
be quite thin at the edge2 then rivet a 
guinea and a shilling together4 ,lay one
 of these double pieces1 with the       
shilling upwards1 on the palm of your   
hand1 at the bottom of your three first 
fingers1 and lay the other piece with   
the guinea upwards in the like manner1  
in the other hand4 ,let the company take
 notice in which hand is the guinea1 and
 in which is the shilling4 ,then as you 

shut your hands1 you naturally turn the 
pieces over1 and when you open them     
again1 the shilling and the guinea will 
appear to have changed their places4    
,the ,penetrative ,guinea4  ,provide a  
large tin box1 of the size of a large   
snuff-box1 and in this place eight other
 boxes1 which will go easily into each  
other1 and let the least of them be of a
 size to hold a guinea4 ,each of these  
boxes should shut with a hinge1 and to  
the least of them there must be a small 
lock1 that is fastened with a spring1   
but cannot be opened without a          
key2--observe1 that all these boxes must
 shut so freely1 that they may be all   
closed at once4 ,place these boxes in   
each other1 with their tops open1 in the
 drawer of the table on which you make  
your experiments2 or1 if you please1 in 
your pocket1 in such a manner that they 
cannot be displaced4  ,then ask a person
 to lend you a new guinea1 and desire   
him to mark it1 that it may not be      
changed4 ,you take this piece in one    

hand1 and in the other you have another 
of the same appearance1 and putting your
 hand into the drawer1 you slip the     
piece that is marked into the least box1
 and shutting them all at once1 you take
 them out2 then showing the piece you   
have in your hand1 and which the company
 suppose to be the same that was marked1
 you pretend to make it pass through the
 box1 and dexterously convey it away4   
,you then present the box1 for the      
spectators do not yet know there are    
more than one1 to any person in company1
 who1 when he opens it1 finds another1  
and another1 till he comes to the last1 
but that he cannot open without the key1
 which you then give him1 and retiring  
to a distant part of the room1 you tell 
him to take out the guinea himself1 and 
see if it be that which he marked4      
,this amusement may be made more        
surprising1 by putting the key into the 
snuff-box of one of the company1 which  
you may do by asking him for a pinch of 
snuff1 and at the same time conceal the 

key1 which must be very small1 among the
 snuff2 and when the person1 who is to  
open the box1 asks for the key1 you tell
 him that one of the company has it in  
his snuff-box4 ,this part of the        
amusement may likewise be performed by  
means of a confederate4   ,to make      
,pictures of ,birds with their ,natural 
,feathers4  ,first take thin board or   
panel1 of deal or wainscot1 well        
seasoned1 that it may not shrink2 then  
paste white paper smoothly on it1 and   
let it dry2 if the colour of the wood   
show through1 paste a second paper over 
it4 ,when the paper is dry1 get ready   
any bird that you would represent1 and  
draw the outline as exact as you can on 
the papered panel4 ,you then paint the  
ground-work1 stump of a tree1 the bill  
and legs1 their proper colour1 with     
water-colours1 leaving the body to be   
covered with its own natural feathers4  
,in the space you have left for the     
body1 you lay on very thick gum-water1  
letting each coat dry before you lay on 

another1 and so continuing until the gum
 is as thick as a shilling4 ,then take  
the feathers off the bird2 and1 as you  
proceed1 draw a camels'-hair pencil1    
dipped in gum-water1 over the coat of   
gum that you have laid on the paper1    
that it may more readily adhere4 ,as you
 strip the bird1 you must fix the       
feathers in their proper places on the  
board1 and you shave the shafts or stems
 of the larger feathers1 that they may  
lie flat4 ,the most ready way to perform
 the operation1 is to provide yourself  
with a pair of steel pliars to take up  
and lay on the feathers with4 ,you      
should prepare some small leaden weights
 to lay on the feathers1 that they may  
more readily adhere to1 and lie flat on1
 the gum4 ,the part where the eye is    
must be supplied by a small piece of    
paper1 coloured and shaped like one2 or 
you may1 probably1 be able to get a     
glass bead that will answer the purpose 
better4 ,in order that the feathers may 
lie smooth and regular1 when the whole  

is perfectly dry1 lay a book1 or a flat 
board1 with a weight on it4   ,the ,art 
of ,bronzing4  ,bronzing is that process
 by which figures of plaster-of-paris1  
wood1 c4 are made to have the appearance
 of copper or brass4 ,the method is as  
follows3  ,dissolve copper filings in   
aqua fortis4 ,when the copper has       
impregnated the acid1 pour off the      
solution1 and put into it some pieces of
 iron1 or iron filings4 ,the effect of  
this will be to sink the powder to the  
bottom of the acid4 ,pour off the       
liquor1 and wash the powder in          
successive quantities of fresh water4   
,when the powder is dry1 it is to be    
rubbed on the figure with a soft cloth1 
or piece of leather2 but observe1 that  
previously to the application of the    
bronze powder1 a dark blackish sort of  
green is first to be laid on the figure3
 and if you wish the powder to adhere   
stronger1 mix it with gum-water1 lay it 
on like paint1 with a camels'-hair      
brush1 or previously trace the parts to 

be bronzed with gold size1 and when     
nearly dry1 rub the powder over it4     
,method of taking the ,impression of    
,butterflies on ,paper4  ,clip the wings
 off the butterfly1 lay them on clean1  
in the form of a butterfly when flying4 
,spread some thick clean gum-water on   
another piece of paper1 press it on the 
wings1 and it will take them up2 lay a  
piece of white paper over it1 and rub it
 gently with your finger1 or the smooth 
handle of a knife4 ,the bodies are to be
 drawn in the space which you leave     
between the wings4   ,to soften ,horn4  
,to one pound of wood-ashes1 add two    
pounds of quick lime2 put them into a   
quart of water4 ,let the whole boil till
 reduced to one-third4 ,then dip a      
feather in1 and if1 on drawing it out1  
the plume should come off1 it is a proof
 that it is boiled enough2 if not1 let  
it boil a little longer4 ,when it is    
settled1 filter it off1 and in the      
liquor thus strained put in shavings of 
horn4 ,let them soak for three days2    

and1 first anointing your hands with    
oil1 work the horn into a mass1 and     
print or mould it into any shape you    
please4   ,to make ,moulds of ,horn4    
,if you wish to take the impression of  
any coin1 medal1 c41 previously anoint  
it with oil2 then lay the horn shavings 
over it in its softened state4 ,when    
dry1 the impression will be sunk into   
the horn2 and this will serve as a mould
 to re-produce1 either by               
plaster-of-paris1 putty and glue1 or    
isinglass and ground egg-shells1 the    
exact resemblance of the coin or medal4 
,to cast ,figures in ,imitation of      
,ivory4  ,make isinglass and strong     
brandy into a paste1 with powder of     
egg-shells1 very finely ground4 ,you may
 give it what colour you please2 but    
cast it warm into your mould1 which you 
previously oil over4 ,leave the figure  
in the mould till dry1 and you will     
find1 on taking it out1 that it bears a 
very strong resemblance to ivory4   ,to 
extract the ,silver out of a ,ring that 

is thick gilded1 so that the ,gold may  
remain entire4  ,take a silver ring that
 is thick gilded4 ,make a little hole   
through the gold into the silver2 then  
put the ring into aqua fortis1 in a warm
 place3 it will dissolve the silver1 and
 the gold will remain whole4   ,to      
soften ,iron or ,steel4  ,either of the 
following simple methods will make iron 
or steel as soft as lead3  #a4 ,anoint  
it all over with tallow2 temper it in a 
gentle charcoal fire1 and let it cool of
 itself4  #b4 ,take a little clay1 cover
 your iron with it1 temper it in a      
charcoal fire4  #c4 ,when the iron or   
steel is red-hot1 strew hellebore on it4
  #d4 ,quench the iron or steel in the  
juice or water of common beans4   ,to   
take a ,plaster-of-,paris ,cast from a  
,person's ,face4  ,the person must lie  
on his back1 and his hair be tied       
behind4 ,into each nostril put a conical
 piece of paper1 open at each end to    
allow of breathing4 ,the face is to be  
lightly oiled over1 and the plaster     

being properly prepared is to be poured 
over the face1 7taking care that the    
eyes are shut17 till it is a quarter of 
an inch thick4 ,in a few minutes the    
plaster may be removed4 ,in this a mould
 is to be formed1 from which a second   
cast is to be taken1 that will furnish  
casts exactly like the original4        
,curious ,experiment with a ,glass of   
,water4  ,saturate a certain quantity of
 water in a moderate heat1 with three   
ounces of sugar2 and when it will no    
longer receive that1 there is still room
 in it for two ounces of salt of tartar1
 and after that for an ounce and a      
drachm of green vitriol1 nearly six     
drachms of nitre1 the same of           
sal-ammoniac1 two drachms and a scruple 
of alum1 and a drachm and half of borax4
   ,to make ,artificial ,coruscations4  
,there is a method of producing         
artificial coruscations1 or sparkling   
fiery meteors1 which will be visible1   
not only in the dark but at noon-day1   
and that from two liquors actually cold4

 ,the method is this3--,fifteen grains  
of solid phosphorus are to be melted in 
about a drachm of water3 when this is   
cold1 pour upon it two ounces of oil of 
vitriol2 let these be shaken together in
 a large phial1 and they will at first  
heat1 and afterwards will throw up fiery
 balls in great number1 which will      
adhere like so many stars to the sides  
of the glass1 and continue burning a    
considerable time2 after this1 if a     
small quantity of oil of turpentine be  
poured in without shaking the phial1 the
 mixture will of itself take fire1 and  
burn very furiously4 ,the vessels should
 be large and open at the top4          
,another ,method4  ,artificial          
coruscations may also be produced by    
means of oil of vitriol and iron1 in the
 following manner3--,take a glass vessel
 capable of holding three quarts3 put   
into this three ounces of oil of        
vitriol1 and twelve ounces of water1    
then warming the mixture a little1 throw
 in at several times two ounces1 or     

more1 of clear iron filings3 upon this1 
an ebullition and white vapours will    
arise2 then present a lighted candle to 
the mouth of the vessel1 and the vapour 
will take fire1 and afford a bright     
fulmination or flash2 like lightning4   
,applying the candle in this manner     
several times1 the effect will always be
 the same2 and sometimes the fire will  
fill the whole body of the glass1 and   
even circulate to the bottom of the     
liquor2 at others1 it will only reach a 
little down its neck4 ,the great caution
 to be used in making this experiment1  
is the making the vapour of a proper    
heat2 for if made too cold few vapours  
will arise2 and1 if made too hot1 they  
will arise too fast1 and will only take 
fire in the neck of the glass1 without  
any remarkable coruscation4   ,to       
produce ,fire from ,cane4  ,the ,chinese
 rattans1 which are used1 when split1   
for making cane chairs1 will1 when dry1 
if struck against each other1 give fire2
 and are used accordingly in some       

places1 in lieu of flint and steel4     
,to make an ,eolian ,harp4  ,this       
instrument may be made by almost any    
carpenter3 it consists of a long narrow 
box of very thin deal1 about five or six
 inches deep1 with a circle in the      
middle of the upper side1 of an inch and
 a half in diameter1 in which are to be 
drilled small holes4 ,on this side1     
seven1 ten1 or more strings1 of very    
fine gut1 are stretched over bridges at 
each end1 like the bridges of a fiddle1 
and screwed up or relaxed with screw    
pins4 ,the strings must be all tuned to 
one and the same note1 and the          
instrument be placed in some current of 
air1 where the wind can pass over its   
strings with freedom4 ,a window1 of     
which the width is exactly equal to the 
length of the harp1 with the sash just  
raised to give the air admission1 is a  
proper situation4 ,when the air blows   
upon these strings1 with different      
degrees of force1 it will excite        
different tones of sounds2 sometimes the

 blast brings out all the tones in full 
concert1 and sometimes it sinks them to 
the softest murmurs4   ,to show the     
,pressure of the ,atmosphere4  ,invert a
 tall glass or jar in a dish of water1  
and place a lighted taper under it3 as  
the taper consumes the air in the jar   
its pressure becomes less on the water  
immediately under the jar2 while the    
pressure of the atmosphere on the water 
without the circle of the jar remaining 
the same1 part of the water in the dish 
will be forced up into the jar1 to      
supply the place of the air which the   
taper has consumed4 ,nothing but the    
pressure of the atmosphere could thus   
cause part of the water to rise within  
the jar1 above its own level4           
,subaqueous ,exhalation4  ,pour a little
 clear water into a small glass tumbler1
 and put one or two small pieces of     
phosphoret of lime into it4 ,in a short 
time1 flashes of fire will dart from the
 surface of the water1 and terminate in 
ringlets of smoke1 which will ascend in 

regular succession4   ,remarkable       
,properties in certain ,plants4         
,plants1 when forced from their natural 
position1 are endowed with a power to   
restore themselves4 ,a hop-plant1       
twisting round a stick1 directs its     
course from south to west1 as the sun   
does4 ,untwist it1 and tie it in the    
opposite direction1 it dies4 ,leave it  
loose in the wrong direction1 it        
recovers its natural direction in a     
single night4 ,twist a branch of a tree 
so as to invert its leaves1 and fix it  
in that position2 if left in any degree 
loose1 it untwists itself gradually1    
till the leaves be restored to their    
natural position4 ,what better can an   
animal do for its welfare8 ,a root of a 
tree meeting with a ditch in its        
progress1 is laid open to the air2 what 
follows8 ,it alters its course like a   
rational being1 dips into the ground1   
surrounds the ditch1 rises on the       
opposite side of its wonted distance    
from the surface1 and then proceeds in  

its original direction4 ,lay a wet      
sponge near a root exposed to the air2  
the root will direct its course to the  
sponge2 change the place of the sponge1 
the root varies its direction4 ,thrust a
 pole into the ground at a moderate     
distance from a climbing plant2 the     
plant directs its course to the pole1   
lays hold of it1 and rises on its       
natural height4 ,a honeysuckle proceeds 
in its course1 till it be too long for  
supporting its weight1 and then         
strengthens itself by shooting into a   
spiral4 ,if it meet with another plant  
of the same kind1 they coalesce for     
mutual support2 the one screwing to the 
right1 the other to the left4 ,if a     
honeysuckle twig meet with a dead       
branch1 it screws from the right to the 
left4 ,the claspers of briony shoot into
 the spiral1 and lay hold of whatever   
comes in their way1 for support4 ,if1   
after completing a spiral of three      
rounds1 they meet with nothing1 they try
 again1 by altering their course4       

,flowers curiously affected by the ,sun 
and the ,weather4  ,the petals of many  
flowers expand in the sun1 but contract 
all night1 or on the approach of rain2  
after the seeds are fecundated the      
petals no longer contract4 ,all the     
trefoil may serve as a barometer to the 
husbandman2 they always contract their  
leaves on an impending storm4   ,easy   
,method of obtaining ,flowers of        
different ,colours from the same ,stem4 
,scoop out the pith from a small twig of
 elder1 and having split it lengthwise1 
fill each of the parts with small seeds 
that produce flowers of different       
colours1 but that blossom nearly at the 
same time4 ,surround them with earth2   
and then tying together the two bits of 
wood1 plant the whole in a pot filled   
with earth1 properly prepared4   ,a     
,luminous ,bottle1 which will show the  
,hour on a ,watch in the ,dark4  ,throw 
a bit of phosphorus1 of the size of a   
pea1 into a long glass phial1 and pour  
boiling oil carefully over it1 till the 

phial is one-third filled4 ,the phial   
must be carefully corked1 and when used 
should be unstopped1 to admit the       
external air1 and closed again4 ,the    
empty space of the phial will then      
appear luminous1 and give as much light 
as an ordinary lamp4 ,each time that the
 light disappears1 on removing the      
stopper it will instantly re-appear4 ,in
 cold weather the bottle should be      
warmed in the hands before the stopper  
is removed4 ,a phial thus prepared may  
be used every night for six months4     
,to make ,luminous ,writing in the      
,dark4  ,fix a small piece of solid     
phosphorus in a quill1 and write with it
 upon paper2 if the paper be carried    
into a dark room1 the writing will      
appear beautifully luminous4   ,the     
,sublimated ,tree4  ,into a large glass 
jar inverted upon a flat brick tile1 and
 containing near its top a branch of    
fresh rosemary1 or any other such shrub1
 moistened with water1 introduce a flat 
thick piece of heated iron1 on which    

place some gum benzoin1 in gross powder4
 ,the benzoin1 in consequence of the    
heat1 will be separated1 and ascend in  
white fumes1 which will at length       
condense1 and form a most beautiful     
appearance upon the leaves of the       
vegetable4   ,easy and curious ,methods 
of foretelling ,rainy or ,fine ,weather4
  ,if a line be made of good whipcord1  
that is well dried1 and a plummet       
affixed to the end of it1 and then hung 
against a wainscot1 and a line drawn    
under it1 exactly where the plummet     
reaches1 in very moderate weather it    
will be found to rise above it before   
rain1 and to sink below when the weather
 is likely to become fair4 ,but the best
 instrument of all1 is a good pair of   
scales1 in one of which let there be a  
brass weight of a pound1 and in the     
other a pound of salt1 or of saltpetre1 
well dried2 a stand being placed under  
the scale1 so as to hinder it falling   
too low4 ,when it is inclined to rain1  
the salt will swell1 and sink the scale3

 when the weather is growing fair1 the  
brass weight will regain its ascendancy4
   ,contrivance for a ,watch ,lamp1     
perfectly safe1 which will show the     
,hour of the ,night1 without any        
trouble1 to a person lying in ,bed4  ,it
 consists of a stand1 with three claws1 
the pillar of which is made hollow1 for 
the purpose of receiving a water        
candlestick of an inch diameter4 ,on the
 top of the pillar1 by means of two     
hinges and a bolt1 is fixed on a small  
proportionate table1 a box of six sides1
 lined with brass1 tin1 or any shining  
metal1 nine inches deep1 and six inches 
in diameter4 ,in the centre of one of   
these sides is fixed a lens1 double     
convex1 of at least three inches and a  
half diameter4 ,the centre of the side  
directly opposite to the lens is        
perforated so as to receive the         
dial-plate of the watch1 the body of    
which is confined on the outside1 by    
means of a hollow slide4 ,when the box  
is lighted by a common watch-light1 the 

figures are magnified nearly to the size
 of those of an ordinary clock4         
,curious ,experiment with a ,tulip4     
,the bulb of a tulip in every respect   
resembles buds1 except in their being   
produced under ground1 and include the  
leaves and flower in miniature1 which   
are to be expanded in the ensuing       
spring4 ,by cautiously cutting in the   
early spring1 through the concentric    
coats of a tulip root1 longitudinally   
from the top to the base1 and taking    
them off successively1 the whole flower 
of the next summer's tulip is           
beautifully seen by the naked eye1 with 
its petals1 pistal1 and stamina4   ,the 
,travelling of ,sound experimentally    
proved4  ,there is probably no substance
 which is not in some measure a         
conductor of sound2 but sound is much   
enfeebled by passing from one medium to 
another4 ,if a man1 stopping one of his 
ears with his finger1 stop the other    
also by pressing it against the end of a
 long stick1 and a watch be applied to  

the opposite end of the stick1 or a     
piece of timber1 be it ever so long1 the
 beating of the watch will be distinctly
 heard2 whereas1 in the usual way1 it   
can scarcely be heard at the distance of
 fifteen or eighteen feet4 ,the same    
effect will take place if he stops both 
his ears with his hands1 and rest his   
teeth1 his temple1 or the gristly part  
of one of his ears against the end of a 
stick4 ,instead of a watch1 a gentle    
scratch may be made at one end of a pole
 or rod1 and the person who keeps his   
ear in close contact with the other end 
of the pole1 will hear it very plainly4 
,thus1 persons who are dull of hearing1 
may1 by applying their teeth to some    
part of a harpsichord1 or other sounding
 body1 hear the sound much better than  
otherwise4  ,if a person tie a strip of 
flannel about a yard long1 round a      
poker1 then press with his thumbs and   
fingers the ends of the flannel into his
 ears1 while he swings the poker against
 an iron fender1 he will hear a sound   

very like that of a large church bell4  
,to produce ,metallic ,lead from the    
,powder4  ,take one ounce of red lead1  
and half a drachm of charcoal in powder1
 incorporate them well in a mortar1 and 
then fill the bowl of a tobacco-pipe    
with the mixture4 ,submit it to an      
intense heat1 in a common fire1 and when
 melted1 pour it out upon a slab1 and   
the result will be metallic lead        
completely revived4   ,to diversify the 
,colours of ,flowers4  ,fill a vessel of
 what size or shape you please1 with    
good rich earth1 which has been dried   
and sifted in the sun1 then plant in the
 same a slip or branch of a plant       
bearing a white flower1 7for such only  
can be tinged17 and use no other water  
to water it with1 but such as is tinged 
with red1 if you desire red flowers2    
with blue1 if blue flowers1 c4 ,with    
this coloured water1 water the plant    
twice a day1 morning and evening1 and   
remove it into the house at night1 so   
that it drink not of the morning or     

evening dew for three weeks4 ,you will  
then experience1 that it will produce   
flowers1 not altogether tinctured with  
that colour wherewith you watered it1   
but partly with that1 and partly with   
the natural4   ,how far ,sound travels  
in a ,minute4  ,however it may be with  
regard to the theories of sound1        
experience has taught us1 that it       
travels at about the rate of #aadb feet 
in a second1 or nearly thirteen miles in
 a minute4 ,the method of calculating   
its progress is easily made known3 when 
a gun is discharged at a distance1 we   
see the fire long before we hear the    
sound2 if1 then1 we know the distance of
 the place1 and know the time of the    
interval between our first seeing the   
fire1 and then hearing the report1 this 
will show us exactly the time the sound 
has been travelling to us4 ,for         
instance1 if the gun be discharged a    
mile off1 the moment the flash is seen  
,i take a watch and count the seconds   
till ,i hear the sound2 the number of   

seconds is the time the sound has been  
travelling a mile4   ,easy ,method of   
making a ,rain ,gauge4  ,a very simple  
rain gauge1 and one which will answer   
all practical purposes1 consists of a   
copper funnel the area of whose opening 
is exactly ten square inches3 this      
funnel is fixed in a bottle1 and the    
quantity of rain caught is ascertained  
by multiplying the weight in ounces by  
#agc1 which gives the depth in inches   
and parts of an inch4 ,in fixing these  
gauges1 care must be taken that the rain
 may have free access to them3 hence the
 tops of buildings are usually the best 
places4 ,when the quantities of rain    
collected in them at different places   
are compared1 the instruments ought to  
be fixed at the same heights above the  
ground at both places1 because at       
different heights the quantities are    
always different1 even at the same      
place4   ,to make beautiful ,transparent
 coloured ,water4  ,the following       
liquors1 which are coloured1 being      

mixed1 produce colours very different   
from their own4 ,the yellow tincture of 
saffron1 and the red tincture of roses1 
when mixed1 produce a green4 ,blue      
tincture of violets1 and brown spirit of
 sulphur1 produce a crimson4 ,red       
tincture of roses1 and brown spirits of 
hartshorn1 make a blue4 ,blue tincture  
of violets1 and blue solution of copper1
 give a violet colour4 ,blue tincture of
 cyanus1 and blue spirit of sal-ammoniac
 coloured1 make green4 ,blue solution of
 ,hungarian vitriol1 and brown ley of   
potash1 make yellow4 ,blue solution of  
,hungarian vitriol1 and red tincture of 
roses1 make black2 and blue tincture of 
cyanus1 and green solution of copper1   
produce red4   ,curious ,experiment on  
,rays of ,light4  ,that the rays of     
light flow in all directions from       
different bodies1 without interrupting  
one another1 is plain from the following
 experiment3--,make a little hole in a  
thin plate of metal1 and set the plate  
upright on a table1 facing a row of     

lighted candles standing near together2 
then place a sheet of paper or          
pasteboard at a little distance from the
 other side of the plate2 and the rays  
of all the candles1 flowing through the 
hole1 will form as many specks of light 
on the paper as there are candles before
 the plate2 each speck as distinct and  
large as if there were only one candle  
to cast one speck2 which shows that the 
rays do not obstruct each other in their
 motions1 although they all cross in the
 same hole4   ,the ,power of ,water4    
,let a strong small iron tube of twenty 
feet in height be inserted into the     
bung-hole of a cask1 and the aperture   
round so strongly closed1 that it shall 
be water-tight2 pour water into the cask
 till it is full1 through the pipe2 also
 continue filling the pipe till the cask
 bursts1 which will be when the water is
 within a foot of the top of the tube4  
,in this experiment the water1 on       
bursting the vessel1 will fly about with
 considerable violence4   ,the ,pressure

 of ,water4  ,the pressure of water may 
be known to every one who will only take
 the trouble to look at the cock of a   
water-butt when turned3 if the tub or   
cistern be full1 the water runs with    
much greater velocity through the cock1 
and a vessel will be filled from it in a
 shorter time than when it is only      
half-full1 although the cock1 in both   
cases1 is equally replete with the fluid
 during the time the vessel is filling4 
,from this also is understood1 how a    
hole or leak1 near the keel of a ship1  
admits the water much quicker1 and with 
greater violence1 than one of the same  
size near what the mariners call the    
water's edge4   ,refraction of ,light4  
,in the middle of an empty basin put a  
piece of money1 and then retire from it 
till the edge of the basin hides the    
piece from your sight3 then keep your   
head steady1 let another person fill the
 basin gently with water2 as the water  
rises in the basin the money will come  
in view2 and when of a sufficient height

 in the basin1 the whole of the piece   
will be in sight4   ,wonderful ,nature  
of ,lightning4  ,if two persons1        
standing in a room1 looking different   
ways1 and a loud clap of thunder1       
accompanied with zigzag lightning1      
happen1 they will both distinctly see   
the flash at the same time2 not only the
 illumination1 but the very form of the 
lightning itself1 and every angle it    
makes in its course will be as          
distinctly perceptible1 as though they  
had both looked directly at the cloud   
from whence it proceeded4 ,if a person  
happened at that time to be looking on a
 book1 or other object1 which he held in
 his hand1 he would distinctly see the  
form of the lightning between him and   
the object at which he looked4 ,this    
property seems peculiar to lightning1 as
 it does not apply to any other kind of 
fire whatever4   ,to show that the      
,white of ,eggs contains an ,alkali4    
,add to a wine-glass half full of       
tincture of red cabbage a small quantity

 of the white of an egg1 either in a    
liquid state or rendered concrete by    
boiling4 ,the tincture will lose its    
blue colour and become changed to green1
 because the white of the egg contains  
soda4   ,two ,inodorous ,bodies become  
very ,pungent and ,odorous by ,mixture4 
,when equal parts of muriate of ammonia 
and unslaked lime1 both substances      
destitute of odour1 are intimately      
blended together in a mortar1 a very    
pungent gas 7ammonia7 becomes evolved4  
,interesting ,experiment for the        
,microscope4  ,the embryo grain of      
wheat1 at the time of blossoming1 being 
carefully taken out of the husk1 will be
 found to have a small downy tuft at its
 extremity1 which1 when viewed in a     
microscope1 greatly resembles the       
branches of thorn1 spreading archwise1  
in opposite directions4 ,by expanding a 
few of the grains1 and selecting the    
most perfect1 a very pretty microscopic 
object will be obtained for             
preservation4   ,the ,travelling of     

,light4  ,light travels at the rate of a
 hundred and fifty thousand miles in a  
single second2 and it is seven minutes  
in passing from the sun to the earth1   
which is nearly a distance of seventy   
millions of miles4 ,such is the rapidity
 with which these rays dart themselves  
forward that a journey they thus perform
 in less than eight minutes1 a ball from
 the mouth of a cannon would not        
complete in several weeks6 ,but the     
minuteness of the particles of light are
 still several degrees beyond their     
velocity2 and they are therefore        
harmless1 because so very small4 ,a ray 
of light is nothing more than a constant
 stream of minute parts1 still flowing  
from the luminary1 so inconceivably     
little1 that a candle in a single second
 of time1 has been said to diffuse      
several hundreds of millions more       
particles of light1 than there could be 
grains in the whole earth1 if it were   
entirely one heap of sand4 ,the sun     
furnishes them1 and the stars also1     

without appearing in the least to       
consume1 by granting us the supply4 ,its
 light is diffused in a wide sphere1 and
 seems inexhaustible4   ,calculation of 
the ,mass of ,water contained in the    
,sea4  ,if we would have an idea of the 
enormous quantity of water which the sea
 contains1 let us suppose a common and  
general depth of the ocean2 by computing
 it at only #bjj fathoms1 or the tenth  
part of a mile1 we shall see that there 
is sufficient water to cover the whole  
globe to the height of #ejc feet of     
water2 and if we were to reduce this    
water into one mass1 we should find that
 it forms a globe of more than sixty    
thousand miles diameter4   ,different   
,degrees of ,heat imbibed from the      
,sun's ,rays by ,cloths of different    
,colours4  ,walk but a quarter of an    
hour in your garden1 when the sun       
shines1 with a part of your dress white1
 and a part black2 then apply your hand 
to them alternately1 and you will find a
 very great difference in their warmth4 

,the black will be quite hot to the     
touch1 and the white still cool4  ,try  
to fire paper with a burning-glass2 if  
it be white1 you will not easily burn   
it2 but if you bring the focus to a     
black spot1 or upon letters1 written or 
printed1 the paper will immediately be  
on fire under the letters4  ,thus1      
fullers and dyers find black cloths1 of 
equal thickness with white ones1 and    
hung out equally wet1 dry in the sun    
much sooner than the white1 being more  
readily heated by the sun's rays4 ,it is
 the same before a fire1 the heat of    
which sooner penetrates black stockings 
than white ones1 and so is apt sooner to
 burn a man's shins4 ,also beer much    
sooner warms in a black mug set before  
the fire than a white one1 or in a      
bright silver tankard4 ,take a number of
 little square pieces of cloth from a   
tailor's pattern card1 of various       
colours2 say black1 deep blue1 lighter  
blue1 green1 purple1 red1 yellow1 white1
 and other colours1 or shades of        

colours2 lay them all out upon the snow 
in a bright sun-shiny morning2 in a few 
hours1 the black being warmed most by   
the sun will be sunk so low as to be    
below the stroke of the sun's rays2 the 
dark blue almost as low2 the lighter    
blue not quite so much as the dark2 the 
other colours less1 as they are lighter2
 and the quite white remain on the      
surface of the snow1 as it will not have
 entered it at all4   ,alternate        
,illusion4  ,with a convex lens of about
 an inch focus1 look attentively at a   
silver seal1 on which a cipher is       
engraved4 ,it will at first appear cut  
in1 as to the naked eye2 but if you     
continue to observe it some time1       
without changing your situation1 it will
 seem to be in relief1 and the lights   
and shades will appear the same as they 
did before4 ,if you regard it with the  
same attention still longer1 it will    
again appear to be engraved3 and so on  
alternately4  ,if you look off the seal 
for a few moments1 when you view it     

again1 instead of seeing it1 as at      
first1 engraved1 it will appear in      
relief4  ,if1 while you are turned      
towards the light1 you suddenly incline 
the seal1 while you continue to regard  
it1 those parts that seemed to be       
engraved will immediately appear in     
relief3 and if1 when you are regarding  
these seemingly prominent parts1 you    
turn yourself so that the light may fall
 on the right hand1 you will see the    
shadows on the same side from whence the
 light comes1 which will appear not a   
little extraordinary4 ,in like manner   
the shadows will appear on the left1 if 
the light fall on that side4 ,if instead
 of a seal you look at a piece of money1
 these alterations will not be visible1 
in whatever situation you place         
yourself4   ,alarum4  ,against the wall 
of a room1 near the ceiling1 fix a wheel
 of twelve or eighteen inches diameter2 
on the rim of which place a number of   
bells in tune1 and1 if you please1 of   
different sizes4 ,to the axis of this   

wheel there should be fixed a fly to    
regulate its motion2 and round the      
circumference there must be wound a     
rope1 to the end of which is hung a     
weight4  ,near to the wheel let a stand 
be fixed1 on which is an upright piece  
that holds a balance or moveable lever1 
on one end of which rests the weight    
just mentioned2 and to the other end    
must hang an inverted hollow cone1 or   
funnel1 the aperture of which is very   
small4 ,this cone must be graduated on  
the inside1 that the sand put in may    
answer to the number of hours it is to  
run4 ,against the upright piece1 on the 
side next the cone1 there must be fixed 
a check1 to prevent it from descending4 
,this stand1 together with the wheel1   
may be enclosed in a case1 and so       
contrived1 as to be moved from one room 
to another with very little trouble4    
,it is evident1 from the construction of
 this machine1 that when a certain      
quantity of the sand is run out1 the    
weight will descend1 and put the wheel  

in motion1 which motion will continue   
till the weight comes to the ground4 ,if
 the wheel be required to continue      
longer in motion1 two or more pulleys   
may be added1 over which the rope may   
run4   ,musical ,cascade4  ,where there 
is a natural cascade1 near the lower    
stream1 but not in it1 let there be     
placed a large wheel1 equal to the      
breadth of the cascade3 the diameter of 
this wheel1 for about a foot from each  
end1 must be much less than that of the 
middle part2 and all the water from the 
cascade must be made to fall on the     
ends4 ,the water that falls on the wheel
 may pass through pipes1 so that part of
 it may be made occasionally to pass    
over or fall short of the wheel1 as you 
would have the time of the music quicker
 or slower4 ,the remaining part of the  
wheel1 which is to be kept free from the
 water1 must consist of bars1 on which  
are placed stops that strike against the
 bells3 these stops must likewise be    
moveable4 ,it is evident from the       

construction of this machine1 that the  
water falling on the floats at the end  
of the wheel1 will make the stops1 which
 are adapted to different tunes1 strike 
the notes of those tunes on the         
respective bells4 ,two or three sets of 
bells may here be placed on the same    
line1 when the cascade is sufficiently  
wide4  ,where there is not a natural    
cascade1 one may be artificially        
constructed1 by raising part of the     
ground1 wherever there is a descent of  
water2 whether it be a stream that      
supplies a reservoir or fountain1 or    
serves domestic uses2 or if it be refuse
 water that has already served some     
other purpose4   ,writing on ,glass by  
the ,rays of the ,sun4  ,dissolve chalk 
in aqua fortis1 to the consistence of   
milk1 and add to that a strong solution 
of silver4 ,keep this liquor in a glass 
decanter well stopped4 ,then cut out    
from a paper the letters you would have 
appear1 and paste the paper on the      
decanter1 which you are to place in the 

sun1 in such a manner that its rays may 
pass through the spaces cut out of the  
paper1 and fall on the surface of the   
liquor4 ,the part of the glass through  
which the rays pass will turn black1 and
 that under the paper will remain white4
 ,you must observe not to move the      
bottle during the time of the operation4
   ,to produce the ,appearance of a     
,flower from its ,ashes4  ,make a tin   
box1 with a cover that takes off4 ,let  
this box be supported by a pedestal of  
the same metal1 and on which there is a 
little door4 ,in the front of this box  
is to be a glass4  ,in a groove1 at a   
small distance from this glass1 place a 
double glass1 made in the same manner as
 described in p4 #ac1 7,magic ,picture47
 ,between the front and back glasses    
place a small upright tin tube1         
supported by a cross piece4 ,let there  
be also a small chafing-dish placed in  
the pedestal4 ,the box is to be opened  
behind4 ,you privately place a flower in
 the tin tube1 but not so near the front

 glass as to be in the least degree     
visible1 and presenting one that        
resembles it to any person1 desire him  
to burn it on the coals in a            
chafing-dish4  ,you then strew some     
powder over the coals1 which may be     
supposed to aid the ashes in producing  
the flower2 and put the chafing-dish in 
the pedestal under the box4 ,as the heat
 by degrees melts the composition       
between the glasses1 the flower will    
gradually appear1 but when the          
chafing-dish is taken away1 and the     
powder of the ashes is supposed to be   
removed1 the flower soon disappears4    
,you may present several flowers1 and   
let the person choose any one of them4  
,in this case1 while he is burning the  
flower1 you fetch the box from another  
apartment1 and at the same time put in a
 corresponding flower1 which will make  
the experiment still more surprising4   
,imitative ,fire-works4  ,take a paper  
that is blacked on both sides1 or       
instead of black1 the paper may be      

coloured on each side with a deep blue1 
which will be still better for such as  
are to be seen through transparent      
papers4 ,it must be of a proper size for
 the figure you intend to exhibit4 ,in  
this paper cut out with a penknife      
several spaces1 and with a piercer make 
a number of holes1 rather long than     
round1 and at no regular distance from  
each other4  ,to represent revolving    
pyramids and globes1 the paper must be  
cut through with a penknife1 and the    
space cut out between each spiral should
 be three or four times as wide as the  
spirals themselves4 ,you must observe to
 cut them so that the pyramid or globe  
may appear to turn on its axis4 ,the    
columns that are represented in pieces  
of architecture1 or in jets of fire1    
must be cut in the same manner1 if they 
are to be represented as turning on     
their axis4  ,in like manner may be     
exhibited a great variety of ornaments1 
ciphers1 and medallions1 which1 when    
properly coloured1 cannot fail of       

producing the most pleasing effect4     
,there should not be a very great       
diversity of colours1 as they would not 
produce the most agreeable appearance4  
,when these pieces are drawn on a large 
scale1 the architecture or ornaments may
 be shaded2 and1 to represent different 
shades1 pieces of coloured paper must be
 pasted over each other1 which will     
produce an effect that would not be     
expected from transparent paintings4    
,five or six pieces of paper pasted over
 each other will be sufficient to       
represent the strongest shades4  ,to    
give these pieces the different motions 
they require1 you must first consider   
the nature of each piece2 if1 for       
example1 you have cut out the figure of 
the sun1 or of a star1 you must         
construct a wire wheel of the same      
diameter with these pieces2 over this   
wheel you paste a very thin paper1 on   
which is drawn1 with black ink1 the     
spiral figure4 ,the wheel thus prepared1
 is to be placed behind the sun or star1

 in such a manner that its axis may be  
exactly opposite the centre of either of
 these figures4 ,this wheel may be      
turned by any method you think proper4  
,now1 the wheel being placed directly   
behind the sun1 for example1 and very   
near to it1 is to be turned regularly   
round1 and strongly illuminated by      
candles placed behind it4 ,the lines    
that form the spiral will then appear1  
through the spaces cut out from the sun1
 to proceed from its centre to its      
circumference1 and will resemble sparks 
of fire that incessantly succeed each   
other4 ,the same effect will be produced
 by the star or by any other figure     
where the fire is not to appear as      
proceeding from the circumference of the
 centre4  ,these two pieces1 as well as 
those that follow1 may be of any size1  
provided you observe the proportion     
between the parts of the figure and the 
spiral1 which must be wider in larger   
figures than in small4 ,if the sun1 for 
example1 have from six to twelve inches 

diameter1 the width of the strokes that 
form the spiral need not be more than   
one-twentieth part of an inch1 and the  
spaces between them1 that form          
transparent parts1 about two-tenths of  
an inch4 ,if the sun be two feet        
diameter1 the strokes should be         
one-eighth of an inch1 and the space    
between1 one quarter of an inch2 and if 
the figure be six feet diameter1 the    
strokes should be one quarter of an inch
 and the spaces five-twelfths of an     
inch4 ,these pieces have a pleasing     
effect1 when represented of a small     
size1 but the deception is more striking
 when they are of large dimensions4  ,it
 will be proper to place those pieces1  
when of a small size1 in a box quite    
closed on every side1 that none of the  
light may be diffused in the chamber3   
for which purpose it will be convenient 
to have a tin door behind the box1 to   
which the candlesticks may be soldered1 
and the candles more easily lighted4    
,the several figures cut out should be  

placed in frames1 that they may be put1 
alternately1 in a groove in the forepart
 of the box2 or there may be two        
grooves1 that the second piece may be   
put in before the first is taken out4   
,the wheel must be carefully concealed  
from the eye of the spectator4  ,where  
there is an opportunity of representing 
these artificial fires by a hole in the 
partition1 they will doubtless have a   
much more striking effect1 as the       
spectator cannot then conjecture by what
 means they are produced4  ,it is easy  
to conceive that by extending this      
method1 wheels may be constructed with  
three or four spirals1 to which may be  
given different directions4 ,it is      
manifest also that1 on the same         
principle1 a great variety of           
transparent figures may be contrived1   
and which may be all placed before the  
spiral lines4   ,to represent ,cascades 
of ,fire4  ,in cutting out cascades1 you
 must take care to preserve a natural   
inequality in the parts cut out2 for if1

 to save time1 you should make all the  
holes with the same pointed tool1 the   
uniformity of the parts will not fail to
 produce a disagreeable effect4 ,as     
these cascades are very pleasing when   
well executed1 so they are highly       
disgusting when imperfect4 ,these are   
the most difficult pieces to cut out4   
,to produce the apparent motion of these
 cascades1 instead of drawing a spiral1 
you must have a slip of strong paper1 of
 such length as you judge convenient4   
,in this paper there must be a greater  
number of holes near each other1 and    
made with pointed tools of different    
dimensions4  ,at each end of the paper1 
a part of the same size with the cascade
 must be left uncut2 and towards those  
parts the holes must be made at a       
greater distance from each other4  ,when
 the cascade that is cut out is placed  
before the scroll of paper just         
mentioned1 and it is entirely wound upon
 the roller1 the part of the paper that 
is then between being quite opaque1 no  

part of the cascade will be visible2 but
 as the winch is gently turned1 and     
regularly round1 the transparent part of
 the paper will give to the cascade the 
appearance of fire that descends in the 
same direction2 and the illusion will be
 so strong1 that the spectators will    
think they see a cascade of fire2       
especially if the figure be judiciously 
cut out4   ,the ,oracular ,mirror4      
,provide a round mirror of about three  
inches in diameter and whose frame is an
 inch wide4 ,line the under part of the 
frame1 in which holes are to be cut1    
with very thin glass2 behind this glass 
let a mirror of about two inches        
diameter be placed1 which is to be      
moveable1 so that by inclining the frame
 to either side1 part of the mirror will
 be visible behind the glass on that    
side4  ,then take ,spanish chalk1 or    
cypress vitriol1 of which you make a    
pencil1 and with this you may write on a
 glass1 and rub it off with a cloth1 and
 by breathing on the glass1 the writing 

will appear and disappear several times4
 ,with this pencil write on one side of 
the mirror1 before it is put in the     
frame1 the word yes1 and on the other   
side1 no2 and wipe them off with a      
cloth4  ,you propose to a person to ask 
any question of this mirror that can be 
answered by the words yes or no4 ,then  
turning the glass to one side1 and      
putting your mouth close to it1 as if to
 repeat the question softly1 you breathe
 on it1 and the word yes or no will     
immediately appear4 ,this mirror will   
serve for many other agreeable          
amusements4   ,the ,hour of the ,day or 
,night told by a suspended ,shilling4   
,however improbable the following       
experiment may appear1 it has been      
proved by repeated trials3  ,sling a    
shilling or sixpence at the end of a    
piece of thread by means of a loop4     
,then resting your elbow on a table1    
hold the other end of the thread betwixt
 your fore-finger and thumb1 observing  
to let it pass across the ball of the   

thumb1 and thus suspend the shilling    
into an empty goblet4 ,observe1 your    
hand must be perfectly steady2 and if   
you find it difficult to keep it in an  
immoveable posture1 it is useless to    
attempt the experiment4 ,premising1     
however1 that the shilling is properly  
suspended1 you will observe1 that when  
it has recovered its equilibrium1 it    
will for a moment be stationary3 it will
 then of its own accord1 and without the
 least agency from the person holding   
it1 assume the action of a pendulum1    
vibrating from side to side of the      
glass1 and1 after a few seconds1 will   
strike the hour nearest to the time of  
day2 for instance1 if the time be       
twenty-five minutes past six1 it will   
strike six2 if thirty-five minutes past 
six1 it will strike seven2 and so on of 
any other hour4  ,it is necessary to    
observe1 that the thread should lie over
 the pulse of the thumb1 and this may in
 some measure account for the vibration 
of the shilling2 but to what cause its  

striking the precise hour is to be      
traced1 remains unexplained2 for it is  
no less astonishing than true1 that when
 it has struck the proper number1 its   
vibration ceases1 it acquires a kind of 
rotatory motion1 and at last becomes    
stationary1 as before4   ,of ,lightning1
 and the best ,method of guarding       
against its mischievous ,effects4       
,experiments made in electricity first  
gave philosophers a suspicion1 that the 
matter of lightning was the same with   
the electric matter4 ,experiments       
afterwards made on lightning obtained   
from the clouds by pointed rods1        
received into bottles1 and subjected to 
every trial1 have since proved this     
suspicion to be perfectly well founded2 
and that1 whatever properties we find in
 electricity1 are also the properties of
 lightning4  ,this matter of lightning1 
or of electricity1 is an extreme subtle 
fluid1 penetrating other bodies1 and    
subsisting in them1 equally diffused4   
,when1 by any operation of art or       

nature1 there happens to be a greater   
proportion of this fluid in one body    
than in another1 the body which has most
 will communicate to that which has     
least1 till the proportion becomes      
equal1 provided the distance between    
them be not too great2 or1 if it be too 
great1 till there be proper conductors  
to convey it from one to the other4  ,if
 the communication be through the air1  
without any conductor1 a bright light is
 seen between the bodies1 and a sound is
 heard4 ,in small experiments1 we call  
this light and sound the electric spark 
and snap2 but in the great operations of
 nature1 the light is what we call      
lightning1 and the sound 7produced at   
the same time1 though generally arriving
 later at our ears than the light does  
in our eyes7 is1 with its echoes1 called
 thunder4  ,if the communication of this
 fluid be by a conductor1 it may be     
without either light or sound1 the      
subtle fluid passing in the substance of
 the conductor4  ,if the conductor be   

good1 and of sufficient bigness1 the    
fluid passes through it without hurting 
it4 ,if otherwise1 it is damaged or     
destroyed4  ,all metals1 and water1 are 
good conductors4 ,other bodies may      
become conductors by having some        
quantity of water in them1 as wood and  
other materials used in building1 but   
not having much water in them1 are not  
good conductors1 and therefore are often
 damaged in the operation4  ,glass1 wax1
 silk1 wool1 hair1 feathers1 and even   
wood perfectly dry1 are non-conductors3 
that is1 they resist instead of         
facilitating the passage of this subtle 
fluid4  ,when this fluid has an         
opportunity of passing through two      
conductors1 one good and sufficient1 as 
of metal1 the other not so good1 it     
passes in the best1 and will follow in  
any direction4  ,the distance at which a
 body charged with this fluid will      
discharge itself suddenly1 striking     
through the air into another body that  
is not charged1 or not so highly        

charged1 is different according to the  
quantity of the fluid1 the dimensions   
and form of the bodies themselves1 and  
the state of the air between them4 ,this
 distance1 whatever it happens to be    
between any two bodies1 is called their 
striking distance1 as1 till they come   
within that distance of each other1 no  
stroke will be made4  ,the clouds have  
often more of this fluid in proportion  
than the earth3 in which case1 as soon  
as they come near enough1 7that is1     
within the striking distance17 or meet  
with a conductor1 the fluid quits them  
and strikes into the earth4 ,a cloud    
fully charged with this fluid1 if so    
high as to be beyond the striking       
distance from the earth1 passes quietly 
without making noise or giving light1   
unless it meet with other clouds that   
have less4  ,tall trees and lofty       
buildings1 as the towers and spires of  
churches1 become sometimes conductors   
between the clouds and the earth2 but1  
not being good ones1 that is1 not       

conveying the fluid freely1 they are    
often damaged4  ,buildings that have    
their roofs covered with lead1 or other 
metal1 and spouts of metal continued    
from the roof into the ground to carry  
off the water1 are never hurt by        
lightning1 as1 whenever it falls on such
 a building1 it passes in the metals and
 not in the walls4  ,when other         
buildings happen to be within the       
striking distance from such clouds1 the 
fluid passes in the walls1 whether of   
wood1 brick1 or stone1 quitting the wall
 only when it can find better conductors
 near them1 as metal rods1 bolts1 and   
hinges of windows or doors1 gilding on  
wainscot1 or frames of pictures1 the    
silvering on the backs of               
looking-glasses1 the wires for bells1   
and the bodies of animals1 so containing
 watery fluids4 ,and in passing through 
the house it follows the direction of   
these conductors1 taking as many in its 
way as can assist in its passage1       
whether in a straight or crooked line1  

leaping from one to the other1 if not   
far distant from each other1 only       
rending the wall in the spaces where    
these partial good conductors are too   
distant from each other4  ,an iron rod  
being placed on the outside of a        
building1 from the highest part         
continued down into the moist earth1 in 
any direction1 straight or crooked1     
following the form of the roof or other 
parts of the building1 will receive the 
lightning at its upper end1 attracting  
it so as to prevent its striking any    
other part2 and1 affording it a good    
conveyance into the earth1 will prevent 
its damaging any part of the building4  
,a small quantity of metal is found able
 to conduct a quantity of this fluid4 ,a
 wire no higher than a goose-quill has  
been known to conduct 7with safety to   
the building1 as far as the wire was    
continued7 a quantity of lightning that 
did prodigious damage both above and    
below it2 and probably larger rods are  
not necessary1 though it is common in   

,america to make them of half an inch1  
some three-quarters1 or an inch1        
diameter4  ,the rod may be fastened to  
the wall1 chimney1 c41 with staples of  
iron4 ,the lightning will not leave the 
rod 7a good conductor7 to pass into the 
wall 7a bad conductor7 through those    
staples4 ,it would rather1 if any were  
in the wall1 pass out of it into the    
rod1 to get more readily by that        
conductor into the earth4  ,if the      
building be very large and extensive1   
two or more rods may be placed in       
different parts1 for greater security4  
,small ragged parts of clouds1 suspended
 in the air between the great body of   
clouds and the earth1 7like leaf gold in
 electrical experiments17 often serve as
 partial conductors for the lightning1  
which proceeds from one of them to      
another1 and by their help comes within 
the striking distance to the earth or a 
building4 ,it therefore strikes1 through
 those conductors1 a building that would
 otherwise be out of the striking       

distance4  ,long sharp points           
communicating with the earth1 and       
presented to such parts of clouds1      
drawing silently from them the fluid    
they are charged with1 they are then    
attracted to the cloud1 and may leave   
the distance so great as to be beyond   
the reach of striking4  ,it is therefore
 that we elevate the upper end of the   
rod1 six or eight feet above the highest
 part of the building1 tapering it      
gradually to a fine sharp point1 which  
is gilt1 to prevent its rusting4  ,thus 
the pointed rod either presents a stroke
 from the cloud1 or if a stroke be made1
 conducts it to the earth1 with safety  
to the building4  ,the lower end of the 
rod should enter the earth so deep as to
 come at the moist part1 perhaps two or 
three feet2 and if bent when under the  
surface1 so as to go in a horizontal    
line six or eight feet from the wall1   
and then bent again downwards three or  
four feet1 it will prevent damage to any
 of the stones of the foundation4  ,a   

person apprehensive of danger from      
lightning1 happening during the time of 
thunder to be in a house not so secured1
 will do well to avoid sitting near the 
chimney1 near a looking-glass1 or any   
gilt pictures or wainscot2 the safest   
place is in the middle of the room1 7so 
it be not under a metal lustre suspended
 by a chain17 sitting in one chair and  
laying the feet up in another4 ,it is   
still safer to bring two or three       
mattresses or beds into the middle of   
the room1 and1 folding them up double1  
place the chair upon them2 for they1 not
 being so good conductors as the walls1 
the lightning will not choose an        
interrupted course through the air of   
the room and the bedding1 when it can go
 through a continued better conductor1  
the wall4 ,but where it can be had1 a   
hammock or swinging-bed1 suspended by   
silk cords equally distant from the     
walls on every side1 and from the       
ceiling and floor above and below1      
affords the safest situation a person   

can have in any room whatever2 and what1
 indeed1 may be deemed quite free from  
danger of any stroke by lightning4      
,the ,leech1 a ,prognosticator of the   
,weather4  ,confine a leech in a large  
phial1 three parts filled with rain     
water1 regularly changed twice a week1  
and placed on a window frame1 fronting  
the north4 ,in fair and frosty weather  
it lies motionless1 and rolled up in a  
spiral form1 at the bottom of the glass3
 but prior to rain or snow1 it creeps up
 to the top1 where if the rain will be  
heavy and of some continuance1 it       
remains a considerable time2 if         
trifling1 it quickly descends4 ,should  
the rain or snow be accompanied with    
wind1 it darts about its habitation with
 amazing celerity1 and seldom ceases    
until it begins to blow hard4 ,if a     
storm of thunder or lightning be        
approaching1 it is exceedingly agitated1
 and expresses its feelings in violent  
convulsive starts1 at the top of the    
glass4 ,it is remarkable that however   

fine and serene the weather may be1 and 
not the least indication to change1     
either from the sky1 the barometer1 or  
any other cause whatsoever1 yet1 if the 
animal ever shift its position1 or move 
in a desultory manner1 so certain will  
the coincident results occur1 within    
thirty-six hours1 frequently within     
twenty-four1 and sometimes in twelve2   
though its motions chiefly depend on the
 fall and duration of the wet1 and the  
strength of the wind4   ,the ,awn of    
,barley an ,hydrometer4  ,the awn of    
barley is furnished with stiff points1  
which1 like the teeth of a saw1 are all 
turned towards the point of it2 as this 
long awn lies upon the ground1 it       
extends itself in the moist air of      
night1 and pushes forward the           
barley-corn1 which it adheres to in the 
day2 it shortens as it dries2 and1 as   
these points prevent it from receding1  
it draws up its pointed end1 and thus1  
creeping like a worm1 will travel many  
feet from the parent stem4 ,that very   

ingenious mechanic philosopher1 ,mr4    
,edgworth1 once made on this principle a
 wooden automaton3 its back consisted of
 soft fir-wood1 about an inch square1   
and four feet long1 made of pieces cut  
the cross-way in respect to the fibres  
of the wood1 and glued together2 it had 
two feet before1 and two behind1 which  
supported the back horizontally1 but    
were placed with their extremities1     
which were armed with sharp points of   
iron1 bending backwards4 ,hence1 in     
moist weather1 the back lengthened1 and 
the two foremost feet were pushed       
forwards2 in dry weather the hinder feet
 were drawn after1 as the obliquity of  
the points of the feet prevented it from
 receding4   ,the ,power of ,water when 
reduced to ,vapour by ,heat4  ,whatever 
force water may have while its parts    
remain together1 is nothing1 if compared
 to the almost incredible power with    
which its parts are endued1 when they   
are reduced to vapour by heat4 ,those   
steams which we see rising from the     

surface of boiling water1 and which to  
us appear feeble1 yet1 if properly      
conducted1 acquire immense force4 ,in   
the same manner as gunpowder has but    
small effect1 if suffered to expand at  
large1 so the steam issuing from water  
is impotent1 where it is permitted to   
evaporate into the air2 but where       
confined in a narrow compass1 as1 for   
instance1 where it rises in an iron tube
 shut up on every side1 it there exerts 
all the wonders of its strength4        
,muschenbrook has proved by experiment1 
that the force of gunpowder is feeble   
when compared to that of rising steam4  
,a hundred and forty pounds of gunpowder
 blew up a weight of thirty thousand    
pounds3 but1 on the other hand1 a       
hundred and forty pounds of water1      
converted by heat into steam1 lifted a  
weight of seventy-seven thousand pounds2
 and would lift a much greater1 if there
 were means of giving the steam more    
heat with safety2 for the hotter the    
steam the greater is its force4         

,artificial ,memory4  ,in travelling    
along a road1 the sight of the more     
remarkable scenes we meet with1         
frequently puts us in mind of the       
subjects we were thinking or talking of 
when we last saw them4 ,such facts1     
which were perfectly familiar1 even to  
the vulgar1 might very naturally suggest
 the possibility of assisting the       
memory1 by establishing a connexion     
between the ideas we wish to remember1  
and certain sensible objects1 which have
 been found from experience to make a   
permanent impression on the mind4 ,it   
was said1 that a person contrived a     
method of committing to memory the      
sermons which he was accustomed to hear1
 by fixing his attention1 during the    
different heads of the discourse1 on    
different compartments of the roof of   
the church1 in such a manner as1 that   
when he afterwards saw the roof1 or     
remembered the order in which its       
compartments were disposed1 he          
recollected the method which the        

preacher had observed in treating his   
subject4 ,this contrivance was perfectly
 analogous to the topical memory of the 
ancients2 an art which1 whatever be the 
opinion we entertain of its use1 is     
certainly entitled1 in a high degree1 to
 the praise of ingenuity4  ,suppose you 
fix in your memory the different        
apartments in some very large building1 
and that you had accustomed yourself to 
think of these apartments always in the 
same invariable order4 ,suppose further1
 that1 in preparing yourself for a      
public discourse1 in which you had      
occasion to treat of a great variety of 
particulars1 you were anxious to fix in 
your memory the order you proposed to   
observe in the communication of your    
ideas4 ,it is evident1 that by a proper 
division of your subject into heads1 and
 by connecting each head with a         
particular apartment1 7which you could  
easily do1 by conceiving yourself to be 
sitting in the apartment while you were 
studying the part of your discourse you 

mean to connect with it17 the habitual  
order in which these apartments occurred
 to your thoughts1 would present to you 
in the proper arrangement1 and without  
any effort on your part1 the ideas of   
which you were to treat4 ,it is also    
obvious1 that very little practice would
 enable you to avail yourself of this   
contrivance1 without any embarrassment  
or distraction of your attention4   ,to 
procure ,hydrogen ,gas4  ,provide a     
phial with a cork stopper1 through which
 is thrust a piece of tobacco-pipe4     
,into the phial put a few pieces of     
zinc1 or small iron nails2 on this pour 
a mixture1 of equal parts of sulphuric  
acid 7oil of vitriol7 and water1        
previously mixed in a tea-cup1 to       
prevent accidents4 ,replace the cork    
stopper1 with a piece of tobacco-pipe in
 it2 the hydrogen gas will then be      
liberated through the pipe into a small 
steam4 ,apply the flame of a candle or  
taper to this steam1 and it will        
immediately take fire1 and burn with a  

clear flame until all the hydrogen in   
the phial be exhausted4 ,in this        
experiment the zinc or iron1 by the     
action of the acid1 becomes oxygenized1 
and is dissolved1 thus taking the oxygen
 from the sulphuric acid and water2 the 
hydrogen 7the other constituent part of 
the water7 is thereby liberated1 and    
ascends4   ,to fill a ,bladder with     
,hydrogen ,gas4  ,apply a bladder1      
previously wetted and compressed1 in    
order to squeeze out all the common air1
 to the piece of tobacco-pipe inserted  
in the cork stopper of the phial1 7as   
described in the experiment above47 ,the
 bladder will thus be filled with       
hydrogen gas4   ,exploding ,gas         
,bubbles4  ,adapt the end of a common   
tobacco-pipe to a bladder filled with   
hydrogen gas1 and dip the bowl of the   
pipe into soap-suds1 prepared as if for 
blowing up soap bubbles2 squeeze out    
small portions of gas from the bladder  
into the soap-suds1 and the bubbles will
 ascend into the air with very great    

rapidity1 until they are out of sight4  
,if a lighted taper or candle be applied
 to the bubbles as they ascend from the 
bowl of the pipe1 they will explode with
 a loud noise4   ,another ,method4  ,put
 a small quantity of phosphorus and some
 potash1 dissolved in water1 into a     
retort2 apply the flame of a candle or  
lamp to the bottom of the retort1 until 
the contents boil4 ,the phosphuretted   
hydrogen gas will then rise1 and may be 
collected in receivers4 ,but it1 instead
 of receiving the gas into a jar1 you   
let it simply ascend into water1 the    
bubbles of gas will then explode in     
succession1 as they reach the surface of
 the water1 and a beautiful white smoke 
will be formed1 which rises slowly and  
majestically to the ceiling4 ,if bits of
 phosphorus are kept some hours in      
hydrogen gas1 phosphorized hydrogen gas 
is produced3 and if bubbles of this gas 
are thrown up into the receiver of an   
air-pump1 previously filled with oxygen 
gas1 a brilliant bluish flame will      

immediately fill the jar4   ,singular   
,impression on the visual ,nerves by a  
,luminous ,object4  ,if1 while sitting  
in a room1 you look earnestly at the    
middle of a window1 a little while1 when
 the day is bright1 and then shut your  
eyes1 the figure of the window will     
still remain in your eye1 and so        
distinct that you may count the panes4  
,a remarkable circumstance attending    
this experiment is1 that the impression 
of forms is better retained than that of
 colours2 for1 after the eyes are shut1 
when you first discern the image of the 
window1 the panes appear dark1 and the  
cross-bars of the sashes1 with the      
window frames and walls1 appear white   
and bright2 but if you still add to the 
darkness of the eyes1 by covering them  
with your hand1 the reverse instantly   
takes place--the panes appear luminous1 
and the cross-bars dark2 and by removing
 the hand1 they are again reversed4     
,curious ,effects of ,oil upon ,water1  
and ,water upon ,oil4  ,fasten a piece  

of pack-thread round a tumbler1 with    
strings of the same from each side1     
meeting above it in a knot at about a   
foot distance from the top of the       
tumbler4 ,then putting in as much water 
as will fill about one-third part of the
 tumbler1 lift it up by the knot1 and   
swing it to and fro in the air2 the     
water will keep its place as steadily in
 the glass as if it were ice4 ,but pour 
gently in upon the water about as much  
oil1 and then again swing it in the air 
as before1 the tranquillity before      
possessed by the water will be          
transferred to the surface of the oil1  
and the water under it will be violently
 agitated4   ,another curious           
,experiment with ,oil and ,water4  ,drop
 a small quantity of oil into water     
agitated by the wind2 it will           
immediately spread itself with          
surprising swiftness upon the surface1  
and the oil1 though scarcely more than a
 tea-spoonful1 will produce an instant  
calm over a space several yards square4 

,it should be done on the windward side 
of the pond or river1 and you will      
observe it extend to the size of nearly 
half an acre1 making it appear as smooth
 as a looking-glass4 ,one remarkable    
circumstance in this experiment is the  
sudden1 wide1 and forcible spreading of 
a drop of oil on the surface of the     
water2 for if a drop of oil be put upon 
a highly polished marble table1 or a    
looking-glass1 laid horizontally1 the   
drop remains in its place1 spreading    
very little1 but when dropped on water  
it spreads instantly many feet round1   
becoming so thin as to produce the      
prismatic colours for a considerable    
space1 and beyond them so much thinner  
as to be invisible1 except in its effect
 in smoothing the waves at a much       
greater distance4 ,it seems as if a     
repulsion of its particles took place as
 soon as it touched the water1 and so   
strong as to act on other bodies        
swimming on the surface1 as straw1      
leaves1 chips1 c41 forcing them to      

recede every way from the drop1 as from 
a centre1 leaving a large clear space4  
,remarkable ,effects on the visual      
,nerves1 by looking through             
differently-coloured ,glasses4  ,after  
looking through green spectacles1 the   
white paper of a book will1 on first    
taking them off1 appear to have a blush 
of red2 and after looking through red   
glasses1 a greenish cast4 ,this seems to
 intimate a relation between green and  
red1 not yet explained4  ,weather       
,table4                                 
----------------------------------------
-------------------------    ,,new ,,and
 ,,full ,,moon4        ,,summer4        
,,winter4                               
----------------------------------------
-------------------------   ,if the new 
or full                           moon  
enters into                             
the first or last                       
quarter of the                          
hour of #ab at noon  ,very rainy        
,snow and rain4                         

,if between the                         
hours of                                
7,p4,m47 #b and #d      ,changeable     
,fair and mild4           #d and #f     
,fair                 ,fair4            
#f and #h       ,fair1 if wind          
,fair and frosty1 if                    
at ,n4,w4             wind at ,n4 or    
,n4,e4                         ,rainy1  
if wind      ,rain or snow1 if ,s4      
at ,s4 or ,s4,w4       or ,s4,w4        
#h and #aj     ,ditto                   
,ditto4             #aj         ,fair   
,fair and frosty4    7,a4,m47    #b     
,ditto                 ,hard frost1     
unless                                  
wind ,s4,s4,w4           #b and #d      
,cold1 with frequent                    
showers                       #d and #f 
,rain                 ,ditto1 ditto4    
#f and #h      ,wind and ,rain          
,stormy weather4           #h and #aj   
,changeable            ,cold and rain1  
if                                      
wind ,n42 snow if ,e4          #aj and  

#ab     ,frequent showers     ,cold1    
with high wind4                         
----------------------------------------
------------------------     ,a         
,,complete  ,,system ,,of ,,pyrotechny2 
,,or ,,the  ,,art ,,of ,,making         
,,fire-,,works4   ,in the art of making 
fire-works1 great attention must be paid
 to the well-mixing of the              
materials--without which all labour is  
thrown away2 to the purity of the       
articles2 and to the proper quantities  
of each4 ,sulphur1 to be good1 must be  
of a high colour1 and crack and bounce  
when held in the hand4 ,for small       
fire-works1 such as may be bought in the
 flour will be found quite good enough1 
but for the larger kinds1 the lump      
brimstone ground is preferable4         
,benzoin is used in fire-works1 more for
 its pleasant scent than any material   
use for the purposes of fire4 ,it may be
 procured at the chemists1 ready for    
use4 ,the oil is also used in wet       
composition1 for stars1 c4   ,of        

,sulphur1 or ,brimstone4  ,sulphur is by
 nature the food of fire1 and one of the
 principal ingredients in gunpowder1 and
 in almost all compositions of          
fire-works2 therefore1 great care ought 
to be taken of its being good1 and      
brought to the highest perfection4 ,now1
 to know when the sulphur is good1 you  
are to observe that it be of a high     
yellow2 and if1 when held in one's hand1
 it crackles and bounces1 it is a sign  
that it is fresh and good3 but as the   
method of reducing brimstone to a powder
 is very troublesome1 it is better to   
buy the flour ready made1 which is done 
in large quantities1 and in great       
perfection2 but when a great quantity of
 fire-works is to be made1 it is best to
 use the lump brimstone ground1 in the  
same manner as gunpowder4   ,of         
,saltpetre4  ,saltpetre being the       
principal ingredient in fire-works1 and 
a volatile body by reason of its aqueous
 and arial parts1 is easily rarefied by 
fire2 but not so soon when foul and     

gross1 as when purified from its gross  
and earthy parts1 which greatly retard  
its velocity2 therefore1 when any       
quantity of fire-works is intended to be
 made1 it would be necessary first to   
examine the saltpetre2 for if it be not 
well cleansed from all impurities1 and  
of a good sort1 your works will not have
 their proper effect4   ,to pulverize   
,saltpetre4  ,take a copper kettle1 the 
bottom being spherical1 and put into it 
fourteen pounds of refined saltpetre1   
with two quarts or five pints of clean  
water2 then put the kettle on a slow    
fire1 and when the saltpetre is         
dissolved1 if any impurities arise1 skim
 them off1 and keep constantly stirring 
it with two large spatulas1 till all the
 water exhales2 and when done enough1 it
 will appear like white sand1 and as    
fine as flour2 but if it should boil too
 fast1 take the kettle off the fire1 and
 set it on some wet sand1 which will    
prevent the nitre from sticking to the  
kettle4 ,when you have pulverized a     

quantity of saltpetre1 be careful to    
keep it in a dry place4   ,to prepare   
,charcoal for ,fire-works4  ,charcoal is
 a preservative1 by which the saltpetre 
and brimstone are made into gunpowder1  
by preventing the sulphur from          
suffocating the strong and windy        
exhalation of the nitre4 ,there are     
several sorts of wood made use of for   
this purpose2 some prefer hazel1 others 
willow1 and others alder4 ,the method of
 burning the wood is this3 cut it in    
pieces of two or three feet long1 then  
slit each piece in four parts2 scale off
 the bark and hard knots1 and dry them  
in the sun1 or in an oven2 then make in 
the earth a square hole1 and line it    
with bricks1 in which lay the wood      
crossing one another1 and set it on     
fire2 when thoroughly lighted1 and in a 
flame1 cover the whole with boards1 and 
fling earth over them close1 to prevent 
the air from getting in1 yet so as not  
to fall among the charcoal2 and when it 
has lain thus for twenty-four hours1    

take out the coals and lay them in a dry
 place for use4 ,it is to be observed1  
that charcoal for fire-works must always
 be soft and well burnt1 which may be   
bought ready done4   ,of ,gunpowder1 c4 
,gunpowder being a principal ingredient 
in fire-works1 it will not be improper  
to give a short definition of its       
strange explosive force1 and cause of   
action1 which1 according to ,dr4 ,shaw's
 opinion of the chemical cause of the   
explosive force of gunpowder1 is as     
follows3--,each grain of gunpowder      
consisting of a certain proportion of   
sulphur1 nitre1 and coal1 the coal      
presently taking fire1 upon contact of  
the smallest spark2 at which time both  
the sulphur and the nitre immediately   
melt1 and by means of the coal          
interposed between them1 burst into     
flame2 which spreading from grain to    
grain1 propagates the same effect almost
 instantaneously1 whence the whole mass 
of powder comes to be fired2 and as     
nitre contains a large proportion both  

of air and water1 which are now         
violently rarefied by the heat1 a kind  
of fiery explosive blast is thus        
produced1 wherein the nitre seems1 by   
its aqueous and arial parts1 to act as  
bellows to the other inflammable bodies 
7sulphur and coal7 to blow them into a  
flame1 and carry off their whole        
substance in smoke and vapour4   ,how to
 meal ,gunpowder1 ,brimstone1 and       
,charcoal4  ,there have been many       
methods used to grind these ingredients 
to a powder for fire-works1 such as     
large mortars and pestles made of ebony1
 and other hard woods2 but none of these
 methods have proved so effectual and   
speedy as the last invention1 that of   
the mealing table4 ,this table is made  
of elm1 with a rim round its edge four  
or five inches high2 and at the narrow  
end is a slider which runs in a groove  
and forms part of the rim2 so that when 
you have taken out of the table as much 
powder as you conveniently can1 with a  
copper shovel1 you may sweep all clean  

out at the slider4 ,when you are going  
to meal a quantity of powder1 observe   
not to put too much on the table at     
once2 but when you have put in a good   
proportion1 take a muller and rub it    
therewith till all the grains are       
broken2 sift it in a lawn sieve1 that   
has a receiver and top to it2 and that  
which does not pass through the sieve1  
return again to the table and grind it  
more1 till you have brought it all fine 
enough to go through the sieve4         
,brimstone and charcoal are ground in   
the same manner as gunpowder1 only the  
muller must be made of ebony1 for these 
ingredients being harder than powder1   
would stick in the grain of the elm and 
be very difficult to grind2 and as the  
brimstone is apt to stick and clog to   
the table1 it would be best to keep one 
for that purpose only1 by which means   
you will always have your brimstone     
clean and well ground4   ,spur ,fire4   
,this fire is the most beautiful of any 
composition yet known4 ,as it requires  

great trouble to bring it to perfection1
 particular care must be paid to the    
following instructions4 ,they are made  
generally in cases about six inches     
long1 but not driven very hard4         
,,charge4      lb4 oz4                  
,,charge4     lb4 oz4   ,saltpetre      
#d   #j          ,saltpetre       #a    
#j   ,sulphur          #b   #j    or    
,sulphur         #j   #h   ,lamp-black  
#a   #h          ,lamp-black  #d quarts4
  ,this composition is very difficult to
 mix4 ,the saltpetre and brimstone must 
be first sifted together1 and then put  
into a marble mortar1 and the lamp-black
 with them1 which you work down by      
degrees with a wooden pestle1 till all  
the ingredients appear of one colour1   
which will be something greyish1 but    
very near black2 then drive a little    
into a case for trial1 and fire it in a 
dark place2 and if the sparks1 which are
 called stars or pinks1 come out in     
clusters1 and afterwards spread well    
without any other sparks1 it is a sign  

of its being good1 otherwise1 not2 for  
if any drossy sparks appear1 and the    
stars not full1 it is then not mixed    
enough2 but if the pinks are very small1
 and soon break1 it is a sign that you  
have rubbed it too much4  ,this mixture1
 when rubbed too much1 will be too      
fierce1 and hardly show any stars2 and1 
on the contrary1 when not mixed enough1 
will be too weak1 and throw out an      
obscure smoke1 and lumps of dross1      
without any stars4 ,the reason of this  
charge being called the spur fire is1   
because the sparks it yields have a     
great resemblance to the rowel of a     
spur1 from whence it takes its name4 ,as
 the beauty of this composition cannot  
be seen at so great a distance as       
brilliant fire1 it has a better effect  
in a room than in the open air1 and may 
be fired in a chamber without any       
danger2 it is of so innocent a nature1  
that1 although an improper phrase1 it   
may be called a cold fire2 and so       
extraordinary is the fire produced from 

this composition1 that1 if well made1   
the sparks will not burn a handkerchief 
when held in the midst of them2 you may 
hold them in your hand while burning1   
with as much safety as a candle2 and if 
you put your hand within a foot of the  
case1 you will feel the sparks fall like
 drops of rain4   ,to make ,touch       
,paper4  ,dissolve in some spirits of   
wine or vinegar1 a little saltpetre2    
then take some purple or blue paper1 wet
 it with the above liquor1 and when dry 
it will be fit for use4 ,when you paste 
this paper on any of your works1 take   
care that the paste does not touch that 
part which is to burn4  ,the method of  
using this paper is1 by cutting it into 
slips1 long enough to go once round the 
mouth of the serpent1 cracker1 c4 ,when 
you paste on these slips1 leave a       
little1 above the mouth of the case1 not
 pasted2 then prime the case with       
meal-powder 7see p4 #afe7 and twist the 
paper to a point4   ,of such            
,ingredients as show themselves in      

,sparks1 when rammed into choked ,cases4
  ,the set colours of fire produced by  
sparks are divided into four sorts1     
viz41 the black1 white1 grey1 and red2  
the black charges are composed of two   
ingredients1 which are meal-powder and  
charcoal2 the white of three1 viz41     
saltpetre1 sulphur1 and charcoal2 the   
grey of four1 viz41 meal-powder1        
saltpetre1 brimstone1 and charcoal2 and 
the red of three1 viz41 meal-powder1    
charcoal1 and saw-dust4  ,there are1    
besides these four regular or set       
charges1 two others which are           
distinguished by the names of compound  
and brilliant charges2 the compound     
charge being made of many ingredients1  
such as meal-powder1 saltpetre1         
brimstone1 charcoal1 saw-dust1 sea-coal1
 antimony1 glass-dust1 brass-dust1      
steel-filings1 cast-iron1 tanners' dust1
 c41 or any thing that will yield       
sparks2 all which must be managed with  
discretion4 ,the brilliant fires are    
composed of meal-powder1 saltpetre1     

brimstone1 and steel-dust2 or with      
meal-powder1 and steel-filings only4    
,of the ,method of mixing ,compositions4
  ,the performance of the principal part
 of fire-works depends much on the      
compositions being well mixed2          
therefore1 great care ought to be taken 
in this part of the work1 particularly  
in the composition for sky-rockets4     
,when you have four or five pounds of   
ingredients to mix1 which is a          
sufficient quantity at a time1 7for a   
larger proportion will not do so well17 
first put the different ingredients     
together1 then work them about with your
 hands1 till you think they are pretty  
well incorporated3 after which1 put them
 into a lawn sieve with a receiver and  
top to it2 and if1 after it is sifted1  
any should remain that will not pass    
through the sieve1 grind it again till  
fine enough2 and if it be twice sifted  
it will not be amiss2 but the           
compositions for wheels and common works
 are not so material1 nor need be so    

fine4 ,but in all fixed works1 from     
which the fire is to play regular1 the  
ingredients must be very fine1 and great
 care taken in mixing them well         
together3 and observe1 that1 in all     
compositions wherein are steel or iron  
filings1 the hands must not touch2 nor  
will any works which have iron or steel 
in their charge1 keep long in damp      
weather1 without being properly         
prepared1 according to the following    
directions3--  ,it may sometimes happen1
 that fire-works may be required to be  
kept a long time1 or sent abroad2       
neither of which could be done with     
brilliant fires1 if made with filings   
unprepared2 for this reason1 that the   
saltpetre being of a damp nature1 it    
causes the iron to rust1 the natural    
consequence of which is1 that when the  
works are fired1 there will appear but  
very few brilliant sparks1 but instead  
of them a number of red and drossy      
sparks2 and besides1 the charge will be 
so much weakened1 that if this should   

happen to wheels1 the fire will not be  
strong enough to force them round2 to   
prevent such accidents1 prepare your    
filings after the following             
manner3--,melt in a glazed earthen pan  
some brimstone over a slow fire1 and    
when melted1 throw in some filings1     
which keep stirring about till they are 
covered with brimstone2 this you must do
 while it is on the fire2 then take it  
off1 and stir it very quick till cold1  
when you must roll it on a board with a 
wooden roller1 till you have broken it  
as fine as corn powder2 after which1    
sift from it as much of the brimstone as
 you can4 ,there is another method of   
preparing filings1 so as to keep two or 
three months in winter2 this may be done
 by rubbing them between the strongest  
sort of brown paper1 which has been     
previously moistened with linseed oil4  
,n4,b4 ,if the brimstone should take    
fire1 you may put it out1 by covering   
the pan close at top4 ,it is not of much
 consequence what quantity of brimstone 

you use1 provided there is enough to    
give each grain of iron a coat2 but as  
much as will cover the bottom of a pan  
of about one foot diameter1 will do for 
five or six pounds of filings4          
,cast-iron for gerbes will be preserved 
by the above method4   ,to make         
,crackers4  ,cut some stout             
cartridge-paper into pieces three inches
 and a half broad1 and one foot long2   
one edge of each of these pieces fold   
down lengthwise about three-quarters of 
an inch broad2 then fold the double edge
 down a quarter of an inch1 and turn the
 single edge back half over the double  
fold2 open it1 and lay all along the    
channel1 which is formed by the foldings
 of the paper1 some meal-powder2 then   
fold it over and over till all the paper
 is doubled up1 rubbing it down every   
turn2 this being done1 bend it backwards
 and forwards1 two inches and a half or 
thereabouts1 at a time1 as often as the 
paper will allow2 hold all these folds  
flat and close1 and with a small        

pinching cord1 give one turn round the  
middle of the cracker1 and pinch it     
close2 bind it with packthread1 as tight
 as you can2 then in the place where it 
was pinched1 prime one end1 and cap it  
with touch-paper4 ,when these crackers  
are fired1 they will give a report at   
every turn of the paper2 if you would   
have a great number of bounces1 you must
 cut the paper longer1 or join them     
after they are made2 but if they are    
made very long before they are pinched1 
you must have a piece of wood with a    
groove in it1 deep enough to let in half
 the cracker2 this will hold it straight
 while it is pinching4   ,to make       
,squibs and ,serpents4  ,first make the 
cases1 of about six inches in length1 by
 rolling slips of stout cartridge-paper 
three times round a roller1 and pasting 
the last fold2 tying it near the bottom 
as tight as possible1 and making it     
air-tight at the end1 by sealing-wax4   
,then take of gunpowder half a pound1   
charcoal one ounce1 brimstone one ounce1

 and steel-filings half an ounce1 7or in
 like proportion17 grind them with a    
muller1 or pound them in a mortar4 ,your
 cases being dry and ready1 first put a 
thimble-full of your powder1 and ram it 
hard down with a ruler2 then fill the   
case to the top with the aforesaid      
mixture1 ramming it hard down in the    
course of filling1 two or three times2  
when this is done point with            
touch-paper1 which should be pasted on  
that part which touches the case1       
otherwise it is liable to drop off4     
,sky-,rockets4  ,rockets being of the   
fire-works most in use1 we shall give   
them the preference in description4 ,as 
the performance of rockets depends much 
upon their moulds1 they should be made  
according to the following              
proportions3--,taking the diameter of   
the orifice1 its height should be equal 
to six diameters and two-thirds3 the    
choke1 one diameter and one-third of    
this model1 will serve for every rocket 
from #d oz4 to #f lb4--,for             

instance3--suppose the diameter of a    
rocket of #a lb4 be #a-a_/b inch1 then  
its length being #f diameters and       
two-thirds1 the length of the case must 
be #aj-a_/c inches1 and the choke       
#b-a_/d inches4 ,your rammer must have a
 collar of brass1 to prevent the wood   
from splitting4  ,method of rolling     
,rocket ,cases4--,the cases must be made
 of the strongest cartridge-paper1 and  
rolled dry4 ,the case of a              
middling-sized rocket will take up paper
 of four or five sheets thick2 having   
cut your papers to a proper size1 and   
the last sheet with a slope at one end1 
fold down one end1 and lay your former  
on the double edge1 and when you have   
rolled on the paper within two or three 
turns1 lay the next sheet on that part  
which is loose1 and roll it all on4     
,then1 in order to roll the case as hard
 as possible1 place it on a table1 and  
with a smooth board roll it for some    
time forwards on the table1 till it     
becomes quite hard and firm4 ,this must 

be done with every sheet4 ,you have next
 to choke the case2 for which purpose   
draw your former a little distance from 
the bottom1 then1 with a cord1 once     
round the case1 pull it rather easy at  
first1 and harder1 till you have closed 
the end4 ,to make it easy1 you may dip  
the ends of the inner sheets in water   
before rolling1 then bind it with small 
twine4  ,having thus pinched and tied   
the case so as not to give way1 put it  
into the mould without its foot1 and    
with a mallet drive the former hard on  
the end-piece1 which will force the neck
 close and smooth4 ,this done1 cut the  
case to its proper length1 allowing from
 the neck to the edge of the mouth half 
a diameter1 which is equal to the height
 of the nipple2 then take out the       
former1 and drive the case over the     
piercer with a long rammer1 and the vent
 will be of a proper size4  ,having     
formed your cases1 we will now proceed  
to the description of the ingredients   
necessary for the rocket4  ,of mixing   

the ,composition4--,the performance of  
the principal part of fire-works depends
 much on the compositions being well    
mixed2 therefore1 great care must be    
taken in this part of the work1         
particularly for the composition for    
sky-rockets4 ,when you have four or five
 pounds of ingredients to mix1 which is 
a sufficient quantity at a time1 7for a 
large proportion will not do so well17  
first put the different ingredients     
together1 then work them about with your
 hands1 till you think they are pretty  
well incorporated2 after which1 put them
 into a lawn sieve with a receiver and  
top to it2 and if1 after it is sifted1  
any remains that will not pass through  
the sieve1 grind it again till it is    
fine enough2 and if it be twice sifted  
it will not be amiss2 but the           
compositions for wheels and common works
 are not so material1 nor need be so    
fine4 ,but in all fixed works1 from     
which the fire is to play regular1 the  
ingredients must be very fine1 and great

 care taken in mixing them well         
together2 and observe1 that in all      
compositions wherein are iron filings1  
the hand must not touch them2 nor will  
any works which have iron or steel in   
their charge keep long in damp weather4 
,to drive or ram ,rockets4--,rockets are
 filled hollow1 otherwise they would not
 ascend1 and there is not a part that   
requires greater attention than this    
stage of the process4 ,one blow more or 
less with the mallet will spoil the     
ascent4  ,the charge of rockets must    
always be driven above the piercer1 and 
on it must be rammed a thin head of     
clay2 through the middle of which bore a
 small hole to the composition1 that    
when the charge is burnt to the top1 it 
may communicate its fire through the    
hole to the stars in the head4 ,to a    
rocket of four ounces1 give to each     
ladle-full of charge #af strokes2 to a  
rocket of #a lb41 #bh2 to a #b-pounder1 
#cf2 to a #d-pounder1 #db2 and to a     
#f-pounder1 #ef2 but rockets of a larger

 sort cannot be driven well by hand1 but
 must be rammed with a machine made in  
the same manner as those for driving    
piles4  ,the method of ramming wheel    
cases1 or any other sort in which the   
charge is driven solid1 is the same as  
sky-rockets4  ,when you load the heads  
of your rockets with stars1 rains1      
serpents1 crackers1 scrolls1 or any     
thing else1 according to your fancy1    
remember always to put a ladle-full of  
meal-powder into each head1 which will  
be enough to burst the head and disperse
 the stars1 or whatever it contains4    
,decorations for                        
,sky-rockets4--,sky-rockets may be      
decorated according to fancy4 ,some are 
headed with stars of different sorts1   
such as tailed1 brilliant1 white1 blue1 
and yellow stars1 c4 ,some with gold and
 silver rains2 others with serpents1    
crackers1 fire-scrolls1 and marrons2 and
 some with small rockets and other      
devices1 as the maker pleases4  ,,length
 ,,of ,,rocket-,,sticks4  ,for rockets  

of #f lb4 #j oz4 the stick must be #ad  
ft4 #aj in4 long                #d      
#j                       #ab     #aj    
#b     #j                        #i     
#d                #a     #j             
#h      #b                #j     #h     
#f      #f                #j     #d     
#e      #c  ,having your sticks ready1  
cut on one of the flat sides at the top 
a groove the length of the rocket1 and  
as broad as the stick will allow2 then  
on the opposite flat side cut two       
notches1 for the cord which ties on the 
rocket to lie in2 one of these notches  
must be near the top of the stick1 and  
the other facing the neck of the rocket2
 the distance between these notches may 
be easily known1 for the top of the     
stick should always touch the head of   
the rocket4 ,when your rockets and      
sticks are ready1 lay the rockets in the
 grooves in the sticks1 and tie them on4
 ,we will now proceed to the charge for 
sky-rockets4  ,,rockets ,,of ,,four     
,,ounces4                    lb4 oz4    

,meal-powder       #a   #d   ,saltpetre 
#j   #d   ,charcoal          #j   #b    
,,rockets ,,of ,,eight ,,ounces4        
lb4 oz4   ,meal-powder        #a   #j   
,saltpetre          #j   #d   ,brimstone
          #j   #c   ,charcoal           
#j   #a-a_/b  ,,one ,,pound4            
lb4 oz4   ,meal-powder       #b   #j    
,saltpetre         #j   #h   ,brimstone 
#j   #d   ,charcoal          #j   #b    
,steel-filings     #j   #a-a_/b         
,,sky-,,rockets ,,in ,,general4         
lb4    oz4   ,saltpetre               #d
      #j   ,brimstone                   
#a-a_/b  #j   ,charcoal                 
#a     #ab   ,meal-powder             #j
      #b  ,,large ,,sky-,,rockets4      
lb4    oz4   ,saltpetre               #d
      #j   ,meal-powder             #a  
#j   ,brimstone               #a      #j
  ,,rockets ,,of ,a ,,middling ,,size4  
lb4    oz4   ,meal-powder             #a
      #j   ,charcoal                #a  
#j   ,saltpetre               #c      #j
   ,sulphur                 #b      #j  

,,rocket ,,stars4  ,,white ,,stars4     
lb4     oz4   ,meal-powder              
#j      #d   ,saltpetre               #j
     #ab   ,sulphur vivum           #j  
#f   ,oil of spike            #j      #b
   ,camphor                 #j      #e  
,,blue ,,stars4                         
lb4    oz4   ,meal-powder             #j
      #h   ,saltpetre               #j  
#d   ,sulphur                 #j      #b
   ,spirits of wine         #j      #b  
,oil of ,spike            #j      #b    
,,variegated ,,stars4                   
lb4    oz4   ,meal-powder             #j
      #c-a_/b   ,saltpetre              
#j      #d   ,sulphur vivum           #j
      #b   ,camphor                 #j  
#b  ,,brilliant ,,stars4                
lb4    oz4   ,saltpetre               #j
      #h-a_/b   ,sulphur                
#j      #a-a_/b   ,meal-powder          
#j      #j-c_/d  ,worked up with spirits
 of wine only4  ,,common ,,stars4       
lb4    oz4   ,saltpetre               #a
      #j   ,brimstone               #j  

#d   ,antimony                #j        
#d-c_/d   ,isinglass               #j   
#j-a_/b   ,camphor                 #j   
#j-a_/d   ,spirits of wine         #j   
#j-a_/d  ,,tailed ,,stars4              
lb4    oz4   ,meal-powder               
#j      #b   ,brimstone                 
#j      #b   ,saltpetre                 
#j      #b   ,charcoal 7coarsely ground7
    #j      #j-c_/d  ,,stars ,,of ,a    
,,fine ,,colour4                        
lb4    oz4   ,sulphur                 #j
      #a   ,meal-powder             #j  
#a   ,saltpetre               #j      #a
   ,camphor                 #j          
#j-a_/d   ,oil of turpentine       #j   
#j-a_/d   ,,rains4  ,,gold ,,rain ,,for 
,,sky-,,rockets4                        
lb4    oz4   ,saltpetre               #j
      #h   ,brimstone               #j  
#b   ,glass-dust              #j      #a
   ,antimony                #j          
#j-c_/d   ,brass-dust              #j   
#j-a_/d   ,saw-dust                #j   
#j-a_/d  ,,silver ,,rain4               

lb4    oz4   ,saltpetre               #j
      #h   ,brimstone               #j  
#b   ,charcoal                #j      #d
   ,steel-dust              #j          
#j-a_/d  ,to fix one ,rocket on the top 
of another4--,when sky-rockets are fixed
 one on the top of another1 they are    
called towering rockets1 on account of  
their mounting so very high4 ,towering  
rockets are made after this manner3 ,fix
 on a pound rocket a head without a     
collar2 then take a four-ounce rocket1  
which may be headed or bounced1 and rub 
the mouth of it with meal-powder wetted 
with spirit of wine3 this done1 put it  
in the head of a large rocket with its  
mouth downwards2 but before it is put   
in1 stick a bit of quick-match in the   
hole of the clay of the pound rocket1   
which match should be long enough to go 
a little way up the bore of the small   
rocket1 to fire it when the large rocket
 is burnt out4 ,as the four-ounce rocket
 is too small to fill the head of the   
other1 roll round it as much tow as will

 make it stand upright in the centre of 
the head3 the rocket being thus fixed1  
paste a single paper round the opening  
of the top of the head of the large     
rocket4 ,the large rocket must have only
 half a diameter of charge rammed above 
the piercer2 for1 if filled to the usual
 height1 it would turn before the small 
one takes fire1 and entirely destroy the
 intended effect3 when one rocket is    
headed with another1 there will be no   
occasion for any blowing powder2 for the
 force with which it goes off will be   
sufficient to disengage it from the head
 of the first fired rocket4 ,the sticks 
for these rockets must be a little      
longer than for those headed with stars1
 rains1 c4  ,caduceous ,rockets4--,they 
are such as1 in rising1 form two spiral 
lines1 by reason of their being placed  
obliquely1 one opposite to the other2   
and their counterpoise in the centre1   
which causes them to rise in a vertical 
direction4 ,rockets for this purpose    
must have their ends choked close1      

without either head or bounce2 for a    
weight at the top would be a great      
obstruction to their mounting4 ,no      
caduceous rockets ascend so high as     
single1 because of their serpentine     
motion1 and likewise the resistance of  
air1 which is much greater than two     
rockets of the same size would meet with
 if fired singly4  ,the sticks for this 
purpose must have all their sides equal1
 and the sides should be equal to the   
breadth of a stick proper for a         
sky-rocket of the same weight as those  
you intend to use1 and made to taper    
downwards as usual1 long enough to      
balance them1 one length of a rocket    
from the cross stick1 which must be     
placed from the large stick six         
diameters of one of the rockets1 and its
 length seven diameters2 so that each   
rocket1 when tied on1 may form1 with the
 large stick1 an angle of #fj degrees4  
,in tying on the rockets1 place their   
heads on the opposite side of the cross 
stick2 then carry a leader from the     

mouth of one into that of the other4    
,when these rockets are to be fired1    
suspend them between two hooks1 or      
nails1 then burn the leader through the 
middle1 and both will take fire at the  
same time4 ,rockets of #a lb4 are a good
 size for this use4  ,honorary          
,rockets4--,these are the same as       
sky-rockets1 except that they carry no  
head nor report1 but are closed at top1 
on which is fixed a cone2 then on the   
case1 close to the top of the stick1 is 
tied on a two-ounce case1 about five or 
six inches long1 filled with a strong   
charge1 and pinched close at both ends2 
then in the reverse side1 at each end1  
bore a hole in the same manner as in    
tourbillons1 to be presently described2 
from each hole carry a leader into the  
top of the rocket4 ,when the rocket is  
fired1 and arrived to its proper height1
 it will give fire to the case at top2  
which will cause both rocket and stick  
to spin very fast in their return1 and  
represent a worm of fire descending to  

the ground4  ,there is another method of
 placing the small case1 which is by    
letting the stick rise a little above   
the top of the rocket1 and tying the    
case to it1 so as to rest on the rocket3
 these rockets have no cones4  ,a third 
method by which they are managed is     
this3 in the top of a rocket fix a piece
 of wood1 in which drive a small iron   
spindle2 then make a hole in the middle 
of the small case1 through which is put 
the spindle2 then fix on the top of it a
 nut1 to keep the case from falling off2
 when this is done1 the case will turn  
very fast1 without the rocket3 but this 
method does not answer so well as either
 of the former4  ,to make a ,rocket form
 an ,arch in rising4--,having some      
rockets made1 headed according to fancy1
 and tied on their sticks1 get some     
sheet tin1 and cut it into round pieces 
about three or four inches diameter2    
then on the stick of each rocket1 under 
the mouth of the case1 fix one of these 
pieces of tin #af inches from the       

rocket's neck1 and support it by a      
wooden bracket1 as strong as possible3  
the use of this is1 that when the rocket
 is ascending1 the fire may play with   
greater force on the tin1 which will    
divide the tail in such a manner that it
 will form an arch as it mounts1 and    
will have a very good effect when well  
managed2 if there is a short piece of   
port fire1 of a strong charge1 tied to  
the end of the stick1 it will make a    
great addition2 but this must be lighted
 before the rocket is fired4  ,to make  
several ,rockets rise together4--,take  
six1 or any number of sky-rockets1 of   
any size2 then cut some strong          
packthread into pieces of three or four 
yards long1 and tie each end of these   
pieces to a rocket in this manner3      
,having tied one end of the packthread  
round the body of one rocket1 and the   
other end to another1 take a second     
piece of packthread1 and make one end of
 it fast to one of the rockets already  
tied1 and the other end to a third      

rocket1 so that all the rockets1 except 
the two on the outside1 will be fastened
 to the two pieces of packthread3 the   
length of thread from one rocket to the 
other may be what the maker pleases2 but
 the rockets must be all of a size1 and 
their heads filled with the same weight 
of stars1 rains1 c4  ,having thus done1 
fix in the mouth of each rocket a leader
 of the same length2 and when about to  
fire them1 hang them almost close2 then 
tie the ends of the leaders together1   
and prime them2 this prime being fired1 
all the rockets will mount at the same  
time1 and divide as far as the strings  
will allow2 and this division they keep1
 provided they are all rammed alike1 and
 well made4 ,they are sometimes called  
chained rockets4  ,to fix several       
,rockets to the same ,stick4--,two1     
three1 or six sky-rockets1 fixed on one 
stick1 and fired together1 make a grand 
and beautiful appearance2 for the tails 
of all will seem but as one of an       
immense size1 and the breaking of so    

many heads at once will resemble the    
bursting of an air-balloon4 ,the        
management of this device requires a    
skilful hand2 but if the following      
instructions be well observed1 even by  
those who have not made a great progress
 in this art1 there will be no doubt of 
the rockets having the desired effect4  
,rockets for this purpose must be made  
with the greatest exactness1 all rammed 
by the same hand1 in the same mould1 and
 filled with the same proportion of     
composition3 and after they are filled  
and headed1 must all be of the same     
weight4 ,the stick must also be well    
made 7and proportioned7 to the following
 directions2 first1 supposing the       
rockets to be half-pounders1 whose      
sticks are six feet six inches long1    
then if two1 three1 or six of these are 
to be fixed on one stick1 let the length
 of it be nine feet nine inches2 then   
cut the top of it into as many sides as 
there are rockets1 and let the length of
 each side be equal to the length of one

 of the rockets without its head2 and in
 each side cut a groove 7as usual27 then
 from the grooves plane it round1 down  
to the bottom1 where its thickness must 
be equal to half the top of the round   
part4 ,as their thickness cannot be     
exactly ascertained1 we shall give a    
rule1 which generally answers for any   
number of rockets above two2 the rule is
 this3 that the stick at top must be    
thick enough1 when the grooves are cut1 
for all the rockets to lie1 without     
pressing each other1 though as near as  
possible4  ,when only two rockets are to
 be fixed on one stick1 let the length  
of the stick be the last given          
proportion1 but shaped after the common 
method1 and the breadth and thickness   
double the usual dimensions4 ,the point 
of poise must be in the usual place 7let
 the number of rockets be what it will27
 if sticks made by the above directions 
should be too heavy1 plane them thinner2
 and if too light1 make them thicker2   
but always make them of the same length4

  ,when more than two rockets are tied  
on one stick1 there will be some danger 
of their flying up without the stick1   
unless the following precaution is      
taken3 ,for cases being placed on all   
sides1 there can be no notches for the  
cord which ties on the rockets to lie   
in3 therefore1 instead of notches1 drive
 a small nail in each side of the stick1
 between the necks of the cases1 and let
 the cord1 which goes round their necks1
 be brought close under the nails2 by   
this means the rockets will be as secure
 as when tied on singly4 ,the rockets   
being thus fixed1 carry a quick-match1  
without a pipe1 from the mouth of one   
rocket to the other2 this match being   
lighted will give fire to all at once4  
,though the directions already given may
 be sufficient for these rockets1 we    
shall here add an improvement on a very 
essential part of this device1 which is1
 that of hanging the rockets to be      
fired2 for before the following method  
was contrived1 many attempts proved     

unsuccessful4 ,instead1 therefore1 of   
the old and common manner of hanging    
them on nails or hooks1 make use of the 
following contrivance3 ,have a ring made
 of strong iron wire1 large enough for  
the stick to go in as far as the mouths 
of the rockets2 then have another ring  
supported by a small iron1 at some      
distance from the post or stand to which
 it is fixed2 then have another ring fit
 to receive and guide the small end of  
the stick4 ,rockets thus suspended will 
have nothing to obstruct their fire2 but
 when they are hung on nails or hooks1  
in such a manner that some of their     
mouths or against or upon a rail1 there 
can be no certainty of their rising in a
 vertical direction4  ,to fire ,rockets 
without ,sticks4--,you must have a      
stand1 of a block of wood1 a foot       
diameter1 and make the bottom flat1 so  
that it may stand steady3 in the centre 
of the top of this block draw a circle  
two inches and a half diameter1 and     
divide the circumference of it into     

three equal parts2 then take three      
pieces of thick iron wire1 each about   
three feet long1 and drive them into the
 block1 one at each point made on the   
circle2 when these wires are driven in  
deep enough to hold them fast and       
upright1 so that the distance from one  
to the other is the same at top as at   
bottom1 the stand is complete4  ,the    
stand being thus made1 prepare the      
rockets thus3 ,take some common         
sky-rockets of any size1 and head them  
as you please2 then get some balls of   
lead1 and tie to each a small wire two  
or two feet and a half long1 and the    
other end of each wire tie to the neck  
of a rocket4 ,these balls answer the    
purpose of sticks1 when made of a proper
 weight1 which is about two-thirds the  
weight of the rocket2 but when they are 
of a proper size1 they will balance the 
rocket in the same manner as a stick1 at
 the usual point of poise4 ,to fire     
these1 hand them one at a time1 between 
the tops of the wires1 letting their    

heads rest on the point of the wires1   
and the balls hang down between them3 if
 the wires should be too wide for the   
rockets1 press them together till they  
fit2 and if too close1 force them open2 
the wires for this purpose must be      
softened1 so as not to have any spring1 
or they will not keep their position    
when pressed close or opened4  ,scrolls 
for ,rockets4--,cases for scrolls should
 be made four or five inches in length1 
and their interior diameters            
three-eighths of an inch3 one end of    
these cases must be pinched quite close 
before beginning to fill2 and when      
filled1 close the other end2 then in the
 opposite sides make a small hole at    
each end1 to the composition1 as in     
tourbillons1 and prime them with wet    
meal-powder4 ,you may put in the head of
 the rocket as many of these cases as it
 will contain3 being fired1 they turn   
very quick in the air1 and form a scroll
 or spiral line4 ,they are generally    
filled with a strong charge1 as that of 

serpents or brilliant fire4  ,stands for
 ,rockets4--,care must be taken1 in     
placing the rockets1 when they are to be
 fired1 to give them a vertical         
direction at their first setting out2   
which may be managed thus3 ,have two    
rails of wood1 of any length1 supported 
at each end by a perpendicular leg1 so  
that the rails may be horizontal1 and   
let the distance from one to the other  
be almost equal to the length of the    
sticks of the rockets intended to be    
fired2 then in the front of the top rail
 drive square hooks at eight inches     
distance1 with their points turned      
sidewise1 so that when the rockets are  
hung on them1 the points will be before 
the sticks1 and keep them from falling  
or being blown off by the wind2 in the  
front of the rail at bottom must be     
staples1 driven perpendicularly under   
the hooks at top2 through these staples 
put the small ends of the rocket-sticks4
 ,rockets are fired by applying a       
lighted port-fire to their mouths4      

,table-,rockets4--,table-rockets are    
designed merely to show the truth of    
driving1 and the judgment of a          
fire-worker2 they having no other       
effect1 when fired1 than spinning round 
in the same place where they began1 till
 they are burnt out1 and showing nothing
 more than a horizontal circle of fire4 
,the method of making these rockets is  
thus3--,have a cone turned out of hard  
wood two inches and a half in diameter1 
and as much high2 round the base of it  
drive a line2 on this line fix four     
spokes1 each two inches long1 so as to  
stand one opposite the other2 then fill 
four nine-inch one-pound cases with any 
strong composition1 within two inches of
 the top3 these cases are made like     
tourbillons1 and must be rammed with the
 greatest exactness4  ,the rockets being
 filled1 fix their open ends on the     
short spokes2 then in the side of each  
case bore a hole near the clay2 all     
these holes1 or vents1 must be so made  
that the fire of each case may act the  

same way2 from these vents carry leaders
 to the top of the cone1 and tie them   
together4 ,when the rockets are to be   
fired1 set them on a smooth table1 and  
light the leaders in the middle1 and all
 the cases will fire together and spin  
on the point of the cone4  ,these       
rockets may be made to rise like        
tourbillons1 by making the cases        
shorter1 and boring four holes in the   
under side of each at equal distances2  
this being done they are called double  
tourbillons4  ,note4--,all the vents in 
the under side of the cases must be     
lighted at once1 and the sharp point of 
the cone cut off2 at which place make it
 spherical4   ,,wheels4  ,wheel-cases   
are made to any length2 which must      
always depend on the size of the wheel1 
but must not exceed the length of each  
angle4  ,charge for wheel-cases1 from #b
 oz4 to #d lb4                       lb4
    oz4   ,meal-powder         #d       
#j   ,saltpetre           #a      #j    
,brimstone           #j      #h         

,charcoal            #j      #d  ,the   
filings in this composition may be      
varied by using a portion of sea-coal1  
glass-dust1 saw-dust1 c41 or a          
combination of the whole4  ,,slow ,,fire
 ,,for ,,wheels4                        
lb4    oz4   ,saltpetre            #j   
#d   ,brimstone            #j      #b   
,meal-powder          #j      #a-a_/b   
or1 #a oz4 of brimstone may be used with
 #a oz4 of antimony4  ,,dead ,,fire     
,,for ,,wheels4                         
oz4     dr4   ,saltpetre                
#d-a_/d   #j   ,brimstone               
#j-a_/d   #j   ,lapis-caliminaris   #j  
#b   ,antimony            #j       #b   
,single ,vertical ,wheels4--,there are  
different sorts of vertical wheels2 some
 having their fells of a circular form1 
others of an hexagonal1 octagonal1 or   
decagonal form1 or of any number of     
sides1 according to the length of the   
cases you design for the wheel2 the     
spokes being fixed in the nave1 nail    
slips of tin1 with their edges turned up

 so as to form grooves for the cases to 
lie in2 form the end of one spoke to    
that of another2 then tie the cases in  
the grooves head to tail1 in the same   
manner as those on the horizontal       
water-wheel2 so that the cases1         
successively taking fire from one       
another1 will keep the wheel in an equal
 rotation4 ,two of these wheels are very
 often fired together1 one on each side 
of a building1 and both lighted at the  
same time1 and all the cases filled     
alike1 to make them keep time together2 
as they will1 if made by the following  
directions3 ,in all the cases of both   
wheels1 except the first1 on each wheel 
drive two or three ladlesful of slow    
fire1 in any part of the case2 but be   
careful to ram the same quantity in each
 case2 and in the end of one of the     
cases1 on each wheel1 you may ram one   
ladleful of dead-fire composition1 which
 must be very lightly driven2 you may   
also make many changes of fire by this  
method4  ,let the hole in the nave of   

the wheel be lined with brass1 and made 
to turn on a smooth iron spindle4 ,on   
the end of this spindle let there be a  
nut1 to screw off and on2 when you have 
put the wheel on the spindle1 screw on  
the nut1 which will keep the wheel from 
flying off4 ,let the mouth of the first 
case be a little raised4 ,vertical      
wheels are made from ten inches to three
 feet diameter1 and the size of the     
cases must differ accordingly2          
four-ounce cases will do for wheels of  
#ad or #af inches diameter1 which is the
 proportion generally used4 ,the best   
wood for wheels of all sorts is a light 
and dry beech4  ,horizontal             
,wheels4--,they are best when their     
fells are made circular2 in the middle  
of the top of the nave must be a pintle1
 turned out of the same piece as the    
nave1 two inches long1 and equal in     
diameter to the bore of one of the cases
 of the wheel2 there must be a hole     
bored up the centre of the nave1 within 
half an inch of the top of the pintle4  

,the wheel being made2 nail at the end  
of each spoke 7of which there should be 
six or eight7 a piece of wood1 with a   
groove cut in it to receive the case4   
,fix these pieces in such a manner that 
half the cases may incline upwards and  
half downwards1 and that1 when they are 
tied on1 their heads and tails may come 
very nearly together3 from the tail of  
one case to the mouth of the other carry
 a leader1 which should be secured with 
pasted paper4 ,besides these pipes1 it  
will be necessary to put a little       
meal-powder within the pasted paper1 to 
blow off the pipe1 that there may be no 
obstruction to the fire from the cases4 
,by means of these pipes the cases will 
successively take fire1 burning one     
upwards and the other downwards4 ,on the
 pintle fix a case of the same sort as  
those on the wheel2 this case must be   
fired by a leader from the mouth of the 
last case on the wheel1 which case must 
play downwards3 instead of a common case
 in the middle1 you may put a case of   

,chinese fire1 long enough to burn as   
long as two or three of the cases on the
 wheel4  ,horizontal wheels are often   
fired two at a time1 and made to keep   
time like vertical wheels1 only they are
 made without any slow or dead fire2 #aj
 or #ab inches will be enough for the   
diameter of wheels with six spokes4     
,spiral ,wheels4--,they are only double 
horizontal wheels1 and made thus3 the   
nave must be about six inches long1 and 
rather thicker than the single sort2    
instead of the pintle at top1 make a    
hole for the case to be fixed in1 and   
two sets of spokes1 one set near the top
 of the nave1 and the other near the    
bottom4 ,at the end of each spoke cut a 
groove wherein you tie the cases1 there 
being no fell3 the spokes should not be 
more than two inches and a half long    
from the naves1 so that the wheel may   
not be more than eight or nine inches   
diameter2 the cases are placed in such a
 manner1 that those at top play down1   
and those at bottom play up2 but let the

 third or fourth case play horizontally4
 ,the case in the middle may begin with 
any of the others2 six spokes will be   
enough for each set1 so that the wheel  
may consist of #ab cases1 besides that  
on the top3 the cases six inches each4  
,plural ,wheels4--,plural wheels are    
made to turn horizontally1 and to       
consist of three sets of spokes1 placed 
six at top1 six at bottom1 and four in  
the middle2 which last must be a little 
shorter than the rest3 let the diameter 
of the wheel be #aj inches3 the cases   
must be tied on the ends of the spokes  
in grooves cut on purpose1 or on pieces 
of wood nailed on the ends of the       
spokes1 with grooves cut in them as     
usual3 in clothing these wheels1 make   
the upper set of cases play obliquely   
downwards1 the bottom set obliquely     
upwards1 and the middle set             
horizontally4 ,in placing the leaders1  
they must be managed so that the cases  
may burn thus1 viz41 first up1 then     
down1 then horizontal1 and so on with   

the rest4 ,but another change may be    
made1 by driving in the end of the      
eighth case two or three ladlesful of   
slow fire1 to burn till the wheel has   
stopped its course2 then let the other  
cases be fixed the contrary way1 which  
will make the wheel run back again2 for 
the case at top you may put a small     
gerbe2 and let the cases on the spokes  
be short1 and filled with a strong      
brilliant charge4  ,illuminated ,spiral 
,wheel4--,first have a circular         
horizontal wheel made two feet diameter1
 with a hole quite through the nave2    
then take three thin pieces of deal1    
three feet long each1 and three-fourths 
of an inch broad each3 nail one end of  
each of these pieces to the fell of the 
wheel1 at an equal distance from one    
another1 and the other end nail to a    
block with a hole in its bottom1 which  
must be perpendicular to that in the    
block of the wheel1 but not so large4   
,the wheel being thus made1 have a loop 
planed down very thin and flat2 then    

nail one end of it into the fell of the 
wheel1 and wind it round the three      
sticks in a spiral line from the wheel  
to the block at top2 on the top of this 
block fix a case of ,chinese fire2 on   
the wheel you may place any number of   
cases1 which must incline downwards1 and
 burn two at a time4 ,if the wheel      
should consist of ten cases1 you may let
 the illuminations and ,chinese fire    
begin with the second cases4 ,the       
spindle for this wheel must be a little 
longer than the cone1 and made very     
smooth at top1 on which the upper block 
is to turn1 and the whole weight of the 
wheel to rest4  ,double ,spiral         
,wheels4--,for these wheels1 the block  
or nave must be as long as the height of
 the worms1 or spiral lines1 but must be
 made very thin1 and as light as        
possible4 ,in this block must be fixed  
several spokes1 which must diminish in  
length1 from the wheel to the top1 so as
 not to exceed the surface of a cone of 
the same height4 ,to the ends of these  

spokes nail the worms1 which must cross 
each other several times3 close these   
worms with illuminations1 the same as   
those on the single wheels2 but the     
horizontal wheel you may clothe as you  
like4 ,at the top of the worm place a   
case of spur-fire1 or an amber light4   
,balloon ,wheels4--,they are made to    
turn horizontally3 they must be made two
 feet diameter1 without any spokes1 and 
very strong1 with any number of sides4  
,on the top of a wheel range and fix in 
pots1 three inches diameter and seven   
inches high each1 as many of these as   
there are cases on the wheel3 near the  
bottom of each pot make a small vent2   
into each of these vents carry a leader 
from the tail of each case2 load some of
 the pots with stars1 and some with     
serpents1 crackers1 c4 ,as the wheels   
turn1 the pots will successively be     
fired1 and throw into the air a great   
variety of fires4   ,,balloon ,,cases4  
,you must have an oval former1 turned of
 smooth wood2 then paste a quantity of  

brown or cartridge-paper1 and let it lie
 till the paste has soaked all through2 
this done1 rub the former with soap or  
grease1 to prevent the paper from       
sticking to it2 then lay the paper on in
 small slips1 till you have made it     
one-third of the thickness of the shell 
intended4 ,having thus done1 set it to  
dry2 and when dry1 cut it round the     
middle1 leaving about one inch not cut1 
which will make the halves join much    
better than if quite separated4 ,when   
you have some ready to join1 place the  
halves even together1 and let that dry2 
then lay on paper all over as before1   
everywhere equal4 ,when the shell is    
thoroughly dry1 burn a vent at top with 
a square iron4  ,shells that are        
designed for stars only1 may be made    
quite round1 and the thinner they are at
 the opening the better2 for if they are
 too strong1 the stars are apt to break 
at the bursting of the shell4 ,balloons 
must always be made to go easy into the 
mortars4   ,,mortars4  ,these mortars   

must be made of pasteboard1 with a small
 copper chamber at bottom1 in which the 
powder is to be placed1 on which the    
balloon is to be put4 ,in the centre of 
the bottom of this chamber make a small 
hole a little down the foot3 the hole   
must be met by another of the same size 
as the foot4 ,then putting a            
quick-match1 or touch-string1 of        
touch-paper1 into the hole1 your mortar 
will be ready to be fired4  ,to load    
,air ,balloons with ,stars1 ,serpents1  
c41 c4--,when you fill your shells1 you 
must first put in the serpents1 rains1  
c41 or whatever they are composed of1   
then the blowing powder2 but the shells 
must not be quite filled4 ,all those    
things must be put in at the fuse-hole1 
but marrons being too large to go in at 
the fuse-hole1 must be put in before the
 inside shall be joined4 ,when the      
shells are loaded1 glue and drive in the
 fuses very tight4 ,the number and      
quantities of each article for the      
different shells are as follows3        

,,balloons ,,illuminated4               
oz4   ,meal-powder                #a    
,corn-powder                #j-a_/b     
,powder for the mortar      #b  #a oz4  
driven or rolled stars1 or as many as   
will fill the shell4                    
,,balloons ,,or ,,serpents4             
oz4   ,meal-powder                #a    
,corn-powder                #a   ,powder
 for the mortar      #b-a_/b            
,aigrettes4  ,mortars to throw aigrettes
 are generally made of pasteboard1 of   
the same thickness as balloon mortars1  
and two diameters and a half long in the
 inside from the top of the foot3 the   
foot must be made of elm without a      
chamber1 but flat at top1 and in the    
same proportions as those for balloon   
mortars2 these mortars must also be     
bound round with a cord3 sometimes eight
 or nine of these mortars1 of about     
three or four inches diameter1 are bound
 all together1 so as to appear but one2 
but when they are made for this purpose1
 the bottom of the foot must be of the  

same diameter as the mortars1 and only  
half a diameter high4 ,the mortars being
 bound well together1 fix them on a     
heavy solid block of wood4 ,to load     
these mortars1 first put on the inside  
bottom of each a piece of paper1 and on 
it spread one ounce and a half of meal  
and corn-powder mixed2 then tie the     
serpents up in parcels with quick-match1
 and put them in the mortar with their  
mouths downwards2 but take care the     
parcels do not fit too tight in the     
mortars1 and that all the serpents have 
been well primed with powder wetted with
 spirit of wine4 ,on the top of the     
serpents in each mortar lay some paper  
or tow2 then carry a leader from one    
mortar to the other all round1 and then 
from all the outside mortars into that  
in the middle3 these leaders must be put
 between the cases and the sides of the 
mortar1 down to the powder at bottom3 in
 the centre of the middle mortar fix a  
fire-pump1 or brilliant fountain1 which 
must be open at bottom1 and long enough 

to project out of the mouth of the      
mortar2 then paste papers on the tops of
 all the mortars4  ,mortars thus        
prepared are called a nest of serpents4 
,when these mortars are to be fired1    
light the fire-pump1 which when consumed
 will communicate to all the mortars at 
once by means of the leaders4 ,for      
mortars of #h1 #i1 or #aj inches        
diameter1 the serpents should be made in
 one and two-ounce cases1 six or seven  
inches long1 and fired by a leader      
brought out of the mouth of the mortar1 
and turned down on the outside1 and the 
end of it covered with paper1 to prevent
 the sparks of the other works from     
setting it on fire4 ,for a six-inch     
mortar1 let the quantity of powder for  
firing be two ounces2 for an eight-inch1
 two ounces and three-quarters2 and for 
a ten-inch1 three ounces and            
three-quarters4 ,care must be taken in  
these1 as well as small mortars1 not to 
put in the serpents too tight1 for fear 
of bursting the mortars4 ,these mortars 

may be loaded with stars1 crackers1 c4  
,if the mortars1 when loaded1 are sent  
to any distance1 or liable to be much   
moved1 the firing powder should be      
secured from getting amongst the        
serpents1 which would endanger the      
mortars1 as well as hurt their          
performance4 ,to prevent this1 load the 
mortars thus3 ,first put in the firing  
powder1 and spread it equally about2    
then cut a round piece of blue          
touch-paper1 equal to the exterior      
diameter of the mortar1 and draw on it a
 circle equal to the interior diameter  
of the mortar1 and notch it all round as
 far as that circle3 then paste that    
part which is notched1 and put it down  
the mortar close to the powder1 and     
stick the pasted edge to the mortar3    
this will keep the powder always smooth 
at bottom1 so that it may be moved or   
carried anywhere without receiving      
damage4 ,the large single mortars are   
called pots des aigrettes4              
,,fire-,,pumps1 ,,or ,,roman ,,candles4 

,cases for fire-pumps are made like     
those for tourbillons2 only they are    
pasted instead of being rolled dry4     
,having rolled and dried your cases fill
 them3 first put in a little meal-powder
 and then a star1 on which ram1 lightly1
 a ladle or two of composition1 then a  
little meal-powder1 and on that a star2 
then again composition1 and so on till  
you have filled the case4 ,stars for    
fire-pumps should not be round1 but must
 be made either square1 or flat and     
circular with a hole through the middle3
 the quantity of powder for throwing the
 stars must increase as you come near   
the top of the case2 for1 if much powder
 be put at the bottom1 it will burst the
 case4 ,the stars must differ in size in
 this manner3 let the star which you put
 in first be a little less than the bore
 of the case2 but let the next star be a
 little larger1 and the third star a    
little larger than the second1 and so   
on3 let them increase in diameter till  
within two of the top of the case1 which

 two must fit in tight4 ,as the loading 
of fire-pumps is somewhat difficult1 it 
will be necessary to make two or three  
trials before you depend on their       
performance4 ,when you fill a number of 
pumps1 take care not to put in each an  
equal quantity of charge between the    
stars1 so that when they are fired they 
may not throw up too many stars         
together4 ,cases for fire-pumps should  
be made very strong1 and rolled on #d or
 #h-ounce formers1 #aj or #ab inches    
long each4                              
,,charge4                 lb4    oz4    
lb4    oz4   ,saltpetre       #e      #j
          ,saltpetre       #e      #j   
,brimstone       #a      #j             
,brimstone       #b      #j             
,meal-powder     #a-a_/b  #j            
,meal-powder     #a      #h             
,glass-dust      #a      #j             
,glass-dust      #a      #h   ,,an      
,,artificial ,,earthquake4  ,mix the    
following ingredients to a paste1 with  
water2 bury it in the ground1 and in a  

few hours the earth will break open in  
several places3                 lb4     
oz4   ,sulphur        #d      #j        
,steel-dust     #d      #j   ,chinese   
,fountains4  ,to make a ,chinese        
fountain1 you must have a perpendicular 
piece of wood1 seven feet long1 and two 
inches and a half square4 ,sixteen      
inches from the top1 fix on the front a 
cross piece one inch thick1 and two and 
a half broad1 with the broad side       
upwards2 below this1 fix three more     
pieces of the same width and thickness1 
at sixteen inches from each other2 let  
the bottom rail be five feet long1 and  
the others of such a length as to allow 
the fire-pumps to stand in the middle of
 the intervals of each other4 ,the      
pyramid being thus made1 fix in the     
holes made in the bottom rail five      
fire-pumps1 at equal distances2 on the  
second rail1 place four pumps2 on the   
third1 three2 on the fourth1 two2 and on
 the top of the post1 one2 but place    
them all to incline a little forward1   

that1 when they throw out the stars1    
they may not strike against the         
cross-rails4 ,having fixed your         
fire-pumps1 clothe them with leaders1 so
 that they may all be fired together4   
,the ,dodecahedron1  ,so called because 
it nearly represents a twelve-sided     
figure1 is made thus3 ,first have a ball
 turned out of some hard wood1 #ad      
inches diameter2 divide its surface into
 #ad equal parts1 from which bore holes 
one inch and a half diameter1           
perpendicular to the centre1 so that    
they may all meet in the middle3 then   
let there be turned in the inside of    
each hole a female screw2 and to all the
 holes but one must be made a round     
spoke five feet long1 with four inches  
of the screw at one end to fit the      
holes2 then in the screw-end of all the 
spokes bore a hole five inches long1    
which must be bored slanting1 so as to  
come out at one side1 a little above the
 screw2 from which cut a small groove   
along the spoke within six inches of the

 other end1 where make another hole     
through to the other side of the spoke4 
,in this end fix a spindle1 on which put
 a small wheel of three or four sides1  
each side six or seven inches long2     
these sides must have grooves cut in    
them large enough to receive a two or   
four-ounce case4 ,when these wheels are 
clothed1 put them on the spindles1 and  
at the end of each spindle put a nut1 to
 keep the wheel from falling off4 ,the  
wheels being thus fixed1 carry a pipe   
from the mouth of the first case on each
 wheel1 through the hole in the side of 
the spoke1 and from thence along the    
groove1 and through the other hole1 so  
as to hang out at the screw-end about an
 inch4 ,the spokes being all prepared in
 this manner1 you must have a post1 on  
which you intend to fire the work1 with 
an iron screw in the top of it1 to fit  
one of the holes in the ball3 on the    
screw fix the ball2 then in the top hole
 of the ball put a little meal-powder   
and some loose quick-match3 then screw  

in all the spokes2 and in one side of   
the ball bore a hole1 in which put a    
leader1 and secure it at the end1 and   
the work will be ready to be fired4 ,by 
the leader the powder and match in the  
centre is fired1 which will light the   
match at the ends of the spokes all at  
once1 whereby all the wheels will be    
lighted at once4 ,there may be an       
addition to this piece1 by fixing a     
small globe on each wheel1 or one on the
 top wheel only4 ,a grey charge will be 
proper for the wheel-cases4   ,stars    
with ,points4  ,these stars are made of 
different sizes1 according to the work  
for which they are intended2 they are   
made with cases from one ounce to one   
pound1 but in general with four-ounce   
cases1 four or five inches long3 the    
case must be rolled with paste1 and     
twice as thick as that of a rocket of   
the same bore4 ,having rolled a case1   
pinch one end of it quite close2 then   
drive in half a diameter of clay2 and   
when the case is dry1 fill it with      

composition two or three inches to the  
length of the cases with which it is to 
burn3 at top of the charge drive some   
clay2 as the ends of these cases are    
seldom pinched1 they would be liable to 
take fire4 ,having filled a case1 divide
 the circumference of it at the pinched 
end close to the clay1 into five equal  
parts2 then bore five holes with a      
gimblet about the size of the neck of a 
common four-ounce case1 into the        
composition2 from one hole to the other 
carry a quick-match1 and secure it with 
paper3 this paper must be put on in the 
manner of that on the end of            
wheel-cases1 so that the hollow part1   
which projects from the end of the case1
 may serve to receive a leader from any 
other work1 to give fire to the points  
of the stars4 ,these stars may be made  
with any number of points4   ,fixed ,sun
 with a transparent ,face4  ,to make a  
sun of the best kind1 there should be   
two rows of cases1 which should show a  
double glory1 and make the rays strong  

and full4 ,the frame or sun-wheel must  
be made thus3 have a circular flat nave 
made very strong1 #ab inches diameter2  
to this fix six strong flat spokes2 on  
the front of these fix a circular fell1 
five feet diameter2 within which1 fix   
another fell1 the length of one of the  
sun-cases less in diameter2 within this 
fix a third fell1 whose diameter must be
 less than the second by the length of  
one case and one-third4 ,the wheel being
 made1 divide the fells into so many    
equal parts as there are to be cases1   
7which may be done from #bd to #dd37 at 
each division fix a flat iron staple3   
these staples must be made to fit the   
cases1 to hold them fast on the wheel2  
let the staples be so placed1 that one  
row of cases may lie in the middle of   
the intervals of the other4  ,in the    
centre of the block of the sun drive a  
spindle1 on which put a small hexagonal 
wheel1 whose cases must be filled with  
the same charge as the cases of the sun2
 two cases of this wheel must burn at a 

time1 and begin with those on the fells4
 ,having fixed on all the cases1 carry  
pipes of communication from one to the  
other1 and from one side of the sun to  
the wheel in the middle1 and from thence
 to the other side of the sun4 ,these   
leaders will hold the wheel steady while
 the sun is fixing up1 and will also be 
a sure method of lighting both cases of 
the wheel together4 ,a sun thus made is 
called a brilliant sun1 because the     
wood-work is entirely covered with fire 
from the wheel in the middle1 so that   
there appears nothing but sparks of     
brilliant fire2 but if you would have a 
transparent face in the centre1 you must
 have one made of pasteboard of any     
size4 ,the method of making a face is1  
by cutting out the eyes1 nose1 and      
mouth1 for the sparks of the wheel to   
appear through2 but instead of this     
face1 you may have one painted on oil   
paper1 or ,persian silk1 strained tight 
on a hoop2 which hoop must be supported 
by three or four pieces of wire at six  

inches distance from the wheel in the   
centre1 so that the light of it may     
illuminate the face4 ,by this method may
 be shown1 in the front of the sun1     
,,vivat ,,regina1 cut in pasteboard1 or 
,apollo1 painted in silk2 but1 for a    
small collection1 a sun with a single   
glory and a wheel in front will be most 
suitable4 ,half-pound cases1 filled ten 
inches with composition1 will be a good 
size for a sun of five feet diameter2   
but1 if larger1 the cases must be       
greater in proportion4   ,,detonating   
,,works4  ,,waterloo ,,crackers4  ,take 
a slip of cartridge-paper1 about        
three-quarters of an inch in width1     
paste and double it2 let it remain till 
dry1 and cut it into two equal parts in 
length1 7,no4 #a and #b17 according to  
the following pattern3                  
-----------------------------------     
,no4 #a4   ,glass4  ,s  ,glass4 ,no4 #b4
    ----------------------------------- 
,take some of the glass composition1 and
 lay it across the paper as in the      

pattern1 and put about a quarter of a   
grain of fulminating silver in the place
 marked ,s1 and while the glass         
composition is moist1 put the paper     
marked ,no4 #b1 over the farthest row of
 glass4 ,over all1 paste twice over the 
part that covers the silver a piece of  
paper2 let it dry1 and when you wish to 
explode it1 take hold of the two ends   
and pull them sharply from each other1  
and it will produce a loud report4      
,,detonating ,,girdle4  ,procure a piece
 of girth from #ab to #ah inches in     
length4 ,double it1 and fold it down    
about #a-a_/b inch1 similar to the fold 
of a letter1 and then turn back one end 
of the girth1 and it will form two      
compartments4 ,then take some gum and   
dissolve it in water2 boil it till it is
 quite melted1 and very thick2 add      
coarse powdered glass1 sufficient to    
make it into a very thick paste2 place  
two upright rows of the glass           
composition in the inside of one of the 
folds1 about as wide as the thickness of

 a lath1 and as high as a half-crown    
laid flat2 and when they are dry1 sew   
the first fold together on the edge1 and
 then the second at the opposite end1 so
 that one end may be open4 ,then1 in the
 centre of the two rows1 put about a    
grain of fulminating silver1 and paste a
 piece of cotton or silk over it4 ,make 
a hole at each end of the girdle1 and   
hang it to a hook in the door-post1 and 
the other hook on the door1 observing to
 place the silk part so that it may come
 against the edge of the door when      
opened1 which will cause a report as    
loud as a small cannon4 ,the fulminating
 silver may be purchased at any of the  
operating chemists4   ,,detonating      
,,balls4  ,procure some glass globes1   
between the size of a pea and a small   
marble1 in which there must be a small  
hole2 put into it half a grain of       
fulminating silver4 ,paste a piece of   
paper carefully over the ball to prevent
 the silver from escaping4 ,when you    
wish to explode one put it on the       

ground1 and tread hard upon it1 and it  
will go off with a loud noise4 ,these   
balls may be made productive of much    
amusement in company1 by placing a chair
 lightly on them2 for whoever sits down 
upon them will cause them to explode4   
,these globes may be procured at the    
barometer-makers4   ,,the ,,detonating  
,,tape4  ,is made of binding1 about     
three-eighths of an inch in width4      
,observe the same directions as given   
for the girdle2 you may either explode  
it yourself1 by taking hold of each end1
 and rolling the ends from each other   
sharply1 or give one end to another1 and
 pull together4   ,,detonating ,,cards4 
,take a piece of card about             
three-fourths of an inch in breadth and 
#ab in length2 slit it at one end1 and  
place in the opening a quarter of a     
grain of fulminating silver2 close the  
edges down with a little paste1 and when
 dry you may use it by lighting the end 
in a candle4  ,having given the method  
by which these loud reports are         

produced1 we shall mention some other   
effects to be produced by the silver1   
capable of affording much amusement4    
,for instance1 by placing about a       
quarter of a grain of the silver in the 
midst of some tobacco in a pipe1 or     
between the leaves of a cigar1 and      
closing the end again1 to prevent the   
powder from falling out2 when lighted1  
it causes a loud explosion2 for heat1 as
 well as friction1 will equally do4     
,or1 take one-third of the grain of     
fulminating silver2 fold it up in a     
small piece of paper1 and wrap it up in 
another piece1 and paste it round a pin4
 ,these pins stuck in the wick of a     
candle make a very loud noise4          
,fulminating silver may be also used in 
the following manner3--,put half a grain
 in a piece of glass-paper1 and enclose 
it in a piece of foil2 put it then at   
the bottom or side of a drawer1 and on  
opening or shutting it1 it will         
immediately go off4  ,put a quarter of a
 grain of fulminating silver into a     

piece of paper1 and place in the        
snuffers when quite cold2 when the      
candle is snuffed1 it will go off4      
,,aquatic ,,fire-,,works4  ,works that  
sport in the water are much esteemed by 
most admirers of fire-works1            
particularly water-rockets2 and as they 
seem of a very extraordinary nature to  
those who are unacquainted with this    
art1 they merit a particular            
explanation4   ,water-,rockets4  ,they  
may be made from four ounces to two     
pounds4 ,if larger1 they are too heavy2 
so that it will be difficult to make    
them keep above water without a cork    
float1 which must be tied to the neck of
 the case2 but the rockets will not dive
 so well with as without floats4  ,cases
 for these are made in the same manner  
and proportion as sky-rockets1 only a   
little thicker of paper4 ,when you fill 
those which are driven solid1 put in    
first one ladleful of slow fire1 then   
two of the proper charge1 and on that   
one or two ladles of sinking charge1    

then the proper charge1 then the sinking
 charge again1 and so on1 till you have 
filled the case within three diameters2 
then drive on the composition one       
ladleful of clay2 through which make a  
small hole to the charge2 then fill the 
case1 within half a diameter1 with      
corn-powder1 on which turn down two or  
three rounds of the case in the inside2 
then pinch and tie the end very tight2  
having filled the rockets1 7according to
 the above directions17 dip their ends  
in melted resin or sealing-wax1 or else 
secure them well with grease4 ,when you 
fire those rockets1 throw in six or     
eight at a time2 but1 if you would have 
them all sink1 or swim1 at the same     
time1 you must fill them with an equal  
quantity of composition1 and fire them  
together4   ,pipes of ,communication for
 ,water4  ,they may be used under water1
 but must be a little thicker in the    
paper than those for land4 ,having      
rolled a sufficient number of pipes1 and
 kept them till dry1 wash them over with

 drying oil1 and set them to dry2 but   
when you oil them1 leave about an inch  
and a half at each end dry1 for joints2 
as1 if they were oiled all over1 when   
you come to join them1 the paste will   
not stick where the paper is greasy3    
after the leaders are joined1 and the   
paste dry1 oil the joints4 ,these pipes 
will lie many hours under water1 without
 receiving any damage4   ,horizontal    
,water-,wheels4  ,to make horizontal    
wheels for the water1 first get a large 
wooden bowl without a handle2 then have 
an eight-sided wheel1 made of a flat    
board #ah inches diameter1 so that the  
length of each side may nearly be seven 
inches3 in all the sides cut a groove   
for the cases to lie in4 ,this wheel    
being made1 nail it on the top of the   
bowl2 then take four eight-ounce cases1 
filled with a proper charge1 each about 
six inches in length4 ,now1 to clothe   
the wheel with these cases1 get some    
whitish-brown paper1 and cut it into    
slips2 being pasted all over on one     

side1 take one of the cases1 and roll   
one of the slips of paper about an inch 
and a half on its end1 so that there    
will remain about two inches and a half 
of the paper hollow from the end of the 
case3 tie this case on one of the sides 
of the wheel1 near the corners of which 
must be holes bored1 through which put  
the packthread to tie the cases3 having 
tied on the first case at the neck and  
end1 put a little meal-powder in the    
hollow paper2 then paste a slip of paper
 on the end of another case1 the head of
 which put into the hollow paper on the 
first1 allowing a sufficient distance   
from the tail of one to the head of the 
other1 for the pasted paper to bend     
without tearing3 tie on the second case 
as you did the first1 and so on with the
 rest1 except the last1 which must be   
closed at the end1 unless it is to      
communicate to any thing on the top of  
the wheel1 such as fire-pumps or        
brilliant fires1 fixed in holes cut in  
the wheel1 and fired by the last or     

second case1 as the fancy directs3 six1 
eight1 or any number1 may be placed on  
the top of the wheel1 provided they are 
not too heavy for the bowl4  ,before    
trying on the cases1 cut the upper part 
of all their ends1 except the last1 a   
little shelving1 that the fire from one 
may play over the other1 without being  
obstructed by the case4 ,wheel-cases    
have no clay driven in their ends1 nor  
pinched1 but are always left open1 only 
the last1 or those which are not to lead
 fire1 which must be well secured4      
,water-,mines4  ,for water-mines you    
must have a bowl with a wheel on it1    
made in the same manner as the          
water-wheel2 only in its middle there   
must be a hole1 of the same diameter as 
that of the intended mine4 ,these mines 
are tin pots1 with strong bottoms1 and a
 little more than two diameters in      
length3 the mine must be fixed in the   
hole in the wheel1 with its bottom      
resting on the bowl2 then loaded with   
serpents1 crackers1 stars1 small        

water-rockets1 c41 in the same manner as
 pots of aigrettes2 but in their centre 
fix a case of ,chinese fire1 or a small 
gerbe1 which must be lighted at the     
beginning of the last case on the wheel4
 ,these wheels are to be clothed as     
usual4   ,fire ,globes for the ,water4  
,bowls for water-globes must be very    
large1 and the wheels on them of ten    
sides3 on each side nail a piece of wood
 four inches long2 and on the outside of
 each piece cut a groove1 wide enough to
 receive about one-fourth of the        
thickness of a four-ounce case3 these   
pieces of wood must be nailed in the    
middle of each face of the wheel1 and   
fixed in an oblique direction1 so that  
the fire from the cases may incline     
upwards3 the wheel being thus prepared1 
tie in each groove a four-ounce case    
filled with a grey charge2 then carry a 
leader from the tail of one case to the 
mouth of the other4  ,globes for these  
wheels are made of two in hoops1 with   
their edges outwards1 fixed one within  

the other1 at right angles4 ,the        
diameter of these hoops must be rather  
less than that of the wheel4 ,having    
made the globe1 drive in the centre of  
the wheel an iron spindle which must    
stand perpendicular1 and its length be  
four or six inches more than the        
diameter of the globe4  ,the spindle    
serves for an axis1 on which is fixed   
the globe1 which must stand four or six 
inches from the wheel2 round one side of
 each hoop must be soldered little bits 
of tin1 two inches and a half distance  
from each other2 which pieces must be   
two inches in length each1 and only     
fastened at one end1 the other ends     
being left loose1 to turn round the     
small port-fires1 and hold them on3     
these port-fires must be made of such a 
length as will last out the cases on the
 wheel4 ,there need not be any          
port-fires at the bottom of the globe   
within four inches of the spindle1 as   
they would have no effect but to burn   
the wheel3 all the port-fires must be   

placed perpendicularly from the centre  
of the globe1 with their mouths         
outwards1 and must be clothed with      
leaders1 so as all to take fire with the
 second case of the wheel2 and the cases
 must burn two at a time1 one opposite  
the other4 ,when two cases of a wheel   
begin together1 two will end together2  
therefore the two opposite end cases    
must have their ends pinched and secured
 from fire4 ,the method of firing such  
wheels is1 by carrying a leader from the
 mouth of one of the first cases to that
 of the other2 and the leader being     
burnt through the middle1 will give fire
 to both at the same time4              
,odoriferous ,water-,balloons4  ,they   
are made in the same manner as          
air-balloons1 but very thin of paper1   
and in diameter one inch and            
three-fourths1 with a vent of half an   
inch diameter4 ,the shells being made1  
and quite dry1 fill them with any of the
 following compositions1 which must be  
rammed in tight3 these balloons must be 

fired at the vent1 and put into a bowl  
of water4 ,odoriferous works are        
generally fired in rooms4  ,composition 
,i4 ,saltpetre two ounces1 flour of     
sulphur one ounce1 camphor half an      
ounce1 yellow amber half an ounce1      
charcoal-dust three-fourths of an ounce1
 salt of ,benzoin half an ounce1 all    
powdered very fine and well mixed4      
,,ii4 ,saltpetre twelve ounces1         
meal-powder three ounces1 frankincense  
one ounce1 myrrh half an ounce1 camphor 
half an ounce1 charcoal three ounces1   
all moistened with the oil of spike4    
,,iii4 ,saltpetre two ounces1 sulphur   
half an ounce1 antimony half an ounce1  
amber half an ounce1 cedar raspings     
one-fourth of an ounce1 all mixed with  
the oil of roses and a few drops of     
bergamot4  ,,iv4 ,saltpetre four ounces1
 sulphur one ounce1 saw-dust of juniper 
half an ounce1 saw-dust of cypress one  
ounce1 camphor one-fourth of an ounce1  
myrrh two drachms1 dried rosemary       
one-fourth of an ounce1 all moistened a 

little with the oil of roses4  ,n4,b4   
,water-rockets may be made with any of  
the above compositions1 with a little   
alteration1 to make them weaker or      
stronger1 according to the size of the  
cases4   ,a ,sea-fight with small ,ships
 and a ,fire-ship4  ,having procured    
four or five small ships1 of two or     
three feet in length1 make a number of  
small reports1 which are to serve for   
guns4 ,of these range as many as you    
please on each side of the upper decks2 
then at the head and stern of each ship 
fix a two-ounce case1 eight inches long1
 filled with a slow port-fire           
composition2 but take care to place it  
in such a manner that the fire may fall 
in the water1 and not burn the rigging2 
in these cases bore holes at unequal    
distances from one another1 but make as 
many in each case as half the number of 
reports1 so that one case may fire the  
guns on one side1 and the other those on
 the opposite4 ,the method of firing the
 guns is1 by carrying a leader from the 

holes in the cases to the reports on the
 decks2 you must make these leaders very
 small1 and be careful in calculating   
the burning of the slow fire in the     
regulating cases1 that more than two    
guns be not fired at a time4 ,when you  
would have a broadside given1 let a     
leader be carried to a cracker placed on
 the outside of the ship2 which cracker 
must be tied loose1 or the reports will 
be too slow3 in all the ships put       
artificial guns at the port-holes4      
,reports for these and similar occasions
 are made by filling small cartridges   
with grained powder1 pinching them close
 at each end1 and1 when used1 boring a  
hole in the side1 to which is placed a  
match or leader for firing them4        
,having filled and bored holes in two   
port-fires1 for regulating the guns in  
one ship1 make all the rest exactly the 
same2 then1 when you begin the          
engagement1 light one ship first1 and   
set it a sailing1 and so on with the    
rest1 sending them out singly1 which    

will make them fire regularly1 at       
different times1 without confusion2 for 
the time between the firing of each gun 
will be equal to that of lighting the   
slow fires4  ,the fire-ship may be of   
any size1 and need not be very good1 for
 it is always lost in the action4 ,to   
prepare a ship for this purpose1 make a 
port-fire equal in size with those in   
the other ships1 and place it at the    
stern2 in every port place a larger     
port-fire1 filled with a very strong    
composition1 and painted in imitation of
 a gun1 and let them all be fired at    
once by a leader from the slow fire1    
within two or three diameters of its    
bottom2 all along both sides1 on the top
 of the upper deck1 lay star-composition
 about half an inch thick and one broad1
 which must be wetted with thin size1   
then primed with meal-powder1 and       
secured from fire by pasting paper over 
it2 in the place where you lay this     
composition1 drive some little tacks    
with flat heads1 to hold it fast to the 

deck2 this must be fired just after the 
sham guns1 and when burning will show a 
flame all round the ship3 at the head   
take up the decks1 and put in a tin     
mortar loaded with crackers1 which      
mortar must be fired by a pipe from the 
end of the slow fire3 the firing of this
 mortar will sink the ship1 and make a  
pretty conclusion4 ,the regulating      
port-fire of this ship must be lighted  
at the same time with the first fighting
 ship4  ,having prepared all the ships  
for fighting1 we shall next proceed with
 the management of them when on the     
water4 ,at one end of the pond1 just    
under the surface of the water1 fit two 
running blocks1 at what distance you    
choose the ships should fight2 and at   
the other end of the pond1 opposite to  
each of these blocks1 under the water1  
fix a double block2 then on the land1 by
 each of the double blocks1 place two   
small windlasses2 round one of them turn
 one end of a small cord1 and put the   
other end through one of the blocks2    

then carry it through the single one at 
the opposite end of the pond1 and bring 
it back through the double block again1 
and round the other windlass3 to this   
cord1 near the double block1 tie as many
 small strings as half the number of the
 ships1 at any distance2 but these      
strings must not be more than two feet  
long each3 make fast the loose end of   
each to a ship1 just under her bowsprit2
 for if tied to the keel1 or too near   
the water1 it will overset the ship4    
,half the ships being thus prepared1    
near the other double block fix two more
 windlasses1 to which fasten a cord1 and
 to it tie the other half of the ships  
as before3 when you fire the ships1 pull
 in the cord with one of the windlasses1
 to get all the ships together2 and when
 you have set fire to the first1 turn   
that windlass which draws them out1 and 
so on with the rest1 till they are all  
out in the middle of the pond2 then1 by 
turning the other windlass1 you will    
draw them back again2 by which method   

you may make them change sides1 and tack
 about backwards and forwards at        
pleasure4 ,for the fire-ship fix the    
blocks and windlasses between the       
others1 so that when she sails out she  
will be between the other ships3 you    
must not let this ship advance till the 
guns at her ports take fire4   ,to fire 
,sky-,rockets under ,water4  ,you must  
have stands made as usual1 only the     
rails must be placed flat instead of    
edgewise1 and have holes in them for the
 rocket-sticks to go through2 for if    
they were hung upon hooks1 the motion of
 the water would throw them off3 the    
stands being made1 if the pond be deep  
enough1 sink them at the sides so deep1 
that1 when the rockets are in1 their    
heads may just appear above the surface 
of the water2 to the mouth of each      
rocket fix a leader1 which put through  
the hole with a stick2 then a little    
above the water must be a board1        
supported by the stand1 and placed along
 one side of the rockets2 then the ends 

of the leaders are turned up through    
holes made in this board1 exactly       
opposite the rockets4 ,by this means you
 may fire them singly or all at once4   
,rockets may be fired by this method in 
the middle of a pond1 by a ,neptune1 a  
swan1 a water-wheel1 or any thing else  
you choose4   ,neptune in his ,chariot4 
,to represent ,neptune in his chariot1  
you must have a ,neptune 7made of wood1 
or basket-work7 as big as life1 fixed on
 a float large enough to bear his       
weight2 on which must be two horses'    
heads and necks1 so as to seem swimming4
 ,for the wheels of the chariot1 there  
must be two vertical wheels of black    
fire1 and on ,neptune's head a          
horizontal wheel of brilliant fire1 with
 all its cases1 to play upwards4 ,when  
this wheel is made1 cover it with paper 
or pasteboard1 cut and painted like     
,neptune's coronet2 then let the trident
 be made without prongs1 but instead of 
them1 fix three cases of a weak grey    
charge1 and on each horse's head put an 

eight-ounce case of brilliant fire1 and 
on the mouth of each fix a short case1  
of the same diameter1 filled with the   
white flame composition enough to last  
out all the cases on the wheels3 these  
short cases must be open at bottom1 that
 they may light the brilliant fires2 for
 the horses' eyes put small port-fires1 
and in each nostril put a small case    
half filled with grey charge1 and the   
rest with port-fire composition4  ,if   
,neptune is to give fire to any building
 on the water1 at his first setting out1
 the wheels of the chariot1 and that on 
his head1 with the white flame on the   
horses' heads1 and the port-fires in    
their eyes and nostrils1 must all be    
lighted at once2 then from the bottom of
 the white flames carry a leader to the 
trident4 ,as ,neptune is to advance by  
the help of a block and cord1 you must  
manage it so as not to let him turn     
about1 till the brilliant fires on the  
horses and the trident begin2 for it is 
by the fire from the horses 7which plays

 almost upright17 that the building1 or 
work1 is lighted1 which must be thus    
prepared4 ,from the mouth of the case   
which is to be first fired1 hang some   
loose quick-match to receive the fire   
from the horses4 ,when ,neptune is only 
to be shown by himself1 without setting 
fire to any other works1 let the white  
flames on the horses be very short1 and 
not to last longer than one case of each
 wheel1 and let two cases of each wheel 
burn at a time4   ,swans and ,ducks in  
,water4  ,if you would have swans or    
ducks discharge rockets into the water1 
they must be made hollow1 and of paper1 
and filled with small water-rockets1    
with some blowing powder to throw them  
out2 but if this is not done1 they may  
be made of wood1 which will last many   
times4 ,having made and painted some    
swans1 fix them on floats2 then in the  
places where their eyes should be1 bore 
holes two inches deep1 inclining        
downwards1 and wide enough to receive a 
small port-fire2 the port-fire cases for

 this purpose must be made of brass1 two
 inches long1 and filled with a slow    
bright charge4 ,in the middle of one of 
these cases make a little hole2 then put
 the port-fire in the eye-hole of the   
swan1 leaving about half an inch to     
project out2 and in the other eye put   
another port-fire1 with a hole made in  
it3 then in the neck of the swan1 within
 two inches of one of the eyes1 bore a  
hole slantwise1 to meet that in the     
port-fire2 in this hole put a leader1   
and carry it to a water-rocket1 that    
must be fixed under the tail with its   
mouth upwards4 ,on the top of the head  
place two one-ounce cases1 four inches  
long each1 driven with brilliant fire2  
one of these cases must incline         
forwards1 and the other backwards3 these
 must be lighted at the same time as the
 water-rocket2 to do which1 bore a hole 
between them in the top of the swan's   
head1 down to the hole in the port-fire1
 to which carry a leader3 if the swan is
 filled with rockets1 they must be fired

 by a pipe from the end of the          
water-rocket under the tail4 ,when you  
set the swan a swimming1 light the two  
eyes4   ,water ,fire-,fountains4  ,to   
make a fire-fountain for the water1     
first have a float made of wood1 three  
feet diameter2 then in the middle fix a 
round perpendicular post1 four feet     
high1 and two inches diameter2 round    
this post fix three circular wheels made
 of thin wood1 without any spokes4 ,the 
largest of these wheels must be placed  
within two or three inches of the float1
 and must be nearly of the same         
diameter4 ,the second wheel must be two 
feet two inches diameter1 and fixed at  
two feet distance from the first4 ,the  
third wheel must be one foot four inches
 diameter1 and fixed within six inches  
of the top of the post3 the wheels being
 fixed1 take #ah four or eight-ounce    
cases of brilliant fire1 and place them 
round the first wheel with their mouths 
outwards1 and inclining downwards2 on   
the second wheel place #ac cases of the 

same1 and in the same manner as those on
 the first2 on the third1 place eight   
more of these cases1 in the same manner 
as before1 and on the top of the post   
fix a gerbe2 then clothe all the cases  
with leaders1 so that both they and the 
gerbe may take fire at the same time4   
,before firing this work1 try it in the 
water1 to see whether the float is      
properly made1 so as to keep the        
fountain upright4   ,,the ,,end4        
,,miscellaneous ,,works  ,,in ,,various 
,,departments ,,of ,,literature1        
,,published ,,by ,,lea ,,and            
,,blanchard4   ,,acton',s ,,modern      
,,cookery1 with cuts1 #abmo1 cloth4     
,,american ,,ornithology1 by ,prince    
,charles ,bonaparte1 in #d vols4 folio1 
half bound1 colored plates4  ,,american 
,,military ,,law ,,and ,,practice ,,of  
,,courts ,,martial1 by ,lieut4          
,o',brien1 ,u4 ,s4 ,a41 #a vol4 #hvo1   
cloth or law sheep4  ,,ansted',s        
,,ancient ,,world1 ,,or ,,picturesque   
,,sketches ,,of ,,creation1 #a vol4     

#abmo1 numerous cuts4  ,,addison ,,on   
,,contracts1 #a large vol4 #hvo1 law    
sheep4  ,,arnott',s ,,elements ,,of     
,,physics1 #a vol4 #hvo1 sheep1 with    
many wood-cuts4  ,,boz',s ,,complete    
,,works1 in #h vols4 #hvo1 extra cloth1 
with numerous plates4      ,same work1  
common edition1 in paper1 #i parts1     
price #c #ej4      ,same work in #c     
large vols41 good paper1 fancy cloth1   
price     #c #ge4  ,,benthamiana3       
,extracts from ,bentham1 in #a vol4     
#abmo4  ,,browne',s ,,religio ,,medici1 
#a vol4 #abmo1 extra cloth4  ,,bolmar',s
 ,,french ,,series1 consisting of--     
,a ,selection of ,one ,hundred ,perrin's
 ,fables1 with a ,key to the            
,pronunciation4      ,a ,series of      
,colloquial ,phrases4      ,the ,first  
,eight ,books of ,fenelon's ,telemachus4
      ,key to the same4      ,a         
,treatise on all the ,french ,verbs1    
,regular and ,irregular4          ,the  
whole forming five small volumes1 half  
bound to match4  ,,butler',s ,,atlas    

,,of ,,ancient ,,geography1 #hvo1 half  
bound4  ,,butler',s ,,geographia        
,,classica1 #a vol4 #hvo4  ,,bird',s    
,,natural ,,philosophy1 #a vol4 with    
many cuts4  ,,brigham ,,on ,,mental     
,,cultivation1 c41 #abmo1 cloth4        
,,bridgewater ,,treatises4 ,the whole   
complete in #g vols4 #hvo1 various      
bindings3 containing--      ,,roget',s  
,,animal ,,and ,,vegetable ,,physiology1
 in #b vols1 with many     cuts4        
,,kirby ,,on ,,the ,,history1 ,,habits1 
,,and ,,instinct ,,of ,,animals1 #a vol4
     with plates4      ,,prout ,,on     
,,chemistry4      ,,chalmers ,,on ,,the 
,,moral ,,condition ,,of ,,man4         
,,whewell ,,on ,,astronomy4      ,,bell 
,,on ,,the ,,hand4      ,,kidd ,,on     
,,the ,,physical ,,condition ,,of ,,man4
      ,,buckland',s ,,geology1 #b vols4 
with numerous plates and maps4          
,roget1 ,buckland1 and ,kirby are sold  
separate4  ,,brougham ,,on ,,the        
,,french ,,revolution1 #a vol4 paper4   
,,boy',s ,,treasury ,,of ,,sports ,,and 

,,pastimes1 #a vol4 #ahmo1 crimson      
cloth1 #djj illustrations4  ,,barnaby   
,,rudge1 by ,boz1 paper or cloth4       
,,browning',s ,,history ,,of ,,the      
,,huguenots1 #a vol4 #hvo4              
,,brewster',s ,,treatise ,,on ,,optics1 
#a vol4 #abmo1 cuts4  ,,babbage',s      
,,fragment1 #a vol4 #hvo4  ,,campbell',s
 ,,lives ,,of ,,the ,,lord              
,,chancellors1 #g vols4 crown #hvo1     
extra cloth4  ,,chimes1 by ,dickens1    
plates1 #ahmo1 fancy cloth4  ,,christmas
 ,,stories--,the ,chimes1 ,carol1       
,cricket on the ,hearth1 and ,battle of 
,life1 together with ,pictures from     
,italy1 by ,dickens1 #a vol #hvo1 paper1
 price #cg-a_/b cents4  ,,complete      
,,cook1 paper1 price only #be cents4    
,,complete ,,confectioner1 paper1 #be   
cents4  ,,complete ,,florist1 paper1 #be
 cents4  ,,complete ,,gardener1 paper1  
#be cents4  ,,curiosity ,,shop1 by ,boz1
 paper or doth4  ,c,,sar',s             
,,commentaries1 #a vol4 #ahmo1 neat     
cloth2 being vol4 ,i4 of ,schmitz and   

,zumpf's ,classical ,series for         
,schools4  ,,campbell',s ,,complete     
,,poetical ,,works1 in #a vol4 crown    
#hvo1 cloth gilt or white calf1 plates4 
,,cooper',s ,,naval ,,history ,,of ,,the
 ,,united ,,states1 complete in #a vol4 
#hvo1 cloth1 with plates and maps4      
,,cooper',s ,,novels ,,and ,,tales1 in  
#bc vols1 sheep gilt1 #abmo1 or #dg     
vols4 paper4  ,,cooper',s ,,sea ,,tales1
 #f vols4 #abmo1 cloth4  ,,cooper',s    
,,leather ,,stocking ,,tales1 #e vols4  
#abmo1 cloth4  ,,carpenter',s           
,,comparative ,,anatomy ,,and           
,,physiology1 with numerous wood-cuts1  
7preparing74  ,,carpenter',s ,,animal   
,,physiology1 with #cjj wood-cuts1      
7preparing74  ,,croly',s ,,history ,,of 
,,the ,,christian ,,religion1 to be     
complete in #c vols41 7at press74       
,,clater ,,on ,,the ,,diseases ,,of     
,,horses1 by ,skinner1 #a vol4 #abmo4   
,,clater',s ,,cattle ,,and ,,sheep      
,,doctor1 #a vol4 #abmo1 cuts4          
,,campbell',s ,,frederic ,,the ,,great1 

#b vols4 #abmo1 extra cloth4  ,,don     
,,quixote1 with numerous illustrations  
by ,johannot2 #b vols41 #hvo1 cloth1 or 
half morocco4  ,,davidson1 ,,margaret1  
,memoirs of and ,poems1 in #a vol4      
#abmo1 paper #ej cents1 or extra cloth4 
,,davidson1 ,,lucretia1 ,poetical       
,remains1 #a vol4 #abmo1 paper #ej      
cents1 or extra cloth4  ,,davidson1     
,mrs41 ,poetry and ,life1 in #a vol4    
#abmo1 paper #ej cents1 or extra cloth4 
,,dana ,,on ,,corals1 #a vol4 royal     
#dto1 with ,atlas of ,plates1 7at       
press74  ,,dombey ,,and ,,son1 by       
,dickens1 #a vol4 #hvo1 with #af plates1
 price #ej cents4      ,same work1 fine 
edition1 #dj plates1 extra cloth4  ,,dog
 ,,and ,,sportsman1 by ,skinner1 plates1
 #a vol4 #abmo1 cloth4  ,,dunglison ,,on
 ,,human ,,health1 #a vol4 #hvo1 cloth  
or sheep4  ,,encyclop,,dia ,,of         
,,geography1 in #c octavo vols4 many    
cuts and maps1 various bindings4        
,,encyclop,,dia ,,americana1 #ad vols4  
#hvo1 various bindings4 ,vol4 #ad1      

bringing the work up to #ahdf1 sold     
separate4  ,,east',s ,,king',s ,,bench  
,,reports1 edited by ,g4 ,m4 ,wharton1  
#af vols4 in #h1 large #hvo1 law sheep4 
,,education ,,of ,,mothers1 #a vol4     
#abmo1 cloth or paper4  ,,endless       
,,amusement1 neat #ahmo1 crimson cloth1 
with cuts4  ,,fielding',s ,,select      
,,works1 in #a vol4 #hvo1 cloth1 or #d  
parts1 paper4  ,,francatelli',s ,,modern
 ,,french ,,cook1 in #a vol4 #hvo1 with 
many cuts4  ,,fownes' ,,recent ,,work   
,,on ,,chemistry1 second edition1 by    
,bridges1 #a vol4 #abmo1 many cuts1     
sheep or extra cloth4  ,,grahame',s     
,,colonial ,,history ,,of ,,the ,,united
 ,,states1 #b vols4 #hvo1 a new edition4
  ,,graham',s ,,elements ,,of           
,,chemistry1 #a vol4 large #hvo1 many   
cuts1 7new edition1 in press74          
,,gieseler',s ,,ecclesiastical          
,,history1 #c vols4 #hvo4  ,,griffiths' 
,,chemistry ,,of ,,the ,,four ,,seasons1
 #a vol4 #abmo1 many cuts4              
,,griffith',s ,,medical ,,botany1 #a    

vol4 large #hvo1 extra cloth1 nearly    
#djj cuts4  ,,grote',s ,,history ,,of   
,,greece1 to form a neat #abmo series4  
,,hawker ,,on ,,shooting1 ,edited by    
,porter1 with plates and cuts1 #a vol4  
#hvo1 beautiful extra cloth4            
,,herschell',s ,,treatise ,,on          
,,astronomy1 #a vol4 #abmo1 cuts and    
plates4  ,,hale',s ,,ethnology ,,and    
,,philosophy ,,of ,,the ,u4 ,s4         
,,exploring ,,expedition1 #a vol4 royal 
#dto1 extra cloth4  ,,hemans' ,,complete
 ,,poetical ,,works1 in #g vols4 #abmo4 
,,hemans' ,,memoirs1 by her ,sister1 #a 
vol4 #abmo4  ,,holthouse',s ,,law       
,,dictionary1 by ,penington1 #a vol4    
large #abmo1 law sheep4  ,,hilliard ,,on
 ,,real ,,estate1 new and much ,improved
 ,edition1 #b large vols4 #hvo1 law     
sheep4  ,,hill ,,on ,,trustees1 by      
,troubat1 #a large vol4 #hvo1 law sheep4
  ,,ingersoll',s ,,history ,,of ,,the   
,,late ,,war1 #a vol4 #hvo4  ,,irving',s
 ,,rocky ,,mountains1 #b vols4 #abmo1   
cloth4  ,,johnson',s ,,dictionary ,,of  

,,gardening1 by ,landreth1 #a vol4 large
 royal #abmo1 #fej pages1 many cuts4    
,,knapp',s ,,technology1 ,,or           
,,chemistry ,,applied ,,to ,,the ,,arts 
,,and ,,to ,,manufactures4 ,translated  
by ,ronalds1 ,edited by ,johnson4 ,vol4 
,i41 with numerous illustrations4       
,,keble',s ,,christian ,,year1 in #cbmo1
 extra cloth4 ,illuminated title4       
,,kirby ,,and ,,spence',s ,,entomology1 
#a large #hvo vol4 with plates1 plain or
 colored4  ,,lover',s ,,irish ,,stories1
 #a vol4 royal #abmo1 with cuts1 extra  
cloth4      ,same work1 paper1 price #ej
 cents4  ,,lover',s ,,rory ,o',,more1 #a
 vol4 royal #abmo1 with cuts1 extra     
cloth4      ,same work1 paper1 price #ej
 cents4      ,same work1 #hvo1 price #be
 cents4  ,,lover',s ,,songs ,,and       
,,ballads1 #abmo1 paper1 #be cents4     
,,lights1 ,,shadows1 c41 of ,whigs and  
,tories1 #a vol4 #abmo4  ,,language ,,of
 ,,flowers1 eighth edition1 #a vol4     
#ahmo1 colored plates1 crimson cloth1   
gilt4  ,,landreth',s ,,rural ,,register1

 for #ahdh1 royal #abmo1 many cuts1     
price #ae cents4 ,copies for #ahdg still
 on sale4  ,,loves ,,of ,,the ,,poets1  
by ,mrs4 ,jamieson1 #abmo4  ,,marston1  
,,or ,,the ,,soldier ,,and ,,statesman1 
by ,croly1 #hvo1 sewed1 #ej cents4      
,,mackintosh',s ,,dissertation ,,on     
,,ethical ,,philosophy1 #a vol4 #hvo1   
cloth4  ,,moore',s ,,history ,,of       
,,ireland1 in #b vols4 #hvo1 cloth4     
,second volume sold separate4  ,,martin 
,,chuzzlewit1 by ,boz1 cloth or paper4  
,,muller',s ,,physics ,,and             
,,meteorology1 #a vol4 large #hvo1 #b   
colored plates1 and #eej wood-cuts4     
,,millwright',s ,,and ,,miller',s       
,,guide1 by ,oliver ,evans1 in #a vol4  
#hvo1 sheep1 many plates4  ,,metcalf    
,,on ,,caloric1 #a vol4 #hvo1 7at       
press74  ,,mill',s ,,history ,,of ,,the 
,,crusades1 ,,and ,,chivalry1 in one    
octavo volume4  ,,mill',s ,,sportsman',s
 ,,library1 #a vol4 #abmo1 extra cloth4 
,,narrative ,,of ,,the ,,united         
,,states' ,,exploring ,,expedition1 by  

,captain ,charles ,wilkes1 ,u4 ,s4 ,n41 
in #f vols4 #dto1 #fj2 or #f vols4      
imperial #hvo1 #be1 with very ,numerous 
and ,beautiful ,illustrations1 on wood1 
copper1 and steel2 or #e vols4 #hvo1    
#aj1 with over three hundred wood-cuts  
and maps4  ,,niebuhr',s ,,history ,,of  
,,rome1 complete1 #b large vols4 #hvo4  
,,nicholas ,,nickleby1 by ,boz1 cloth or
 paper4  ,,oliver ,,twist1 by ,boz1     
cloth or paper4  ,,picciola1--,the      
,prisoner of ,fenestrella1 illustrated  
edition1 with cuts1 royal #abmo1        
beautiful crimson cloth4      ,same     
work1 fancy paper1 price #ej cents4     
,,philosophy ,,in ,,sport ,,made        
,,science ,,in ,,earnest1 #a vol4 #ahmo1
 neat crimson cloth1 with cuts4         
,,popular ,,vegetable ,,physiology1 by  
,carpenter1 #a vol4 #abmo1 many cuts4   
,,pickwick ,,club1 by ,boz1 cloth or    
paper4  ,,rush',s ,,court ,,of ,,london1
 #a vol4 #hvo4  ,,ranke',s ,,history    
,,of ,,the ,,popes ,,of ,,rome1 #a vol4 
#hvo1 cloth4  ,,ranke',s ,,history ,,of 

,,the ,,reformation ,,in ,,germany1 to  
be complete in #a vol4 #hvo4  ,,ranke',s
 ,,history ,,of ,,the ,,ottoman ,,and   
,,spanish ,,empires1 #hvo1 price #ej    
cents4  ,,rogers' ,,poems1 a splendid   
edition1 ,illustrated1 imperial #hvo4   
,,roget',s ,,outlines ,,of ,,physiology1
 #a vol4 #hvo4  ,,roscoe',s ,,lives ,,of
 ,,the ,,kings ,,of ,,england1 a #abmo  
,series to match ,miss ,strickland's    
,queens4  ,,strickland',s ,,lives ,,of  
,,the ,,queens ,,of ,,england1 #ab vols4
 #abmo1 cloth or paper4 7,this work is  
now complete47      ,same work1 crown   
#hvo1 extra cloth1 two vols4 in one2    
large     type1 and fine paper1         
beautiful crimson cloth4  ,,select      
,,works ,,of ,,tobias ,,smollett1 cloth 
or paper4  ,,simpson',s ,,overland      
,,journey ,,around ,,the ,,world1 crown 
#hvo1 extra cloth4      ,same work1 #b  
parts1 paper1 price #a #ej4             
,,siborne',s ,,waterloo ,,campaign1 with
 maps1 #a vol4 large #hvo4  ,,schmitz   
,,and ,,zumpt',s ,,classical ,,series   

,,for ,,schools1 in neat #ahmo volumes1 
in cloth4  ,,stable ,,talk ,,and ,,table
 ,,talk1 ,,for ,,sportsmen1 #a volume1  
#abmo4  ,,spence ,,on ,,the             
,,jurisdiction ,,of ,,the ,,court ,,of  
,,chancery1 vol4 ,i41 large #hvo1 law   
sheep4    ,vol4 ,,ii41 embracing the    
,practice1 7nearly ready74  ,,small     
,,books ,,on ,,great ,,subjects2 a neat 
#ahmo series1 price #be cents each3--   
,no4 #a4 ,,philosophical ,,theories     
,,and ,,philosophical ,,experience4     
,no4 #b4 ,,on ,,the ,,connection        
,,between ,,physiology ,,and            
,,intellectual     ,,science4      ,no4 
#c4 ,,on ,,man',s ,,power ,,over        
,,himself ,,to ,,prevent ,,or ,,control 
,,insanity4      ,no4 #d4 ,,an          
,,introduction ,,to ,,practical         
,,organic ,,chemistry4      ,no4 #e4 ,a 
,,brief ,,view ,,of ,,greek ,,philosophy
 ,,up ,,to ,,the ,,age ,,of             
,,pericles4      ,no4 #f4 ,a ,,brief    
,,view ,,of ,,greek ,,philosophy ,,from 
,,the ,,age ,,of     ,,socrates ,,to    

,,the ,,coming ,,of ,,christ4      ,no4 
#g4 ,,christian ,,doctrine ,,and        
,,practice ,,in ,,the ,,second          
,,century4      ,no4 #h4 ,,an           
,,exposition ,,of ,,vulgar ,,and        
,,common ,,errors1 ,,adapted ,,to       
,,the ,,year ,,of ,,grace #ahde4        
,no4 #i4 ,,an ,,introduction ,,to       
,,vegetable ,,physiology1 ,,with        
,,references ,,to ,,the ,,works ,,of    
,,de ,,candolle1 ,,lindley1 c4      ,no4
 #aj4 ,,on ,,the ,,principles ,,of      
,,criminal ,,law4      ,no4 #aa4        
,,christian ,,sects ,,in ,,the          
,,nineteenth ,,century4      ,no4 #ab4  
,,principles ,,of ,,grammar1 c4         
,or the whole done up in three volumes1 
extra cloth4  ,,taylor',s ,,medical     
,,jurisprudence1 ,edited with respect to
 ,american ,practice1 by ,griffith1 #a  
vol4 #hvo4  ,,taylor',s ,,toxicology1 by
 ,griffith1 #a vol4 #hvo1 7nearly       
ready74  ,,traill',s ,,outlines ,,of    
,,medical ,,jurisprudence1 #a small vol4
 #hvo1 cloth4  ,,trimmer',s ,,geology   

,,and ,,mineralogy1 #a vol4 #hvo1 cloth1
 many cuts4  ,,thomson',s ,,domestic    
,,management ,,of ,,the ,,sick ,,room1  
#a vol4 #abmo1 extra cloth4  ,,tokeah1  
by ,sealsfield1 price #be cents4        
,,virgilii ,,carmina1 #a neat #ahmo     
vol41 extra cloth1 being vol4 ,,ii4 of  
,schmitz and ,zumpt's ,classical        
,series4  ,,walpole',s ,,letters1 in #d 
large vols4 #hvo1 extra cloth4          
,,walpole',s ,,new ,,letters ,,to ,,sir 
,,horace ,,mann1 #b vols4 #hvo4         
,,walpole',s ,,memoirs ,,of ,,george    
,,the ,,third1 #b vols4 #hvo4           
,,white',s ,,universal ,,history1 a new 
and ,improved work for ,schools1        
,colleges1 c41 with ,questions by       
,professor ,hart1 in #a vol4 large      
#abmo1 extra cloth1 or half bound4      
,,weisbach',s ,,principles ,,of ,,the   
,,mechanics ,,of ,,machinery ,,and      
,,engineering1 vol4 ,i1 with five       
hundred cuts4  ,,william ,,the          
,,conqueror1 ,life of1 by ,roscoe1 #a   
vol4 #abmo1 extra cloth or fancy paper4 

,,wheaton',s ,,international ,,law1 #a  
vol4 large #hvo1 law sheep1 or extra    
cloth1 third edition1 much improved4    
,,wraxall',s ,,posthumous ,,memoirs1 #a 
vol4 #hvo1 extra cloth4  ,,wraxall',s   
,,historical ,,memoirs1 #a vol4 #hvo1   
do4 do4  ,,youatt ,,on ,,the ,,horse1   
c41 by ,skinner1 #a vol4 #hvo1 many     
cuts4  ,,youatt ,,on ,,the ,,dog1 with  
plates1 #a vol4 crown #hvo1 beautiful   
crimson cloth4  ,,youatt ,,on ,,the     
,,pig1 #a vol4 #abmo1 extra cloth1 with 
cuts4    ,same work in paper1 price #ej 
cents4      ,together with numerous     
works in all departments of ,medical    
,science1 ,catalogues of which can be   
had on application4            99       
99       99       99       99  ,,the    
,,american ,,encyclop,,dia4  ,,brought  
,,up ,,to #ahdg4      ,,the             
,,encyclop,,dia ,,americana3      ,a    
,,popular ,,dictionary     ,,of ,,arts1 
,,sciences1 ,,literature1 ,,history1    
,,politics1 ,,and ,,biography1      ,,in
 ,,fourteen ,,large ,,octavo ,,volumes  

,,of ,,over ,,six ,,hundred ,,double    
,,columned ,,pages ,,each4      ,for    
sale very low1 in various styles of     
binding4      ,some years having elapsed
 since the original thirteen volumes    
of the ,,encyclop,,dia ,,americana were 
published1 to bring it up     to the    
present day1 with the history of that   
period1 at the     request of numerous  
subscribers1 the publishers have just   
issued a      ,,supplementary ,,volume  
7,,the ,,fourteenth71     ,,bringing    
,,the ,,work ,,up ,,to ,,the ,,year     
#ahdg4      ,,edited ,,by ,,henry       
,,vethake1 ,,ll4,d4      ,vice-,provost 
and ,professor of ,mathematics in the   
,university     of ,pennsylvania1       
,author of ,a ,treatise on ,political   
,economy4      ,in one large octavo     
volume of over #fej double columned     
pages4      ,the numerous subscribers   
who have been waiting the completion    
of this volume can now perfect their    
sets1 and all who want      ,a          
,,register ,,of ,,the ,,events ,,of     

,,the ,,last ,,fifteen ,,years1 ,,for   
,,the     ,,whole ,,world1      can     
obtain this volume separately3 price    
,two ,dollars uncut in     cloth1 or    
,two ,dollars and ,fifty cents in       
leather1 to match     the styles in     
which the publishers have been selling  
sets4      ,subscribers in the large    
cities can be supplied on               
application at any of the principal     
bookstores2 and persons     residing in 
the country can have their sets matched 
by     sending a volume in charge of    
friends visiting the city4  ,this volume
 is worth owning by itself1 as a most   
convenient and reliable compend of      
recent ,history1 ,biography1            
,statistics1 c41 c4 ,the entire work    
forms the cheapest and probably now the 
most desirable ,encyclopdia published   
for popular use4--,new ,york ,tribune4  
,the ,conversations ,lexicon            
7,encyclopdia ,americana7 has become a  
household book in all the intelligent   
families in ,america1 and is undoubtedly

 the best depository of biographical1   
historical1 geographical1 and political 
information of that kind which          
discriminating readers                  
require4--,silliman's ,journal4  ,this  
volume of the ,encyclopdia is a         
,westminster ,abbey of ,american        
reputation4 ,what names are on the roll 
since #ahcc6--,n4 ,y4 ,literary ,world4 
,the work to which this volume forms a  
supplement1 is one of the most important
 contributions that has ever been made  
to the literature of our country4       
,besides condensing into a comparatively
 narrow compass1 the substance of larger
 works of the same kind which had       
preceded it1 it contains a vast amount  
of information that is not elsewhere to 
be found1 and is distinguished1 not less
 for its admirable arrangement1 than for
 the variety of subjects of which it    
treats4 ,the present volume1 which is   
edited by one of the most distinguished 
scholars of our country1 is worthy to   
follow in the train of those which have 

preceded it4 ,it is a remarkably        
felicitous condensation of the more     
recent improvements in science and the  
arts1 besides forming a very important  
addition to the department of           
,biography1 the general progress of     
society1 c41 c4--,albany ,argus4        
99       99       99       99       99  
,,campbell',s ,,lord ,,chancellors4     
,,now ,,complete4      ,,lives ,,of     
,,the ,,lord ,,chancellors ,,and        
,,keepers ,,of ,,the ,,great ,,seal     
,,of ,,england4      ,,from ,,the       
,,earliest ,,times ,,to ,,the ,,reign   
,,of ,,king ,,george ,,iv41      ,,by   
,,john ,,lord ,,campbell1 ,a4,m41       
,f4,r4,s4,e4      ,now complete in seven
 handsome crown octavo volumes4         
,bringing the work to the death of ,lord
 ,eldon1 #ahch4  ,the volumes teem with 
exciting incidents1 abound in portraits1
 sketches1 and anecdotes1 and are at    
once interesting and instructive4 ,the  
work is not only historical and         
biographical1 but it is anecdotical and 

philosophical4 ,many of the chapters    
embody thrilling incidents1 while as a  
whole1 the publication may be regarded  
as of a high intellectual               
order4--,inquirer4         99       99  
99       99       99  ,,murray',s       
,,encyclop,,dia ,,of ,,geography4       
,,the ,,encyclop,,dia ,,of ,,geography1 
,,comprising      ,a ,,complete         
,,description ,,of ,,the ,,earth1       
,,physical1 ,,statistical1     ,,civil1 
,,and ,,political4      ,,exhibiting    
,,its ,,relation ,,to ,,the ,,heavenly  
,,bodies1 ,,its ,,physical ,,structure1 
,,the ,,natural ,,history ,,of ,,each   
,,country1 ,,and ,,the ,,industry1      
,,commerce1 ,,political ,,institutions1 
,,and ,,civil ,,and ,,social ,,state    
,,of ,,all ,,nations4      ,,by ,,hugh  
,,murray1 ,f4,r4,s4,e41 c4              
,assisted in ,botany by ,professor      
,,hooker--,zoology1 c41 by ,w4     ,w4  
,,swainson--,astronomy c41 by ,professor
 ,,wallace--,geology1     c41 by        
,professor ,,jameson4      ,,revised1   

,,with ,,additions1      ,,by ,,thomas  
,g4 ,,bradford4      ,,the ,,whole      
,,brought ,,up1 ,,by ,a ,,supplement1   
,,to #ahdc4      ,in three large octavo 
volumes1      ,,various ,,styles ,,of   
,,binding4  ,this great work1 furnished 
at a remarkably cheap rate1 contains    
about ,,nineteen ,,hundred ,,large      
,,imperial ,,pages1 and is illustrated  
by ,,eighty-,,two ,,small ,,maps1 and a 
colored ,,map ,,of ,,the ,,united       
,,states1 after ,tanner's1 together with
 about ,,eleven ,,hundred ,,wood-,,cuts1
 executed in the best style4            
99       99       99       99       99  
,,school ,,books4   ,,bird',s ,,natural 
,,philosophy4  ,,now ,,ready4           
,,elements ,,of ,,natural ,,philosophy1 
,,being ,,an ,,experimental             
,,introduction ,,to ,,the ,,physical    
,,sciences4      ,,illustrated ,,with   
,,over ,,three ,,hundred ,,wood-,,cuts4 
,,by ,,golding ,,bird1 ,m4,d41          
,assistant ,physician to ,guy's         
,hospital4      ,,from ,,the ,,third    

,,london ,,edition4      ,in one neat   
volume4  ,by the appearance of ,dr4     
,bird's work1 the student has now all   
that he can desire in one neat1 concise1
 and well-digested volume4 ,the elements
 of natural philosophy are explained in 
very simple language1 and illustrated by
 numerous wood-cuts4--,medical ,gazette4
  ,a volume of useful and beautiful     
instruction for the young4--,literary   
,gazette4  ,we should like to know that 
,dr4 ,bird's book was associated with   
every boys' and girls' school throughout
 the kingdom4--,medical ,gazette4  ,this
 work marks an advance which has long   
been wanting in our system of           
instruction4 ,mr4 ,bird has succeeded in
 producing an elementary work of great  
merit4--,athenum4         99       99   
99       99       99  ,,herschell',s    
,,astronomy4      ,a ,,treatise ,,on    
,,astronomy1     ,,by ,,sir ,,john ,f4  
,w4 ,,herschell1 ,f4 ,r4 ,s41 c4        
,,with ,,numerous ,,plates ,,and        
,,wood-,,cuts4      ,a ,,new ,,edition1 

,,with ,a ,,preface ,,and ,a ,,series   
,,of ,,questions1     ,,by ,s4 ,c4      
,,walker4      ,in one volume1 #abmo4   
99       99       99       99       99  
,,brewster',s ,,optics4      ,,elements 
,,of ,,optics1     ,,by ,,sir ,,david   
,,brewster4      ,,with ,,notes ,,and   
,,additions1 ,,by ,a4 ,d4 ,,bache1      
,,ll4,d4     ,superintendent of the     
,coast ,survey1 c4      ,in one volume1 
#abmo41 with numerous wood-cuts4        
99       99       99       99       99  
,,muller',s ,,physics ,,and             
,,meteorology4  ,,now ,,ready4          
,,principles ,,of ,,physics ,,and       
,,meteorology1      ,,by ,j4 ,,muller1  
,professor of ,physics at the           
,university of ,freiburg4               
,,illustrated ,,with ,,nearly ,,five    
,,hundred ,,and ,,fifty ,,engravings    
,,on     ,,wood1 ,,and ,,two ,,colored  
,,plates4      ,in one octavo volume4   
,,translator',s ,,preface4      ,in     
laying the following pages before the   
public1 it seems     necessary to state 

that the design of them is to render    
more     easily accessible a greater    
portion of the general principles     of
 ,physics and ,meteorology than is      
usually to be obtained1     without the 
sacrifice of a greater amount of time   
and labour     than most persons can    
afford1 or are willing to make4 ,the    
subjects of which this volume treats are
 very numerous--more     numerous1 in   
fact1 than at first sight it would seem 
possible     to embrace in so small a   
compass4 ,the ,author has1 however1 by  
a system of the most judicious selection
 and condensation1     been enabled to  
introduce all the most important facts  
and     theories relating to ,statics1  
,hydrostatics1 ,dynamics1               
,hydrodynamics1 ,pneumatics1 the ,laws  
of the ,motions of ,waves     in        
general1 ,sound1 the ,theory of ,musical
 ,notes1 the ,voice and     ,hearing1   
,geometrical and ,physical ,optics1     
,magnetism1     ,electricity and        
,galvanism1 in all their subdivisions1  

,heat     and ,meteorology1 within the  
space of an ordinary middle-sized       
volume4 ,of the manner in which the     
translator has executed     his task1 it
 behoves him to say nothing2 he has     
attempted     nothing more than a plain1
 and nearly literal version of the      
original4 ,he cannot1 however1 conclude 
this brief     introductory note without
 directing the attention of his         
,readers to the splendid manner in which
 the ,publishers have     illustrated   
this volume4      ,august1 #ahdg4  ,the 
,physics of ,muller is a work1 superb1  
complete1 unique3 the greatest want     
known to ,english ,science could not    
have been better supplied4 ,the work is 
of surpassing interest4 ,the value of   
this contribution to the scientific     
records of this country may be duly     
estimated by the fact1 that the cost of 
the original drawings and engravings    
alone has exceeded the sum of           
#bjjj4--,lancet1 ,march1 #ahdg4  ,the   
plan adopted by ,muller is simple2 it   

reminds us of the excellent and popular 
treatise published many years since by  
,dr4 ,arnott1 but it takes a much wider 
range of subjects4 ,like it1 all the    
necessary explanations are given in     
clear and concise language1 without more
 than an occasional reference to        
mathematics2 and the treatise is most   
abundantly illustrated with             
well-executed wood engravings4  ,the    
author has actually contrived to        
comprise in about five hundred pages1   
including the space occupied by         
illustrations1 ,mechanics1 the ,laws of 
,motion1 ,acoustics1 ,light1 ,magnetism1
 ,electricity1 ,galvanism1              
,electro-,magnetism1 ,heat1 and         
,meteorology4  ,medical practitioners   
and students1 even if they have the     
means to procure1 have certainly not the
 time to study an elaborate treatise in 
every branch of science3 and the        
question therefore is1 simply1 whether  
they are to remain wholly ignorant of   
such subjects1 or to make a profitable  

use of the labours of those who have the
 happy art of saying or suggesting much 
in a small space4  ,from our examination
 of this volume1 we do not hesitate to  
recommend it to our readers as a useful 
book on a most interesting branch of    
science4 ,we may remark1 that the       
translation is so well executed1 that we
 think the translator is doing himself  
injustice by concealing his             
name4--,london ,medical ,gazette1       
,august1 #ahdg4         99       99     
99       99       99  ,,graham',s       
,,chemistry4  ,,nearly ,,ready4         
,,elements ,,of ,,chemistry1            
,,including     ,,the ,,applications    
,,of ,,the ,,science ,,in ,,the ,,arts4 
,,by ,t4 ,,graham1 ,f4 ,r4 ,s41 c4      
,,second ,,american1 ,,from ,,the       
,,second ,,london ,,edition4            
,,edited ,,and ,,revised ,,by ,,robert  
,,bridges1 ,m4,d41      ,professor of   
,chemistry in the ,franklin ,medical    
,college1     ,philadelphia4      ,in   
one large octavo volume1 with numerous  

wood-engravings4  ,this edition will be 
found enlarged and improved1 so as to be
 fully brought up to a level with the   
science of the day4         99       99 
99       99       99  ,,arnott',s       
,,physics4      ,,elements ,,of         
,,physics2 ,,or1 ,,natural ,,philosophy1
     ,,general ,,and ,,medical4         
,,written ,,for ,,universal ,,use1 ,,in 
,,plain1 ,,or ,,non-,,technical         
,,language4      ,,by ,,niell ,,arnott1 
,m4,d4     ,a ,,new ,,edition1 ,,by     
,,isaac ,,hays1 ,m4,d4      ,complete in
 one octavo volume1 with nearly two     
hundred     wood-cuts4  ,this standard  
work has been long and favourably known 
as one of the best popular expositions  
of the interesting science it treats of4
 ,it is extensively used in many of the 
first seminaries4         99       99   
99       99       99  ,,elementary      
,,chemistry1 ,,theoretical ,,and        
,,practical1      ,,by ,,george         
,,fownes1 ,ph4,d41     ,chemical        
,lecturer in the ,middlesex ,hospital   

,medical ,school1     c41 c4      ,,with
 ,,numerous ,,illustrations4            
,,edited1 ,,with ,,additions1     ,,by  
,,robert ,,bridges1 ,m4,d41             
,professor of ,general and              
,pharmaceutical ,chemistry in the       
,philadelphia ,college of ,pharmacy1 c41
 c4      ,,second ,,american ,,edition4 
,in one large duodecimo volume1 sheep1  
or extra cloth1 with     nearly two     
hundred wood-cuts4  ,the character of   
this work is such as to recommend it to 
all colleges and academies in want of a 
text-book4 ,it is fully brought up to   
the day1 containing all the late views  
and discoveries that have so entirely   
changed the face of the science1 and it 
is completely illustrated with very     
numerous wood engravings1 explanatory of
 all the different processes and forms  
of apparatus4 ,though strictly          
scientific1 it is written with great    
clearness and simplicity of style1      
rendering it easy to be comprehended by 
those who are commencing the study4  ,it

 may be had well bound in leather1 or   
neatly done up in strong cloth4 ,its low
 price places it within the reach of    
all4      ,extract of a letter from     
,professor ,millington1 of ,william     
and ,mary ,college1 ,va4      ,i have   
perused the book with much pleasure1 and
 find it a     most admirable work2 and1
 to my mind1 such a one as is just      
now much needed in schools and colleges4
 99 99 99 ,all the books     ,i have met
 with on chemistry are either too       
puerile or too     erudite1 and ,i      
confess ,dr4 ,fownes' book seems to be  
the     happiest medium ,i have seen1   
and admirably suited to fill up     the 
hiatus4  ,though this work has been so  
recently published1 it has already been 
adopted as a text-book by a large number
 of the higher schools and colleges     
throughout the country1 and many of the 
,medical ,institutions4 ,as a work for  
the upper classes in academies and the  
junior students of colleges1 there has  
been but one opinion expressed          

concerning it1 and it may now be        
considered as ,,the ,,text-,,book for   
the ,chemical ,student4            99   
99       99       99       99  ,,popular
 ,,science4   ,,kirby ,,and ,,spence',s 
,,entomology1 ,,for ,,popular ,,use4    
,,an ,,introduction ,,to ,,entomology1  
,,or1 ,,elements ,,of ,,the ,,natural   
,,history ,,of ,,insects2 ,,comprising  
,,an ,,account ,,of ,,noxious ,,and     
,,useful ,,insects1 ,,of ,,their        
,,metamorphoses1 ,,food1 ,,stratagems1  
,,habitations1 ,,societies1             
,,motions1 ,,noises1 ,,hybernation1     
,,instinct1 c41 c4      ,with ,plates1  
,plain or ,colored4      ,,by ,w4       
,,kirby1 ,m4,a41 ,f4,r4,s41 ,,and ,w4   
,,spence1 ,,esq41 ,f4,r4,s4      ,,from 
,,the ,,sixth ,,london ,,edition1       
,,which ,,was ,,corrected ,,and ,,much  
,,enlarged4      ,in one large octavo   
volume1 extra cloth4  ,we have been     
greatly interested in running over the  
pages of this treatise4 ,there is       
scarcely1 in the wide range of natural  

science1 a more interesting or          
instructive study than that of insects1 
or one that is calculated to excite more
 curiosity or wonder4  ,the popular form
 of letters is adopted by the authors in
 imparting a knowledge of the subject1  
which renders the work peculiarly fitted
 for our district school libraries1     
which are open to all ages and          
classes4--,hunt's ,merchants' ,magazine4
         99       99       99       99  
99  ,,johnson ,,and ,,landreth ,,on     
,,fruit1 ,,kitchen1 ,,and ,,flower      
,,gardening4      ,a ,,dictionary ,,of  
,,modern ,,gardening1      ,,by ,,george
 ,,william ,,johnson1 ,,esq4     ,author
 of the ,principles of ,practical       
,gardening1 ,the     ,gardener's        
,almanac1 c4      ,,with ,,one ,,hundred
 ,,and ,,eighty ,,wood-,,cuts4          
,,edited1 ,,with ,,numerous ,,additions1
 ,,by ,,david ,,landreth1 ,,of          
,,philadelphia4      ,in one large royal
 duodecimo volume1 extra cloth1 of      
nearly     ,six ,hundred and ,fifty     

double columned ,pages4  ,this edition  
has been greatly altered from the       
original4 ,many articles of little      
interest to ,americans have been        
curtailed or wholly omitted1 and much   
new matter1 with numerous illustrations1
 added1 especially with respect to the  
varieties of fruit which experience has 
shown to be peculiarly adapted to our   
climate4 ,still1 the editor admits that 
he has only followed in the path so     
admirably marked out by ,mr4 ,johnson1  
to whom the chief merit of the work     
belongs4 ,it has been an object with the
 editor and publishers to increase its  
popular character1 thereby adapting it  
to the larger class of horticultural    
readers in this country1 and they trust 
it will prove what they have desired it 
to be1 an ,encyclopdia of ,gardening1 if
 not of ,rural ,affairs1 so condensed   
and at such a price as to be within     
reach of nearly all whom those subjects 
interest4         99       99       99  
99       99  ,,grahame',s ,,colonial    

,,history4      ,,history ,,of ,,the    
,,united ,,states4      ,,from ,,the    
,,plantation ,,of ,,the ,,british       
,,colonies ,,till ,,their               
,,assumption ,,of ,,independence4       
,,second ,,american ,,edition1          
,,enlarged ,,and ,,amended1 ,,with ,a   
,,memoir     ,,by ,,president ,,quincy4 
,,in ,,two ,,large ,,octavo ,,volumes1  
,,extra ,,cloth1 ,,with ,a ,,portrait4  
,this work having assumed the position  
of a standard history of this country1  
the publishers have been induced to     
issue an edition in smaller size and at 
a less cost1 that its circulation may be
 commensurate with its merits4 ,it is   
now considered as the most impartial and
 trustworthy history that has yet       
appeared4  ,a few copies of the edition 
in four volumes1 on extra fine thick    
paper1 price eight dollars1 may still be
 had by gentlemen desirous of procuring 
a beautiful work for their libraries4   
99       99       99       99       99  
,,ansted',s ,,ancient ,,world4  ,,just  

,,issued4      ,,the ,,ancient ,,world1 
,,or1 ,,picturesque ,,sketches ,,of     
,,creation1      ,,by ,d4 ,t4 ,,ansted1 
,m4 ,a41 ,f4,r4,s1 ,f4,g4,s41 c4        
,,professor ,,of ,,geology1 ,,in        
,,king',s ,,college1 ,,london4      ,in 
one very neat volume1 fine extra cloth1 
with about ,one     ,hundred and ,fifty 
,illustrations4  ,the object of this    
work is to present to the general reader
 the chief results of ,geological       
investigation in a simple and           
comprehensive manner4 ,the author has   
avoided all minute details of geological
 formations and particular observations1
 and has endeavoured as far as possible 
to present striking views of the        
wonderful results of the science1       
divested of its mere technicalities4    
,the work is printed in a handsome      
manner1 with numerous illustrations1 and
 forms a neat volume for the centre     
table4  ,as a resume of what is at      
present known on the subject of fossil  
remains1 it is worthy to be a companion 

to the author's ',descriptive ,geology1'
 a work of which we have spoken in the  
highest terms4 ,this volume is          
illustrated in the style of all ,van    
,voorst's ,natural ,history works1 and  
that is sufficient recommendation4 ,our 
extracts will convey a notion of the    
style of the work1 which is1 like all   
that ,professor ,ansted has written1    
clear and pointed4--,athenum4         99
       99       99       99       99    
,,chemistry ,,of ,,the ,,four ,,seasons1
  ,,spring1 ,,summer1 ,,autumn1 ,,and   
,,winter4      ,,an ,,essay1            
,,principally ,,concerning ,,natural    
,,phenomena1 ,,admitting     ,,of       
,,interpretation ,,by ,,chemical        
,,science1 ,,and ,,illustrating         
,,passages ,,of ,,scripture4      ,,by  
,,thomas ,,griffiths1      ,professor of
 ,chemistry in the ,medical ,college of 
,st4     ,bartholomew's ,hospital1 c4   
,in one large royal #abmo4 volume1 with 
many ,wood-,cuts1 extra     cloth4      
,chemistry is assuredly one of the most 

useful and interesting of the natural   
sciences4 ,chemical changes meet us at  
every step1 and during every season1 the
 winds and the rain1 the heat and the   
frosts1 each have their peculiar and    
appropriate phenomena4 ,and those who   
have hitherto remained insensible to    
these changes and unmoved amid such     
remarkable1 and often startling results1
 will lose their apathy upon reading the
 ,chemistry of the ',four ,seasons1' and
 be prepared to enjoy the highest       
intellectual pleasures4 ,conceived in a 
happy spirit1 and written with taste and
 elegance1 the essay of ,mr4 ,griffiths 
cannot fail to receive the admiration of
 cultivated minds2 and those who have   
looked less carefully into nature's     
beauties1 will find themselves led on   
step by step1 until they realize a new  
intellectual being4 ,such works1 we     
believe1 exert a happy influence over   
society1 and hence we hope that the     
present one may be extensively          
read4--,the ,western ,lancet4         99

       99       99       99       99    
,,philosophy ,,in ,,sport1 ,,made       
,,science ,,in ,,earnest2      ,,being  
,,an ,,attempt ,,to ,,illustrate ,,the  
,,first ,,principles ,,of     ,,natural 
,,philosophy1 ,,by ,,the ,,aid ,,of     
,,the ,,popular ,,toys ,,and ,,sports   
,,of ,,youth4      ,,from ,,the ,,sixth 
,,and ,,greatly ,,improved ,,london     
,,edition4      ,in one very neat royal 
#ahmo4 volume1 with nearly one hundred  
illustrations on wood4 ,fine extra      
crimson cloth4  ,messrs4 ,lea           
,blanchard have issued1 in a beautiful  
manner1 a handsome book1 called         
',philosophy in ,sport1 made ,science in
 ,earnest4' ,this is an admirable       
attempt to illustrate the first         
principles of ,natural ,philosophy1 by  
the aid of the popular toys and sports  
of youth4 ,useful information is        
conveyed in an easy1 graceful1 yet      
dignified manner1 and rendered easy to  
the simplest understanding4 ,the book is
 an admirable one1 and must meet with   

universal favour4--,n4 ,y4 ,evening     
,mirror4         99       99       99   
99       99  ,,endless ,,amusement4     
,,just ,,issued4      ,,endless         
,,amusement1      ,a ,,collection ,,of  
,,nearly ,,four ,,hundred ,,entertaining
 ,,experiments ,,in     ,,various       
,,branches ,,of ,,science1              
,,including      ,,acoustics1           
,,arithmetic1 ,,chemistry1              
,,electricity1 ,,hydraulics1            
,,hydrostatics1 ,,magnetism1            
,,mechanics1 ,,optics1 ,,wonders ,,of   
,,the     ,,air ,,pump1 ,,all ,,the     
,,popular ,,tricks ,,and ,,changes ,,of 
,,the ,,cards1     c41 c4      ,,to     
,,which ,,is ,,added1      ,a ,,complete
 ,,system ,,of ,,pyrotechny1     ,,or   
,,the ,,art ,,of ,,making               
,,fire-,,works3      ,,the ,,whole ,,so 
,,clearly ,,explained ,,as ,,to ,,be    
,,within ,,reach ,,of ,,the     ,,most  
,,limited ,,capacity4      ,,with       
,,illustrations4     ,,from ,,the       
,,seventh ,,london ,,edition4      ,in  

one neat royal #ahmo4 volume1 fine extra
 crimson cloth4  ,it contains everything
 that can please the grave or the gay4  
,it is 'endless amusement1' and the     
publishers might have added1            
instruction4 ,what a help to a dull     
gathering1 or what an able adjunct to a 
children's party6 ,it may be introduced 
to the scientific or to the family      
circle1 and to each it will give        
instruction and pleasure4 ,it is filled 
with illustrations4 ,we shall give      
extracts from it occasionally4--,lady's 
,book4            99       99       99  
99       99  ,,somerville',s ,,physical 
,,geography4      ,,physical            
,,geography4      ,,by ,,mary           
,,somerville4     ,,author ,,of         
,,connection ,,of ,,the ,,physical      
,,sciences1 ,,etc4      ,in one neat    
royal #abmo4 volume1 extra cloth4       
,,contents4--,geology--,form of the     
,great ,continent--,highlands     of the
 ,great ,continent--,mountain ,systems  
of the ,great                           

,continent--,africa--,american          
,continent--,low ,lands of ,south       
,america--,central ,america--,north     
,america--,greenland--,australia--,the  
,ocean--,springs--,european             
,rivers--,african ,rivers--,asiatic     
,rivers--,river ,systems of ,north      
,america--,rivers of ,south             
,america--,lakes--,the                  
,atmosphere--,vegetation--,vegetation   
of the ,great ,continent--,flora of     
,tropical ,asia--,african               
,flora--,australian ,flora--,american   
,vegetation--,distribution     of       
,insects--,distribution of              
,fishes--,distribution of               
,reptiles--,distribution of             
,birds--,distribution of                
,mammalia--,distribution1 ,conditions   
and ,future ,prospects     of the ,human
 ,race4  ,while reading this work we    
could not help thinking how interesting1
 as well as useful1 geography as a      
branch of education might be made in our
 schools4 ,in many of them1 however1    

this is not accomplished4 ,it is to be  
hoped that this defect will be remedied2
 and that in all our educational        
institutions ,geography will soon be    
taught in the proper way4 ,mrs4         
,somerville's work may1 in this respect1
 be pointed to as a model4--,tait's     
,edinburgh ,magazine1 ,september1 #ahdh4
         99       99       99       99  
99  ,,readings ,,for ,,the ,,young4     
,,from ,,the ,,works ,,of ,,sir ,,walter
 ,,scott4      ,in two very handsome    
#ahmo4 volumes1 with beautiful plates1  
done up in crimson extra cloth4         
,messrs4 ,lea  ,blanchard deserve the   
thanks of all the little people in the  
land for these delightful volumes1 which
 are as agreeable to read as they are   
attractive in appearance4--,n4 ,y4      
,literary ,world4         99       99   
99       99       99  ,,tales ,,and     
,,stories ,,from ,,history4      ,,by   
,,agnes ,,strickland1     ,,author ,,of 
,,lives ,,of ,,the ,,queens ,,of        
,,england1 ,,etc4      ,in one handsome 

royal #ahmo4 volume1 crimson extra      
cloth1     with illustrations4  ,in     
these pretty tales from the legendary   
and authentic history of ,england and   
,continental ,europe1 ,miss ,strickland 
has hit a happy mean in presenting to   
the mind of youth1 fact in its most     
fascinating1 and fiction in its least   
objectionable garb4 ,it is a little work
 which will be dog's eared1 and pored   
over with absorbing interest by the     
school-boy4--,balt4 ,patriot4         99
       99       99       99       99    
,the above works will be found admirable
 reading books for schools4--,lea       
,blanchard also publish the following1  
which are suitable to advanced classes4 
,a ,,popular ,,treatise ,,on ,,vegetable
 ,,physiology4 ,by ,w4 ,b4              
,carpenter1 ,m4 ,d4 ,in one royal #abmo4
 volume1 with wood-cuts4      ,,the     
,,ancient ,,world2 ,,or1 ,,picturesque  
,,sketches ,,of ,,creation4 ,by     ,d4 
,t4 ,ansted1 ,m4 ,a41 ,f4 ,r4 ,s41 ,f4  
,g4 ,s4 ,in one royal #abmo4     volume1

 with #aej wood-cuts4      ,,the        
,,chemistry ,,of ,,the ,,four ,,seasons1
 ,,spring1 ,,summer1 ,,autumn ,,and     
,,winter2 an ,essay principally         
concerning ,natural ,phenomena          
admitting of interpretation by ,chemical
 ,science1 and     illustrating passages
 of ,scripture4 ,by ,thomas ,griffiths4 
,in     one large royal #abmo4 volume1  
with #fj wood-cuts4         99       99 
99       99       99  ,,boy',s          
,,treasury ,,of ,,sports4  ,,the        
,,boy',s ,,treasury ,,of ,,sports1      
,,pastimes ,,and ,,recreations4         
,,with ,,four ,,hundred ,,illustrations4
     ,,by ,,samuel ,,williams4      ,,is
 ,,now ,,ready4      ,in one very neat  
volume1 bound in extra crimson cloth2   
handsomely printed and illustrated with 
engravings in the     first style of    
art1 and containing about six hundred   
and     fifty articles4 ,a present for  
all seasons4  ,,preface4  ,this         
,illustrated ,manual of ,sports1        
,pastimes1 and ,recreations1 has been   

prepared with especial regard to the    
,health1 ,exercise1 and ,rational       
,enjoyment of the young readers to whom 
it is addressed4  ,every variety of     
commendable ,recreation will be found in
 the following pages4 ,first1 you have  
the little ,toys of the ,nursery2 the   
,tops and ,marbles of the ,play-ground2 
and the ,balls of the ,play-room1 or the
 smooth ,lawn4  ,then1 you have a number
 of ,pastimes that serve to gladden the 
fireside2 to light up many faces right  
joyfully1 and make the parlour re-echo  
with mirth4  ,next1 come the ,exercising
 ,sports of the ,field1 the ,green1 and 
the ,play-ground2 followed by the noble 
and truly ,english game of ,cricket4    
,gymnastics are next admitted2 then1 the
 delightful recreation of ,swimming2 and
 the healthful sport of ,skating4       
,archery1 once the pride of ,england1 is
 then detailed2 and very properly       
followed by ,instructions in the        
graceful accomplishment of ,fencing1 and
 the manly and enlivening exercise of   

,riding4  ,angling1 the pastime of      
childhood1 boyhood1 manhood1 and old    
age1 is next described2 and by attention
 to the instructions here laid down1 the
 lad with a stick and a string may soon 
become an expert ,angler4  ,keeping     
,animals is a favourite pursuit of      
boyhood4 ,accordingly1 we have described
 how to rear the ,rabbit1 the ,squirrel1
 the ,dormouse1 the ,guinea ,pig1 the   
,pigeon1 and the ,silkworm4 ,a long     
chapter is adapted to the rearing of    
,song ,birds2 the several varieties of  
which1 and their respective cages1 are  
next described4 ,and here we may hint1  
that kindness to ,animals invariably    
denotes an excellent disposition3 for1  
to pet a little creature one hour1 and  
to treat it harshly the next1 marks a   
capricious if not a cruel temper4       
,humanity is a jewel1 which every boy   
should be proud to wear in his breast4  
,we now approach the more sedate        
amusements--as ,draughts and ,chess3 two
 of the noblest exercises of the        

ingenuity of the human mind4 ,dominoes  
and ,bagatelle follow4 ,with a knowledge
 of these four games1 who would pass a  
dull hour in the dreariest day of       
winter2 or who would sit idly by the    
fire8  ,amusements in ,arithmetic1      
harmless ,legerdemain1 or               
sleight-of-hand1 and ,tricks with       
,cards1 will delight many a family      
circle1 when the business of the day is 
over1 and the book is laid aside4       
,although the present volume is a book  
of amusements1 ,science has not been    
excluded from its pages4 ,and why should
 it be8 when ,science is as entertaining
 as a fairy tale4 ,the changes we read  
of in little nursery-books are not more 
amusing than the changes in ,chemistry1 
,optics1 ,electricity1 ,magnetism1 c4   
,by understanding these1 you may almost 
become a little ,magician4  ,toy        
,balloons and ,paper ,fireworks1 7or    
,fireworks without ,fire17 come next4   
,then follow ,instructions for          
,modelling in ,card-,board2 so that you 

may build for yourself a palace or a    
carriage1 and1 in short1 make for       
yourself a little paper world4  ,puzzles
 and ,paradoxes1 ,enigmas and ,riddles1 
and ,talking with the ,fingers1 next    
make up plenty of exercise for ,guess1  
and ,guess again4 ,and as you have the  
,keys in your own hand1 you may keep    
your friends in suspense1 and make      
yourself as mysterious as the ,sphynx4  
,a chapter of ,miscellanies--useful and 
amusing secrets--winds up the volume4   
,the ,treasury contains upwards of four 
hundred ,engravings2 so that it is not  
only a collection of secrets worth      
knowing1 but it is a book of pictures1  
as full of prints as a ,christmas       
pudding is of plums4  ,it may be as well
 to mention that the ,treasury holds    
many new games that have never before   
been printed in a book of this kind4    
,the old games have been described      
afresh4 ,thus it is1 altogether1 a new  
book4  ,and now we take leave1 wishing  
you many hours1 and days1 and weeks of  

enjoyment over these pages2 and we hope 
that you may be as happy as this book is
 brimful of amusement4                  
,,transcriber',s ,,notes   #a4 ,passages
 in italics are surrounded by           
underscores4  #b4 ,images have been     
moved from the middle of a paragraph to 
the closest paragraph break4  #c4 ,the  
words coeli1 manoeuvre and manoeuvres   
uses an oe ligature in the original4    
#d4 ,the fractional numbers are         
represented by a hyphen and a forward   
slash4 ,for example1 #c-a_/b represents 
three and a half4  #e4 ,the following   
misprints have been corrected3          
umlimited corrected to unlimited 7page  
#fg7     immerged corrected to immersed 
7page #abd7     shil ing corrected to   
shilling 7page #acc7     where-ever     
corrected to wherever 7page #adh7       
sttll corrected to still 7page #adi7    
mattrasses corrected to mattresses 7page
 #aef7  #f4 ,other than the corrections 
listed above1 printer's inconsistencies 
in spelling1 punctuation1 and           

hyphenation1 have been retained4